Category Archives: Alien agenda

Are we living in Westworld?

In recent times I have tried to figure out this reality matrix topic. It all started when I watched an old movie called Westworld. That is an old sci-fi movie about an artificial themepark where robots are controlled and people can go there an have a fun in different kind of time eras. Then they released a new TV-serie from this idea last year and that show is just amazing.

So I watched the whole season and started thinking, that if so called Illuminati/Elite or whatever have been showing reality in our faces for years in movies and TV-series, could it be that this serie is too? Last weeks I have tried to figure how it all could work in our reality and most of it makes perfect sense.

I won’t be describing my whole ideas here, because you just have to watch the old movie and the whole serie to catch the idea, but could it be that we are just bionic robots and our “souls” are just little piece of self-learning AI-code inside these bionic robotsuits? Then there are these aliens/gods/shadow people who run this our “flat earth” and some of them are living among us and have just fun in this amusement park? Have you noticed that some of us will always get the “free jail card” like in Monopoly game?

This concept could explain so many weird things, which we are experiencing right now.  Paranormal activity when they change the scene like in Dark City movie or glitches/deja-vu’s like in Matrix movie. Or like in almost every work Philip K Dick has released, most obious one is probably The Adjustment Bureau movie. Then they could create natural catastrophes like we are dealing with now like Hurricane Harvey, Irma etc. If you have played an old PC-game called Sim City you catch the idea… it’s just a game for them and they are laughing… and they are laughing out loud.

It also explains why some of us have felt that something is wrong in our life like a splinter in our mind. Maybe some of us didn’t get the latest software/AI update and remember things. This could explain also the so called “Mandela Effect” so many of us are experiencing. In Westwold serie the bionic robots or hosts have program inside them, which can be manipulated and upgraded. It could explain why some of us are so intelligent and superior to others. They also show a flat earth model in the show and there have been a lot of debate about this topic in the Internet.

It just makes so much more sense that any of our religion, except that is there a God above these Westworld controllers? In the show there is this Dr. Ford who could be Satan and controlling this material reality, who knows. There are many good videos about this but absolutely the best one is this one:

Then there are videos which are just kind of solving the Illuminati side of the show like symbolism etc.  and those are also interesting, because this whole thing is just a show for them. And they enjoy to rub these truths in our faces and laugh, because we don’t get it.

So are we just bionic pupets with a piece of AI-code inside of us or something more? In any case I think we are living in prison… for our mind if not else.

‘Alien abduction victim’ claims extraterrestrials revealed the meaning of life to him

An alien abductee has come forward and publicly revealed the plan extraterrestrials have for humanity in the next few years.  After being abducted by aliens for the last 17 years of his life, the anonymous abductee says he wants to share his experience with the public so they can learn the truth about extraterrestrials. 

In an online post on a popular conspiracy forum, the alien abductee reveals:

  • How aliens are able to communicate via telepathy with eachother and humans
  • The secrets about Earth’s history hidden from us by our rulers
  • How the universe came into existence (it was NOT the Big Bang or ‘God’ according to these beings)
  • What the future for the human race holds

Full Disclosure: Revelations of an Extraterrestrial Encounter.

My name is [redacted]. I’m [redacted] years old and I’m going to let you know right away, there’s a whole lot to digest about who I am, why I’m here, and what I’ve gone through in my life.

The thoughts that will go through your head as you read this have kept me awake hundreds of sleepless nights in my life.

I’ve questioned my sanity many times over, but I assure you, in every way possible, I am quite sane.

I’m not endorsing this story, or saying it even really truly happened. I’m only saying I believe this happened to me.

I could be crazy. I could be getting used to spread distraction. I don’t know. I’m just going with what’s gone on in my head over forty years, and saying it like it is.

Just keep in mind If i was telling this for any other reason than a true love for this planet, I’d be telling it to a Hollywood agent or book publisher and charging you money to read it. I’m not.

We all have our reasons for being drawn to the esoteric. Mine was UFOS.

Not my interest in them, but their interest in me. It started when I was only 4 years old. And it’s gone on ever since.

My first experience was a face to face meeting with a strange little Being. We communicated by telepathy and that connection remains today.

It’s a one way kind of communication. I’ve asked a million questions but never really got an answer to any of them.

Well except for one I suppose. I guess she must be able to hear me. The one question I asked the most was answered. It just wasn’t the answer I wanted.

Naturally I wanted to know what was going on…and I always heard the same response. “When it’s time, you’ll know.”is

I’ve gone years with no interaction but she always comes back. Yes. The Being was female and quite motherly in her communication with me.

She tells me things. About myself and about them, and about this planet. And it’s history.

Seems I’ve been at this for quite some time too. I’m a very old soul. She’s recently told me a bunch of things that in all honesty, I already knew, sort of.

I know one thing for sure. Amongst other things, i’m a warrior through and through. That I didn’t need to be told. But just how much of a warrior, I had no idea.

Unfortunately having the heart of a lion only gets you so far. And for me, it’s never been far enough.

That’s why I’ve learned to fight with my mind this time. Even though I spent a lot of my life in a subculture of violence this time around, I see now I had to be there to unlearn the ways I’ve always handled my confrontations. In this life too, but more so in my past lives.

I really am tired of all this. It’s been long enough. Too many people have died thinking we could beat them (the elite force controlling the world) in a physical confrontation.

They didn’t start actually “abducting me” until I was 31 years old though. And I prefer to think of myself as “taken” not abducted.

For the last 17 years it’s been an on and off again thing. I’d just gone 5 years without any contact or communication incidents, but in Aug 2016, (like 4 months ago) things got very serious, very fast.

Life was as normal as I think it’s ever been for me. I was right where I wanted to be, and comfortable with everything my life was becoming. Mine has been a life of constant rebuilding and change.

I went to bed one Saturday night just like any other night. But Sunday morning was not anything like any Sunday I’d been through before.

I woke up and realized immediately what happened. I was freezing. And soaking wet. And I felt like I was in a dream. Have you ever been under anesthetic? Same feeling when waking up. It’s like coming back from, hmmm, i don’t know where, but It’s the telltale sign.

But this time there was more. I had a head full of ideas and an absolute NEED to search out and connect to people just like all of you.

And, she was back. Like never before. And she had a lot to say in the last three months. Wow!

What I’m going to tell you was revealed to me, a bit here, piece there, over my lifetime. It really never made much sense to me though, until now. Now I have the whole truth.

And I do apologize to the people I’ve been difficult with, but you can’t imagine the pressure I’m under with this.

It’s really, really hard to listen to theories I know are incomplete or distraction, while having no ability to present what I know until right now. I was told not to tell anyone.

So, before I go any further, I need you to understand something. Read this next line as many times as you need to.

We, aren’t what we’ve been taught to believe we are! Not at all. Nothing!

What I’m going to tell you may change your life. In what way is entirely up to you.

I see it one of three ways, you’ll hate me forever, you’ll embrace this and know me forever, or you’ll call me crazy.

The reality is there’s been some very big lies told. And I’m going to do my best to explain the who, want, when, where, and why that surround these secrets.

So here it is, the real story as I understand it.

This planet was not the result of a Big Bang or the creation of “God” as we understand Him. The Universe came to exist because of The One.

The One is neither alive or dead, male or female good nor bad. IT just is…

The One is responsible for creating all the framework which functions to provide an environment for everything to exist in.

IT created this planet, and all the other planets, stars, moons, and everything in between.

Unlike the story we were told, “God” does not work alone. The One had some help.

The One created several intelligent races of benevolent Aliens that function to serve The Universe. Like The One, they are Immortal and never die. They are tangible Beings though, just not in the same way we are.

These Aliens are the craftsmen tasked with maintaining the integrity of all The One had created.

Planet Earth was seeded with life by a race of immortal Aliens called Centaurians from a planet called Eden. It’s located in the Centauri star system.

And when I say life, I mean ALL of it. Especially us.

The Centaurians are part of the immortal workforce that service The Universe. They are scientists and geneticists. It was theiru job to seed life throughout The Universe.

There is one exception though. The sector where The Six Headed Beast ruled.

Using a master set of plant and animal DNA supplied by The One, The Centaurians genetically engineered a vast living library of life.

Earth was their seed bank and it was called The Garden of Eden. Easily it was the most beautiful of all the planets. The One had really done a wonderful job.

They used a process called gene splicing, and did this work in labs on Eden.

Each new plant or animal prototype they created was then taken to Earth where it was cultivated.

Not all planets have the same conditions or type of atmosphere. So it also had to be determined which species could exist in different places.

This planet was designed to support many different types of environments and climates that mimic conditions around the universe.

Once these new products were studied, logged, and samples were stored, they were distributed to the planets throughout the universe best suited for each species.

However, in the face of all The One had created, even IT was not perfect. The One had made only one mistake. But it was a big one.

I’m not going to even pretend I understand it. But in the beginning, when The One was the only thing in existence, IT became “lonely”.

To combat this problem, The One divided itself by 25% to create another, lesser version of itself.

This new Number Two later realized that’s exactly what it was. Lesser. The One could have split in half and made them equal, but IT didn’t.

And when The One finished what IT had set out to do, which was create the Universe, and the immortal work force to help complete it, Number Two took offence.

Number Two realized The One had provided no role whatsoever for IT to contribute to all that was created.

Upon realizing the sole purpose of IT’s existence, was to keep The One from becoming lonely again, Number Two decided to leave.

At the time, Number Two didn’t realize it, but the choice to leave, introduced some new things to The Universe. Conflict. And Free Will.

Number Two took up residence in a far off corner of The Universe. It didn’t take long to realize though, IT was all alone.

As The One had divided itself to solve the same problem, so too did Number Two.

But Number Two didn’t want to face the same dilemma, so IT divided into 6 equal individuals. And they quickly set out to develop this corner of The Universe into their very own version of what the rest of The Universe would be like.

The result was a galactic society of miscreants lead by what would come to be known as The Six Headed Beast.

The division into 6 individuals had corrupted key bits of knowledge and understanding from the consciousness of the whole.

This lost knowledge was the reason all the creatures that were created to reside on the planets in this sector, had no soul.

Some of these creatures were worse than others, but none of them could actually be considered good.

They are flesh and blood creatures who only live for a certain length of time and die one day.

We were created the way we were, with a soul, for a reason. The Centaurians wanted to create an intelligent worker who would live on Earth and be responsible for maintaining the integrity of The Garden of Eden.

Tending to this garden would be an extremely delicate, and sometimes dangerous program. They needed leverage to ensure compliance to the job.

Also, since free will and conflict had come into existence when Number Two left, it was decided that from this point forward, immortality would have to be earned.

So it was decided that a promise of immortality under certain conditions, would help motivate this creature called a human being, to serve its purpose to the best of its ability.

A unique approach that would allow human beings to exist as two separate halves of one entity, had been successfully designed by an amazing team of scientists on Eden.

And quickly this design and reasoning for it, was approved by The One.

One half of the human would exist on Eden. The other half would exist on Earth.

The two individual halves of the human being are connected by something called a soul.

Inside the body of each half of the humans, flows a pure form of energy that binds both parts to one another.

A telepathic connection that allowed the two parts to communicate back and forth was also a very useful feature for completing the work projects tasked to the humans.

The half which existed on Eden would work in the lab as a genetic scientist to create new life forms.

When these plants and animals were cultivated on Earth, the process would be conducted by the Earth halves of the scientists whose team had invented the specific species.

This way the scientist and the botanist or biologist could share information to ensure a well cared for and properly designed product was the end result of their efforts.

This telepathic connection was also a way to never forget home and in times of struggle, a voice of reason to offer advice. A friend, so no matter what, no human would ever be alone, like The One had once been.

You likely won’t believe me yet, but that voice in your head, your conscience, is actually what’s left of the telepathic connection to our counterpart on Eden.

Of course today we are raised to believe thinking anything other than “it’s your own voice” will get you locked up in a psych ward.

Big threats to protect big secrets. And big secrets are certainly being kept from us about how and why that connection was lost.

To become immortal, the humans had to live by guidelines and rules and show the intelligence, loyalty, and desire to be a productive, honest, contributing member of the Galactic Society they belonged to.

A series of tests, and lessons would be incorporated into their lives that would determine when they would be ready to achieve immortality.

On Earth everything living has an expiration date, meaning one day it dies. This applies to everything except for one thing, the human soul.

When a human died on Earth, the soul ascended to Eden for evaluation. If it was decided the soul was ready, the two halves would merge into one immortal being.

However, if it wasn’t ready, the soul would experience something called reincarnation where it was sent back to Earth in a new body.

The human would then encounter a more difficult path designed to address the issues that kept it from achieving immortality.

This complex two part creature would be the prototype for a whole new approach to the concept of being alive. If successful, humans could be placed all over the universe.

As The Centaurians hoped, the evolution of The Garden of Eden, and its new occupants, was a great success.

After nearly a hundred thousand years of evolution, only one major change was made to how this system would operate.

It was originally the plan to allow unlimited reincarnation and guaranteed immortality eventually. However, there were unforeseen issues that arose from that idealistic view.

The result was a decision to permit ten chances to get it right and earn the reward of immortality.

By limiting reincarnation to nine times, the decision to populate some of the other planets that had been seeded into life with humans, had passed the scrutiny of The One.

By the way, I told you which star system Eden exists in without feeling like I’m giving up a secret.

Unfortunately, there are people here on Earth right now searching for it, and they already know where they should be looking.

The Kepler telescope made a discovery this year not six months ago in August of 2016

There is one particular planet quite close to Earth. Like close enough where the technology here will allow a probe to make it there in the next 25 years or so.

It’s not Eden. But it’s one step closer. So they really need to be stopped before they get there.

As I said before, I’m an old soul. And I’ve tried more than once to stop those responsible for what I’m trying to tell you, during several of my past lives.

Obviously, I’ve never been on the successful side of any of the battles that have taken place in an attempt to gain control of our own destiny.

I’m sure you’ve realized something must have gone terribly wrong someplace along the line.

Earth is quite obviously not being used by The Centaurians as a living library anymore. It’s being exploited, polluted, and soon enough, will be destroyed.

If you don’t know, there are several tyrannical groups of very rich, very powerful, business men, political leaders and Church officials with questionable ties to each other.

They belong to groups such as The Illuminatii, The Roman Catholic Church, The British Monarchy, and The Freemasons to name a few.

It’s widely accepted that these Billionaire Boys Clubs are up not on the up and up and exist to serve ulterior motives.

They have created, implemented, and enforced a system of corruption, greed, control, and hostility for thousands of years.

The roots of these shady organizations have been traced back to the time of Jesus.

The last attempt to confront these corrupt, power hungry, tyrants was in the early 1300’s.

A very wealthy group called The Knights Templar, that was aligned with The Roman Catholic Church, had found out some extremely sensitive information about Jesus, and the Bible.

Having expressed concerns to a trusted government official about The Church withholding the secret knowledge, The Knights Templar were betrayed and for the most part, disbanded and killed brutally for going against The Pope.

And ever since then these elite tyrants have taken full advantage of the fear they instilled in anyone who may oppose them.

Their stranglehold on the resources and human lives on Planet Earth grows stronger every single day we choose to do nothing.

The Knights knew what I know. Unlike me, they never got the chance to tell though.

Once you know why, and what is at stake, you’ll understand why I’ve made it my choice to suggest we confront these men, end these lies, and try again to rid this planet from their control.

The elite tyrants who control us using money, work hand in hand with the ones who destroy some of us by taking our soul.

The Roman Catholic Church is the real controlling influence behind those running the world, enslaving mankind, and destroying this beautiful planet.

There is no one more powerful than the guy with the funny hat, The Pope. None that are human anyways.

The Pope is always chosen from a secret, and very long list of bloodlines that go back thousands of years to a time when giants roamed the Earth.

Yeah I just said that. But it’s gotta be said. And someone had to say it. And that’s always been my role. To sound the alarm.

But this time the call, MY call, will be heard. This time, the world is ready to hear it. YOU, are ready to hear it!

The age of information has brought a new dimension, one we have never had available before. If you haven’t realized it yet, she told me, IT’S TIME!

This time, we have the ability to UNITE World Wide!. And we will. And we are.

I can feel the soul of every warrior who ever lived and died at the hands of The Elite. All of them. They’re all here.

Some already know it, most don’t, but you all will. The universe will not let you rest until you accept the responsibility of fixing what we have ALWAYS allowed them to do to us.

The Elite aren’t exactly like us in case you haven’t noticed. There is an empty, void, hole in all of “them”.

The world really is an US vs THEM situation.

You may believe “we are all one” and some spiritual awakening is on the horizon, but please, know this: There are TWO different SPECIES living together here on earth. Humans. And Half Breeds.

And no, they are not shape shifting reptilians. In all ways they are identical to us, except for one thing.

They don’t have a soul!

When they die, they are dead. That’s it. No more. They are manufactured.

These soulless shells i’m talking about are The Elite. And they know what they are. Predators. Nasty, sick, twisted, Predators.

There is another group of people who also suffer an impairment of their soul but they have no idea anything is even wrong with them.

At least they have a soul, even if it has been shut right off. As long as it’s there, all hope is not lost.

It’s imperative if we want to experience any kind of freedom again, we begin working together. All men. All for One Cause. One World United.

United, we can move forward into a new Age of Enlightenment.

United, we can be free from all the pain that’s been our lives here on planet Earth.

It will not be easy. But nothing good ever is. Just be certain, if we continue to fall for the tactics that keep us divided, once again, we will fall short. Divide and Conquer will defeat us like it has before in past lives.

The Elite have slowly divided the entire world into divisions so small, they feel confident that it’s just not possible for us to lay aside our differences or seek a new perspective on our beliefs.

I’m hoping that deep down inside though, you feel it! You’ve always felt it. You probably didn’t understand that feeling was your other half calling out to you. And your home. Eden. In all ways possible, they both need you now, more than ever.

For some of us, the connection to our other half is starting to be established once more. I’ll explain why later.

It’s the ones caught deep in this web of lies I worry about though. The ones with the soul affliction.

Things on Eden have taken a very long time to fully recover from the Annunaki Invasion.

The reason is the soul affliction that has taken hold here on Earth lately, has nearly crippled the population on Eden.

The half of the human that’s born and exists on Eden, that’s attached to the people on Earth commonly referred to as Sheeple, (people who can’t see anything at all wrong with how the world operates) are basically handicapped.

They don’t contribute to the workforce, in fact, they take away from it, as they require constant care and supervision.

Despite all that has changed since humans came into existence, the soul still continues to develop properly and in unison with its Counterpart on Eden.

The changes to the minds of the humans on Earth however, somehow have caused the autism -like affliction of the mind running rampant on Eden.

So I’m here on a mission. I’m here to wake you up to what you used to be, to what you are.

And what you need to be, if we ever want to free ourselves from this nightmare we’ve all been tricked into living.

I guess tricked isn’t the best choice of words either. They didn’t trick us, they genetically modified us is what they did.

And what I’m about to tell you now, is where things get intense.

What you think you know about the history of earth and its many different inhabitants, are all lies. And it’s the job of the church, to protect those lies.

And the reward from protecting those lies, goes to the enforcers of the lie. The Illuminati. The Freemasons. The Elite.

Their reward is your life of servitude! And every man, woman and child belongs to them whether you admit it, or not.

Because the elite know they are soulless shells of what we are, they hate us.

Once I explain what they are lying about, and how far they’ve gone to protect the lie, you’ll understand just how much hate for us they hold.

The only other things that interest them are material riches and the thrill of feeling somehow superior as they treat us like garbage in a ruthless pursuit of the Almighty Dollar.

And we allow it because deep down we feel like our souls will live on regardless.

But that was the old way. Soon you will realize how, like me, you’ve avoided the trap and reincarnated here, over and over again.

Until we get this done, we will continue stuck in this loop, doomed to watch history repeat itself again and again.

And I’m going to tell you why.

There was an invasion on Eden, and they lost. The Centaurians are peaceful scientists, not warriors.

The Annunaki, a race of soulless creatures from the far corner of The Universe developed by The Six Headed Beast had come seeking knowledge.

They required technology to save the atmosphere of the planet they came from, Nibiru.

But Eden refused to help them. They were not in the business of cooperating with any of the soulless abominations created by The Six Headed Beast.

And the Annunaki replied in force. In the process of taking what they came for, they also discovered the location of Earth.

They left Eden in near ruins, and made off with some very sensitive, essential information about all life, and about Planet Earth in particular.

The Annunaki first arrived on planet Earth during a cleansing period.

Once all of the different species were properly sampled and classified, or if circumstances required it, the scientists in charge would initiate a cleansing. The eradication of the old, to usher in the new.

The idea being to repeat the same process with new varieties of plants and animals, as they were developed and created on Eden.

This particular ice-age was also to repair a structural issue with the drainage system. A series of massive trenches and gullies were needed and the only thing powerful enough to dig them were migrating glaciers.

The humans all relocated to Africa during that time, moved by ships sent from Eden.

Unfortunately this relocation turned out to be the very thing that gave full advantage to the Annunaki.

The Annunaki were quite pleased with initial test samples they took. This planet was rich with monoatomic gold just as the stolen information from Eden had stated.

The information from Eden provided them with the formula used to create, or repair, an atmosphere. Monoatomic gold is the key ingredient. And they needed a lot.

The next thing the Annunaki did was set in motion a chain of events which accelerated the melting process.

There was a large area though where life was thriving. Here The Annunaki found a creature they hoped could be used as workers for the massive job of mining the Earth. They had discovered humans.

However, these creatures were quite different than anything The Annunaki had ever encountered. They seemed intelligent enough, but they were impossible to deal with.

Nothing, not fear, not pain, not even watching their friends die would sway them to what The Annunaki wanted them to do.

It was almost like these humans had one purpose and couldn’t do anything else even if they wanted.

But it was love for their home and an outright refusal to damage, destroy, alter, or manipulate the Earth at The Annunaki’s request that kept them from conforming.

The Annunaki even tried, unsuccessfully, claiming they were the ones who created the humans.

However, at that time The Annunaki were unaware of the connection the humans had to their other half back on Eden. The humans knew exactly who had arrived.

The Annunaki were in fact, very intelligent creatures however. A series of genetic manipulations performed on the male humans would solve the problem, or so it was believed.

One by one, the male humans were captured and injected with a DNA upgrade that would eventually change the fate of the inhabitants of The Garden of Eden. It would just be a matter of time.

The Annunaki, having completed the genetic tampering, prepared to leave. They needed to give the melting process of the ice covered planet time to do its thing.

A small team was assembled and would remain on Earth to manage and maintain the breeding process of the humans.

This task was put into the hands of a top scientist named Enki.

Enki was a powerful member of the upper echelon of Annunaki hierarchy.

He was very interested in studying the progress on the rate of change in these creatures.

The Annunaki had an amazing gift bestowed by The Six Headed Beast which created them. They had the power to shape shift, or transform into whatever they needed to be. So they took on human form.

Enki stood among the humans and watched as the other Annunaki boarded their ship and left Earth.

At that point the changes to the human mind had not taken over yet, and as the ship left, a legend was born about the ones who came from the sky in black clouds that burned in the sky.

And in telling this legend, the first of the changes began to materialize in the hearts and minds of the recently injected men, as fear crept in and filled them with a brand new perspective on life.

This new emotion clashed heavily with the very limited emotional database humans had been living with up to this point.

It only took a few generations of reproduction for Enki to realize something had gone wrong though.

By this stage there should have been significant changes in the way this creatures mind worked. But the change was minimal at best.

These creatures were learning to simply adapt, and somehow they retained the sense of self worth they had always enjoyed.

Frustrated, Enki began a series of experiments on his modified humans. What he discovered, shocked, and amazed him

In ways he could not understand, it appeared this creature was in fact, two creatures.

Enki began to decipher a series of files that were part of his spoils of war from the invasion of Eden. And what he learned, he could not believe.

These creatures had something called a soul. Something he had never heard of. Something that made these creatures immortal. As far as Enki knew, only The Six Headed Beast was immortal. More than anything, he wanted that! In fact, Enki became obsessed with the idea of living forever.

So obsessed, he entirely forgot why he had attempted to change the humans in the first place.

All that mattered was finding a way to implant or replicate one of these souls into himself.

Experiment after experiment failed. And as these further modified humans got released back among the others, the more damaged the integrity of the humans became.

After several more generations, significant changes could be seen.

So much so that they began to change in their physical appearance over time, not only mentally as the modification was initially supposed to be.

The most significant change was the colour of some of the creatures skin. There seemed to be several distinct skin tones and physical attributes appearing.

Though Enki had yet to discover the secret of the soul, he was forced to turn his attention back to creating a workforce for the mining operation.

He was rather impressed with one particular group that stood out from the others. It appeared this group was going to be the dominant one.

This dominant version of a human had changed almost entirely in colour.

It began with deep dark brown skin like they all had in the beginning.

But now it had transformed to become pale and light coloured, very much like Enki himself.

Up till this point Enki and his crew had lived unnoticed among the humans. But it was time for a change.

It was now about 190,000 Earth years since the Annunaki had left in their flying spaceship leaving Enki and his crew behind.

Enki and his kind lived to be about 360,000 years old in Earth terms. Which meant if he was going to complete the actual mission he was here for, he would have to find success soon. His age was creeping up on him.

The ice sheets that had once covered the Earth had been greatly diminished by this time. And the redistribution of the humans could begin.

Enki had sent for The Annunaki to return. The first mission was to gather all the humans of each kind based on their skin colour.

Then, each “race” was strategically dispersed around the world to the locations that were no longer inhospitable.

There were 4 distinct races based solely on skin tone. Dark brown, light brown, yellow, and white.

The first three races were relocated in their entirety and kept together. The white race however was divided into three groups.

These smaller groups of white humans were each placed to live with and among the other 3 races.

And just as Enki had envisioned, the white humans did whatever they had to do so they would find themselves in a position of authority.

It didn’t take long, and with the help of the white humans, the mining operations to amass monoatomic gold, were finally underway.

Turning his attention back to the humans, it quickly became clear to Enki there was no way to actually detect the soul while it was inside the body of the human beings.

It frustrated Enki to no end. He had gone so far as to take 13 human wives and father a large amount of children, half human, half Annunaki.

His intention was that if he could not achieve immortality, he could produce children that could.

However, it was this phase of experimentation that nearly took Enki from a distinguished scientist to an obsessed maniac.

There was no way to know if his experiments worked. The soul was no more detectable in his children, than in humans. Whether he had been successful or not, Enki would never know. At this point, he was prepared to give up.

The mining operations were nearly completed, and soon The Annunaki would leave Earth forever.

It was at this time however that Enki made his most crucial discovery.

By chance, he stumbled across some undiscovered information stolen from Eden. Vital information about the soul.

He learned the soul was, in fact, a tangible item. It could only be detected and seen after the death of the human host.

It appeared that as it traversed The Universe on the trip back to Eden, the soul became vulnerable.

And that’s when everything changed. Enki decided he was going to stay.

The rest of The Annunaki thought it was a strange request Enki made, but decided it was his choice to make in the end.

They packed up their ship, and left. Unknown to Enki, another member of their ranks was still on Earth with him.

Having burnt every bridge with his superiors during arguments over the mining expedition, Marduk was banished to Earth, an outcast no longer wanted among his own kind.

Also, unlike Enki, Marduk was open about his relations with human women. Something very much considered to be unacceptable.

It didn’t take Enki long to create a plan to confuse, distract, manipulate and erase any lingering recognition these humans may have about their soul and its purpose.

Enki didn’t want the knowledge of who they were, why they were on Earth, and what the purpose of the soul was, creeping back into the minds of men. He would give them a new, and totally different, understanding to live by.

It was the act of leaving The One, which Number Two had done in the early years of creation, that gave all creatures free will.

Free will would, in the eyes of Enki, become the most favourable of gifts bestowed on creation by The Six Headed Beast.

And Enki was prepared to take full advantage of many of the gifts he possessed if it meant immortality.

The children of Enki were a powerful group. They had no soul, but they did have some of the strengths that made Enki such a powerful creature.

One such quality they acquired was a lifespan much greater than a human. On average, these children would roam the Earth for up to 5000 years.

Another, was their size and strength. The males in particular reached heights of 10 feet, weighed nearly 800 pounds and had the strength of 10 men.

The reaction of the population towards these massive creatures, who otherwise resembled humans, is what gave Enki the idea which ultimately resulted in our current state of world affairs today.

Enki had his children roam the earth in search of the worst human beings alive.

It was now apparent just how wrong some of Enki’s experiments had gone. Murdereres, rapists, thieves, and tyrants made up a decent part of the population.

When they found these offenders, Enki’s children made an example out of them and slaughtered them all in public settings.

They then told the remaining humans the type of behaviour these bad humans displayed was against what they were willing to accept from this point on.

The children of Enki claimed their role as Gods among men. They presented their absent father as The One, creator of Heaven and Earth. And promised anyone who crossed them or their father, would meet the same fate as the many men they had recently slaughtered.

The humans began to cower in fear at the sight of these massive half humans. And they would go to any length to secure the favour of these Gods if they could.

The reason Enki was going to such great lengths to deceive the humans, should be of GREAT concern to every human alive.

Enki had been successful in his attempts to capture a human soul as it ascended to Eden.

What he learned from this was, and still is, a very frightening prospect which affects us as human beings to this very day.

Enki had found a way to harness, drain, and absorb the unique type of energy the human soul contained, into his own system.

And by doing so had secured a lesser version of the immortality he had sacrificed so much of his sanity to while searching for the secrets to living forever.

All he needed was an endless supply of human souls to drain and absorb. Consume.

For as long as he can secure a steady supply of human souls, ENKI WILL NOT DIE. He is very much alive and hiding on Earth. Though I don’t know, my guess is he is safely hidden in a secret room deep down below The Vatican.

In their true form, the Annunaki were not small creatures. Enki was a foot taller and 100 pounds heavier than the largest and most powerful of his children, Zeus.

In his full Annunaki dress uniform and in his true physical form, Enki presented himself to the occupants of Earth.

The weapons of mass destruction he possessed, gave credence to the claim he made to the population in each location he appeared as he demonstrated his powers for emphasis.

Region by region Enki visited all the occupied territories around the world in support of what his children had recently established. The worlds very first religion.

Enki was determined to be their God. Their creator and judge. And ruler of all.

The concept took its place immediately in the minds of the population of earth. To disrespect The One or his many children, meant certain doom.

But serving them with your life, and living to please The One meant great rewards here on Earth. And also in the after-life.

Enki painted a beautiful picture to the humans of eternal life with him. He explained the nature of the Human soul and how it was a part of the “human experience” that could live forever as a guest in his kingdom.

Next, he explained the nature of free will. To gain entry to his kingdom called Heaven, a conscious desire had to be spoken aloud expressing a request to exist there with him.

The humans were forced to drop to their knees in front of Enki . He wanted a pledge, on their life, to abide by the rules he had created for them to live by.

Enki had made some reasonable requests, and the humans were happy to learn that outwardly, Enki appeared to be a fair, and decent giant of a man-god.

Like their father, the children of Enki took human lovers. By the time the first of Enki’s children had grown old and died, his family had grown to be enormous.

By the 5th generation of breeding with humans, Enki’s grandchildren had taken on the human form and were indistinguishable from the actual humans.

Under Enki’s guidance his grandchildren would tighten the hold on humans by introducing governments and the church to all of mankind. Each with its own design to control how the humans lived their lives.

The world was separated into manageable sized sections called countries. Borders were drawn, and several kingdoms established within each country.

The residents of these countries were then divided further to ensure they remained a totally conquered society that would have no hope to ever escape this enslavement.

New churches were allowed to rise up. And new religions. People were all of a sudden concerned with skin color, heritage, and financial status. Anything the Kings could use to divide people, they used.

It was simple, the only thing that could ever cause problems was numbers created by Unity.

The most influential of Enki’s extended family were put in positions of power to rule over the entirety of each country. Kings.

A hierarchy of control over all the humans was put in place. All to secure Enki’s place at the top of it all. The One.

Enki also arranged every marriage that ever happened in his family. He was very insistent certain guidelines be followed to ensure the bloodline his future grandchildren were born into, stayed pure.

And to this day, though we don’t realize or accept it, the descendants of Enki’s children continue to hold control of the world. And they still have no souls.

As observant, intelligent, and cautious as Enki was, it turned out he wasn’t quite as secretive as he thought himself to be. His obsession with the soul had made him careless.

Much to his surprise, he realized Marduk had been left behind and was hiding in plain sight, living on Earth in human form.

And, he had discovered why Enki had gone to such extremes creating this elaborate system of control over the humans.

Being left behind, Marduk was angry. And he hated this planet. He was looking for a way to seek revenge on the human race. Like most deviant minds, he blamed all things, except himself and his lust for human women, for all of his problems.

When Marduk discovered the secret Enki was keeping, he documented everything, including how Enki was taking credit for all creation and falsely claiming to be The One.

Marduk used the evidence he had gathered to blackmail Enki into providing him access to the technology so he could consume souls and become immortal as well.

As miserable, angry, and pissed off at the world as Marduk was, there was no surprise in the way he chose to win possession of the souls he meant to acquire.

He played on the worst of the human traits that had developed in the unfortunate victims of Enki’s obsession with genetic manipulation.

Traits like greed, anger, jealousy and corruption were Marduk’s signature approach.

He would provide material riches such as money, gold, precious gems, and even sultry women. Once his intended victim became obsessed, he would make a trade. A life of gluttony, control and power, for simply agreeing to spend eternity with him in the afterlife.

Marduk painted his own picture of an awesome place to spend eternity, which also would attract it’s fair share of human’s.

Like Enki, Marduk had succumbed to the sex appeal of the women of earth. He had a large family of part human, part Annunaki children and grandchildren just like Enki

He brought them all together. But rather than operate like Enki and create an opposing faction of towns and cities of their own, Marduk decided his approach would consist of infiltrating and corrupting the system of control Enki had established, from the inside out.

In response Enki had the church add a story that told of a fate worse than death for those who would take up sides with Marduk.

To join with Marduk meant your soul would burn and be tortured forever in a truly evil, sick place called Hell.

And just as this battle for human souls really got going in full swing, it came to a sudden stop.

In a stunning display of IT’s intense capability, The One appeared suddenly out of thin air.

In the next instant, swooping from the sky, came a small fleet of spacecraft which landed very close to where The One now stood.

From inside these crafts a group of representatives from Eden stepped foot on the soil of Earth for the first time in well over a hundred thousand years.

Sadness turned quickly to anger as what they saw around them sunk in. They wanted their planet back.

But with something as complicated as The One mediating the situation, it would not be as simple as forcing the Annunaki out.

The One saw opportunity for a test of strength between the soulless creation of The Six Headed Beast and his very own creation, the residents of Eden.

It was the humans The One wanted put to the test. IT had approved the original design of human beings, but now had some serious doubt about the integrity of this mutated creature that was really nothing like it had started out to be.

There were great concerns about gifting immortality to such an unstable life form even if they did have to earn it.

So, to ensure these humans were put to the test, The One decided that the Annunaki would no longer be allowed to reveal themselves in the flesh to humans.

Both Enki and Marduk would have to go into permanent hiding or leave earth, it was up to them.

The residents of Eden were given the same restrictions. They were not permitted to blatantly land in the town center and show themselves to the residents of Earth.

They had to find a way for the humans to see what was happening for the world to end up going from what it was, to what it is now, today, here in 2016.

Enki was quick to approach Marduk with a truce. Considering all that was at stake, the two opposing Annunaki warriors decided to join forces and unite their families.

The One had only asked Enki and Marduk to leave. Their families were permitted to stay on Earth. They had no souls so were of no interest to The One.

At this point Marduk went into hiding. Enki, on the other hand, used his ability to shape shift one last time, as he too disappeared from the face of the earth never to be seen in his true form again.

Enki transformed himself into a fertilized embryo in the womb of a descendant of his own family, a young woman named Mary.

Nine months later Enki was born into the world as a human baby. A baby with no soul of its own. A baby named Jesus. A baby that would forever enslave mankind and provide himself, and Marduk an everlasting supply of souls!

At least that was the plan the two Annunaki had come up with after being confronted by The One.

The Centaurians were also a smart bunch. But this type of mental warfare was not their strong suit. The Annunaki had the advantage since deceit seemed to be the spirit of this contest.

They were not without some tricks and secrets.of their own. The residents of Eden had began abducting humans a couple hundred years ago. They hoped the process of reversing the genetic manipulations that Enki had performed could be discovered.,

It turned out to be impossible. Much of what Enki had done was now a permanent part of human life.

Regardless, they had a plan B. And once more the humans were subjected to further genetic modifications.

It was a tricky process. The human host had to physically die. Then their soul was captured and manipulated.

A jolt of electricity was used to bring the human back to life. And that was it. The altered soul returned to the body. The human was released back to where it was taken from, unharmed.

This method wasn’t the quick fix needed, but in the long run, it would be more effective.

This addition to the soul didn’t change the person who received the upgrade. It was designed to create change in the offspring of the recipients.

It was a process that would take a very long time, but it would eventually produce some very different humans.

They would look the same as everyone else, but their hearts, and minds would be far more in tune with the needs of Mother Earth and her occupants.

And the best case scenario would result in the reestablishment of the telepathic connection of the two halves of which the authentic humans had shared.

And in the early part of the 1900’s, the very first Indigo Soul arrived on Earth, a quirky Australian man named Errol Flynn.

The long awaited results started to trickle in, until the late 1960’s when the first main wave of Indigo Souls were born into this world. And every year since the numbers have grown.

As Indigo Souls matured and began having children of their own, the Crystal children began to arrive.

The Crystal children are to be witness to a great change. It’s their duty and role to document what takes place.

They will use the knowledge of their journey to create a better way of life for the future.

Never again will people suffer the fate the human population has endured so far at the hands of Enki and Marduk.

The union between the children of Enki and Marduk was very powerful. And very corrupt.

For almost 2000 years they have worked hand in hand to ensure the secrets and lies of the past stay buried.

The church knows all the lies. It’s their role to protect Marduk and Enki and keep them alive by ensuring a steady stream of our souls arrive to be consumed.

It was also a key component of the plan to ensure that the world never finds out how two Annunaki madmen fooled the world with the story about Jesus and Lucifer to enslave the world.

If you haven’t caught on, there is only one way to win back the Garden of Eden.

Enki and Marduk have exceeded their lifespan and are vulnerable. The source of their immortality, our souls, is all that is keeping them alive. A recent surge in spirituality, and atheism has weakened them.

The Pope is above all. He commands the legion of soulless tyrants who have taken over the world. They have crafted a web of deceit and corruption in the never ending lust for power and control of the entire planet.

And in doing so, they have enslaved us all. We are bound to them in several ways, the most powerful way is something called the monetary system. The Almighty Dollar.

Value is placed on a worthless object, a simple piece of paper for example.

That object is then provided in great quantity to most anyone with the ability to repay what was borrowed.

By charging a substantial fee for such a loan, these tyrants in control of the monetary system are making a huge profit at our expense for doing absolutely nothing.

They have found a way to control every aspect of our lives. They control food production, food quality and food distribution.

They control energy production and distribution. They control access to water. Healthcare. Education and a whole long list of other essential services. If a dollar of profit can be made, they have found the way to make it.

And they have introduced a massive array of distractions which draw our attention away from everything they do, TV being one of the most potent distractions of them all.

War is another distraction and the profit earned is 10x the return of any investment they would ever allow us to make.

The value of weapons of war are greatly over inflated. The Elite own factories that produce these weapons. Then governments all over the world purchase these weapons using government funding.

Of course it means there will always be a reason for war. And these nasty, sick, monsters have about sucked the world dry of financial security. Money not only keeps us enslaved, it’s the perfect distraction as well.

These distractions serve to create an atmosphere of confusion about, and detachment from, the present moment.

In case it may have slipped past you, the present moment is all we have.

Though their system of time keeping lends a hand to distract you from the fact that time doesn’t exist. It is ALWAYS, right now!

Right now is the time to face these liars. Right now is the time to walk away from their churches, their beliefs,, their laws, their banks, their corporations that monopolize the food industry and their set of principals which guide our entire lives.

Source

Confused About The Anunnaki? This Original Miniseries Explains Their Entire Story

This is ANUNNAKI – Mensageiros do Vento, the first alternative history rock opera cartoon. Created by Brazilian rock band Mensageiros do Vento (Messengers of the Wind), this miniseries is based on translations of ancient clay tablets found amid the ruins of Sumer, arguably the cradle of human civilization. Best of all, it’s got English subtitles.

Ancient Sumerian texts refer to the Anunnaki as “those that came down from the heaven,” a race of extremely powerful and advanced beings that engineered mankind hundreds of thousands of years ago.

Drawing on the works of Anunnaki specialist Zecharia Sitchin, ANUNNAKI – Mensageiros do Vento debuts with the summoning of Endubsar, “master scribe, son of Eridu city, servant of the lord Enki, great god.” For forty days and nights, the loyal scribe wrote down the entire history of the Anunnaki, in cuneiform, as it was retold by Enki.

According to the genesis story, the twelfth planet, known as Nibiru was populated by humanoid beings very similar to us humans. After life on their home world became threatened by extensive volcanic eruptions, tensions inside their society became as big a peril as the volcanoes themselves.

A splinter group is sent on a search throughout the Solar System, hoping to find the cure for their dying world. Fortune smiled on them and the Anunnaki found Earth, or as they called it, Ki. Here, the air was breathable, the weather was lovely and resources abounded. Especially gold.

When Nibiru approached Earth’s orbit, about 432,000 years BC, the Nibiruans used space ships to send people and essential goods from their planet to Earth. After they reached the surface, the advanced beings established bases in ancient Mesopotamia. In memory of the largest metropolis on Nibiru, the Anunnaki built Eridu, their first outpost on Earth and the real “Eden”, some would argue.

In order to extract the precious metal, gold mines were established in southern Africa where they found abundant gold deposits.

Because the work as a miner did not befit the Nibiruan masters, the Anunnaki people were sent to do the job for them. Treated like some sort of slaves, they represented the working element of this society, even though their physical and intellectual features were considered imposing even by our current modern human standards.

Because of their superior traits, the Anunnaki soon revolted against their overseers and demanded them to create an inferior being in order to do this petty job in their stead. Their leaders consulted and eventually concluded that a lesser being is indeed needed for this kind of exploiting work, and so they created a new race by combining their own genes with those of the most evolved primates that lived on Earth at that point in time, which was probably Australopithecus.

At first, Enki and Ninmah (two of the leaders) designed beings with formidable strength and size that worked for the Anunnaki on Earth, helping them to extract gold. As perfect as this sounds, their creation had one major flow – they couldn’t reproduce themselves, and so the so called “Gods” had to continuously make more of them to keep the mining process up and running at the desired capacity.

As time passed, Enki and Ninmah developed several beings until they managed to reach the desired goal. After all their struggle, the final product of their combined knowledge was able to talk and most important they could produce children themselves, this way the first human race appeared under the form of Homo Erectus.

Whenever Nibiru distanced away from Earth, a part of the “Gods” returned to their home planet until it completed the 3,600 year cycle again, period of time which the Sumerians called a Sar.

Meanwhile, the Anunnaki remained on Earth to take care of the gold mines and the so called slaves, precisely as they were ordered by their “Gods”. Because some human characteristics were also found in the Anunnaki, as the humans were created in their image, they eventually started to fight over earthly desires.

Taking advantage of the situation, the slaves formed an alliance and revolted against their Masters, like the Anunnaki once did. Many of them managed to escape the mines and eventually settled as free people in other parts of the Earth, living their lives as depicted in many ancient texts – “like the Wild Beasts”.

After the 3,600 years cycle was completed once again, the Leaders of the Anunnaki returned to Earth and were very unpleased when they saw that the situation was out of control. They sentenced the Anunnaki to work the mines yet again.

During their brief stay on planet Earth, the Masters conducted more experiments in order to create a more sophisticated race of workers. They made Homo Habilis and Homo Erectus until they eventually developed a race able to think, speak and reproduce themselves, and so they created MAN also known as Homo Sapiens.

via UFOholic


24 Signs that You could be an Original Annunaki Descendant on the Earth Today

1. Annunaki believe that you can truly create something from nothing.

The Annunaki are rumored to be many things. Supposedly they were the charged with a great task. This was the creating and controlling the physical world, literally not symbolically. They were given the tools to create existence from the energies of the great void of nothingness and had the power to manipulate it. This would have begun this great work sometime around 500 thousand years ago, perhaps longer. The true time frames of such matters are not known to anyone, anymore. Perhaps not even to the Annunaki, this period may have been more like a dream to them.

2. Annunaki are gifted in all of the powers to create matter from energy.

Form was made first by creating matter itself, with the basic building blocks of the universal energies. The Annunaki accomplished this by working from materials they gathered from the Abyss. From there they created space. The reason they created space was so that substance could exist, and then matter itself, beginning with atoms and building from there. It is assumed that this work, although complex, happened at a very high rate of time. Almost instantly, as if they said “Let there be light”, to use a Biblical metaphor. This is up to debate, as this is not recorded in history.

3. Annunaki hate all strict time schedules, especially being held to them.

While creating Paradise, the Annunaki kept begging for more time. They wanted more time, so that they could make the world of matter perfect in every way, shape, and form. They were attempting to do this before setting God’s greatest creation, humanity, in it. They were creating the world of the Earth as we know it now. It can be argued that either they do not exist in a world where time is relevant or observable. It can also be argued that God may not have allowed the creation of Paradise or the Earth to continue, the job was to be finished and there was no more time to be had. This was upsetting to the Annunaki in either case.

4. Annunaki have always been portrayed as having stood against Lucifer in mythology.

Most mythology agrees that Lucifer, or a name that refers to an illuminous fire, was the Archangel that orignally oversaw the Annunaki work. After eons of delay, during which they shaped the Earth and all of its forces, fields, and landforms, but they were still demanding more time for the project. After they had not finished before the final timeline God had officially decreed, the Archangel Lucifer finally put his foot down. Many Annunaki never felt Creation was allowed to be perfected, and more than several nursed a grudge toward Lucifer. He held responsible by the Annunaki for his disruption of their work.

5. Annunaki don’t like being referred to or compared to the other angels.

Originally, the Annunaki had only two forms called the Antu and the Kishar. The Kishar created the Earth and everything upon it, save for life. The Kishar believed in what was called the One Law, they believed in one God, one truth, one purpose and did not have patience for anything other. They were the builders and the first that were set to work on the great project of the Earth’s creation. This would be a bone of contention later in the history of the Annunaki. The Kishar were also deeply loyal to the Archangel Lucifer, some had been under his leadership since the beginning of the Annunaki history.

6. Annunaki understanding of gravitation and physics would be beyond gifted.

It was late in the creation process that the Antu came into play. The Antu made movement and travel upon the Kishar’s creation possible. Their work often took them away from the other Elohim, leaving them somewhat separate and having time to develop different beliefs from their angelic brethren. The Antu came to believe in what was called the Strict Observance. This was an idea that they came up with, but it basically caused them to return to the belief that there were many Gods, goddesses, energies and influences on the universal powers. They also came to believe that God may not have been the original creator of the universe. This belief was greatly at odds with the Kishar and the One Law.

7. Annunaki are overly self conscious especially about their bodies.

When it came time to make humanity, the Annunaki were responsible for the creation of the body itself. They were very proud of their creation, they synthesis of material energies into DNA, the construction of the skeletal system, mapping out blood vessels and nerves, and placing the organs. They even created unused pathways within the Brain that could be altered or mutated later, as the human species grew within its Earthly evolution. When they were finished, even they found no fault with what resulted and proudly presented their creation to the Creator God.

8. Annunaki are capable of love, but it does not always serve them well.

Originally the Annunaki had no intentions of try to inhabit, influence and they did not even intend on having any control over the world we live in. They fell in love with their own perfect production of the human being. This was futile, the Annunaki proudly presented their creation with love, only to have that love shattered when the Creator God told them they could never reveal themselves to their most accomplished creation. That humanity was to remain ignorant of the first creation of the Universe, the Annunaki, the original Abyss and many other things. This was the day that many Annunaki came to believe, what many of them had long suspected, that the Creator God may not be the true Creator.

9. Annunaki are opinionated, but do not debate what they think or know is true.

The resentment that many Annunaki always felt towards the Creator and their suspicions that he or it, was actually a Demiurge. Word of these suspcions slowly leaked itself, these rumors spread through the Angelic heirarchies and the other Elohim began to bubble over with controversy. Then one of the Elohim named Ahrimal had an apocalyptic vision of the Earth, it fortold the Fall of humanity from God’s grace and a great war in the heavens. When the Annunaki heard of Ahrimal’s vision, they were concerned, but still felt that taking sides over the creation was not worthy of debate. For most Annunaki already knew where they stood and what their opinions had always been.

10. Annunaki took the side of humanity in mythology.

The Archangelic powers and the Elohim called upon all of their bretheren for what was called the Great Debate. The Archangelic powers had come to quarrel over wheather God was the source of all power, or wheather the Archangels derrived their power from that source. Thus was God the original Creator or not. When the Annunaki refused to join the Great Debate, they kept true to their belief in pure neutrality and thus were left keeping their grief and arguments to themselves. Both the Antu and the Kishar were in agreement with each other on this. In the end, over half of the Annunaki left Heaven to take up sides with humanity.

11. Annunaki are very earthy, having a love of precious gems and metals.

The Fall of humanity was either true, or was the result of the angels acting on Ahrimal’s vision. Either way the Annunaki had seen this before. They remembered the Fall of the first Earth, during the war between the Atlantean and Lemurian root races. The Annunaki were the fifth house of angels, and the only group to present themselves at the Fall ofhumanity. They came to the human species presenting precious metals and jewels before Adam and Eve, or the original tribes of humankind. These may have been fragments left over from the great weapon that had caused the Fall of Atlantis, and the destruction of the first Earth.

12. Annunaki made one very big mistake in judging humanity.

Humankind was as divided and caught up in the propoganda of the Fall as anyone. The curse that came soon after would be for humans use the tools that the Annunaki had created. Humanity sought to use these tools for their own was. This sparked rebellion within the Annunaki, who agreed that their tools could be used as a means of destruction, rather than creation, as they sought to control and master Creation; with this, the rebellious Annunaki became known as the Malefactors. Although different intentions and purposes prevailed, the Malefactors and the remaining true Annunaki continued to work together to ensure the survivial of the human species.

13. Annunaki are naturally creative, and love creating useful new tools.

It became clear to the Annunaki, that they needed help of humans if they were to survive, as well. They needed us, much more than humanity needed them. After the Fall of humankind, the Malefactors were determined to help humans survive. They offered to create tools and shelter for Adam and Eve, but they were determined to create things themselves. By now the various Archangelic powers had finished their Great Debate, and no resolution was come to or agreement. The Archangel Lucifer had drawn the line in the sand, having decided that since the angels themselves were going to argue forever, he would take up sides with the Annunaki to defend the human species. Many of the other angelic powers left as allies with Lucifer.

14. Annunaki are natural inventors and teachers in many disciplines.

The teaching of the Annunaki would be one of the many things that left their mark on humanity. While constructing a house of stones, Adam had difficulty in moving one large rock, and so one of the Malefactors created the lever to help him. In teaching mankind how to create and use tools, new orders within the Annunaki evolved. After the Fall, and long after the War that was about to begin between Heaven and Earth, there would come a great flood. During this period after the flood the it would be the Annunaki who had originally taught man how to domesticate animals, do agriculture, mathematics, writing, engineering, metallurgy, calendars, astrology, science, and many other arts. But this would not be for an epoch and humanity would be blissfully unaware that these ideas were genetically encoded within their bloodline DNA, thanks to the Annunaki and the Malefactors.

15. Annunaki in war are likely to be consciencious objectors.

The heavenly powers cursed the angels that sided with Lucifer, calling them the Fallen or the Nephilim. When the armies of Michael began to fall upon the fallen, Lucifer organized the Legions so the fallen and their allies could defend themselves, they used their knowledge to forge weapondry and prepare what was called the Iron Legion. Many Annunaki joined with the Iron Legion, building what the fallen and humanity would need to survive and prepare for the War against the Demiurge and the forces of Heaven, but over half the Annunaki refused to join the war itself. The Iron Legion annointed themselves in the holy enemy war rituals, they had become unified in the belief that the Creator God had not been the Creator, and was a false God. “The Demiurge must now Fall” was the only command ever given by Lucifer.

16. Annunaki are responsible for creating most weapons of modern war.

The other half of the Annunaki began working on new inventions that would give humanity an even bigger advantage, including demonic relics that could be used to protect humans. It was not with total agreement that the Annunaki and the Malefactors began sharing the secrets of transmutation, transmigration and the all essential art of Alchemical transformations. It is not recorded historically, but many suspect that the Annunaki also made the realization that during the creation of matter and the Earth, they had developed an usually powerful untested weapon. It was this power of harnessing the nuclear atomic energies that would provide the ultimate weapon in the Earthly third dimension. It was never decided amonst the Annunaki if they should have shared such secrets of weapondry construction with the humankind.

17. Annunaki are unsure how to react to many human emotions.

Somethings were beyond the human scope of understanding, at least at this point in their evolution. In fact, the more complex tools they gave humans, while marvels, could not actually be used by mortals as they did not have the Faith that the Malefactors had. This was the case with the idea for a nuclear weapon, modern man now knows that this Faith is called the Observer Effect in quantum mechanics. Many Annunaki tried to demonstrate and work the tools for them, but many humans became resentful and frightened and began to turn from them to do things on their own. The humans that were on the side of the Iron Legion, now turned their attentions against all of the Archangelic powers, the Annunaki and even both sides of the great War. Humans declared they would fight only for the side of humans.

18. Annunaki take things very personally and take rejection very hard.

The Annunaki were greatly hurt by this second rejection, and many began to despair that they could never be with humans on their terms. It was equally hurtful, when most of the human species declared war against their proud creators. The choice and opportunity is always before humanity for us to remember more of who they are. Even as the humans rebelled against the Anunnaki so long a time ago, although deeply saddened they also had never been more proud of the creation. Seeing the human species step up and take a hold of their evolution, maybe the reason why most of the Anunnaki left. What does this say about the human species and the Annunaki? Many have pondered this question, but it is something that cannot clearly be known for sure.

19. Annunaki are morally neutral, believing in sprituality and science.

When the great War first began, Lucifer and the Iron Legion swore to defend and never kill any member of the human species. When humans went to war against the Archangelic powers, the humans that wanted to remain neutral were considered traitors to the human species. The leader of the consciencious objectors that followed the Annunaki model of pacifism was killed by his own brother. This is the story of Cain and Able, or Enki and Elil in modern Annunaki tales and mythology. When the first murder occurred, the many of Annunaki were among the first to turn from Lucifer decree and peaceful ways. They wanted to remake Creation on their terms, and began to use their abilities, relics, and tools to harm fallen and human alike. This is where the peaceful story of the Annunaki ends in most histories.

20. Annunaki are natural healers and often this power was misused.

They experimented on the bodies and souls humans, trying to further perfect what was once their perfect creation; these Annunaki were the first to use souls to power relics. The more peaceful Malefactors continued to teach and protect humans, as well as help Lucifer in his campaign to round up the errant Legions. The Malefactors helped in all ways that they could and healed many humans back from death during the War to use for experimentaion. This gained many human allies as the Malefactors prepared and began the kingship of Earth. Modern theories say that all of european royalty, american presidents descend from these aliens, this maybe a bit extreme but is what the histories point to. It is also rumored that throught these earliest alliances, the Annunaki and Malefactors gained power, wealth and status, in modern times they started the industries of insurance, banking, governments, police, the justice system and the media to maintain supreme control. Again, there is almost nothing to backup such claims.

21. Annunaki believe in perfection, and actively seek it in everything.

The Malefactors took up arms with humanity, sharing in the spoils of war, but not fight against the remaining Iron Legion. Regrouped, the Annunaki began to create tools that could be used by the hybrids and mortals, as well as teach them how to shape and create tools of their own. Humans began to show their true potential. The Annunaki decendants and their bloodline mingled with humans creating powerful hybrids that became the creators of the pyramids, stonehenge, mermaids, Goliath, the Illuminati, Merovingians, great emperors of Asia, the Nagas of india, Buddha, Quetzalcoatl and the Mayan calendar, olympiads of Greece, noah and his descendants, Melchizedeks, Thoth, the Pendragons, the Tuatha de Danaan, Argartha, Shamballa, Pacal Votan, Jesus of Galilee, Vlad the Impaler, the Egyptian Pharohs and Julius Ceasar. Many natives from the americas and africa speak of the ancestors as dragon or serpent people who came from the sky. All of these may be partial bloodline decendants, just to name a few of the supposed lineage survivors of the Annunaki.

22. Annunaki are easily corrupted by the quest for power.

One of the Annunaki leaders named Cepta, became convinced that if mortals and fallen mated, their children would be the perfect creatures they had sought to create in the first place. The artifact that she eventually created allowed the fallen to take on fleshy forms and parent children, but perfection was not the result. The genetic alterations, modification and cross hybrid technologies was not capable of what the Annunaki sorceress believed. But it did alter humans in another way, it made our genetics into a stable and viable food source, through the mingling of the bloodlines. This is what many scholars believe the Annunaki came to sustain themselves on after the flood, that they are now psychic parasites who use us as food. Or at least the few Annunaki that chose to remain on Earth and survived, this is a matter of some debate.

23. Annunaki are deeply aware of the world and its darkest problems.

Instead, the product of these unholy couplings were the what the Bible refers to as the Nephilim. It was the nephilim who caused the downfall of humanity, and the Annunaki realized they had made their most bitter mistake in a misguided attempt to once again attain humanity’s love. This is a karmic burden that has not finished playing out itself on the Earth. Humanity is currently a combination of our past and present, creating our future selves. The dark resonance of history repeating itself was one of greatest concerns the Annunaki had, but there was no time to do anything about such matters. Because the great flood that is written of all throughout human history, was about the cast its waters across the Earth. All of the Annunaki had to decide what their fate would be, to try to survive the flood or choose to cease to exist.

24. Annunaki believe in the Law of One.

The Strict Observance was over, although the Annunaki would never believe in the one God as the Creator, it was the false God or the Demiurge that had won the War. This even caused the Annunaki to unite their entire tribe in belief, faith and history, the Annunaki united under the One Law. All that is exists and should not be changed, and cannot be changed. In the end, there was not much left for the Annunaki but to sadly end their existences or surrender to the Host of Heaven. They watched, together, as Heaven destroyed their great creations before marching into the Abyss when they could bear no more. The Annunaki in their second Earth incarnation and the first incarnation of humanity, they fell under the waters of the flood.

Source

Donald Marshall videos

Just want to bring up couple of good videos, which contain pretty good Donald Marshall info. Check them out:

On the Brink of Anunnaki New World Order

Here’s an excellent article about world situation. What we can do about it? I don’t have glue, but to be a good human and keep your connection to creator…

This is a very difficult article to present because what is about to happen is most disturbing. Things on the Earth are about to take a tremendous turn for the worse.

Most of the people on the planet are oblivious to what is happening; the New World Order is about to engulf the world. Of those who have some awareness of what is occurring, only a small percentage of them understand that Anunnaki aliens are behind the New World Order.

Whilst humans can be cruel taskmasters, the people of the world are unprepared for the evilness that alien taskmasters will soon be expressing after they implement their plans for the NWO.

In the short term, the Anunnaki slave masters will no longer hide behind invisibility technology and remain behind the scenes, nor will they worry about making good impressions on people or personal-relation issues. In the long term, it will be all out slavery, with the humans who survive the onslaught being subjected to masters as never before.
There are many reasons why the Anunnaki remained hidden from human eyes on the planet all this time, and why they have not used their technology to annihilate the whole human race. One of the reasons is that most of the races of Anunnaki are not particularly attractive in physical terms.

When they arrived on Earth, they were taken in by the human form and admired its appearance. This led to many aliens mating with human women, either forcibly or voluntarily. Many of the Anunnaki have strong sex drives, and the fact that humans can mate whether in or out of season was a bonus for the aliens on Earth.

Today, many of the Anunnaki preferences for males and females are apparent in the marketplace. Beauty shops abound, and fashion trends are often presented to satisfy Anunnaki sexual urges. Anunnaki are particularly attracted to large breasts, hence they have urged and otherwise programmed women to pursue breast implants.

The recent trend towards full lips and big buttocks are examples of Anunnaki programming. Males’ hunk-look is another Anunnaki influence. Anunnaki also groom children and exploit them to fulfil their sexual appetites.

The “free love” movement of the 1960s was Anunnaki sponsored, as was the move of Hollywood from entertainment towards full-blown pornography and the desensitisation towards injustice and horror.

Another Anunnaki reason for keeping humans on the planet is to use them as slaves to do their bidding. This has been effectively done from behind the scenes, so to speak, with few humans ever suspecting they were working for alien slave masters.

Eventually, many aliens later adapted themselves to fit into human shells, but it should be remembered that these are alien consciousnesses in human bodies. That is, they do not think or act like humans, they just look like them.

As I have explained in other writings, the Reptilians and the Vulturites are the two most powerful Anunnaki groups, and they are bitter enemies. When the Reptilians decided to re-locate their top secret Atu-waa to the Earth, a great many aliens became interested in the secrecy surrounding the planet. The other aliens watched, visited and hoped to colonize the Earth.

The Reptilians retreated into human forms so they would blend in with the locals and be able to operate in relative obscurity. However, many other alien races did the same thing. Over time, the human populations became infested with alien consciousnesses in human forms.

One thing that occurs when aliens take on human forms is that it becomes difficult for them to identify their own kind, so difficult that only a few of the highest echelon can do so. Most humans lack even the knowledge of alien consciousnesses in human bodies.

They are completely unaware of the alien invasion that has riddled the Earth for millennia, and even if they were aware, very few would be able to identify aliens amongst their populations, much less ascertain which alien races are where.

It is the plan of the Reptilians to implement the NWO so they can control the entire planet. They had hoped to rule the Virtual Reality from this base because they had secured the Atu-waa on the planet.

With that tool and total control of the Earth, the Reptilians believed they could master all worlds by starting and re-starting time when most opportune for them. Of course, the Atu-waa is now totally inoperable since the True-Light being that was enslaved in the device was rescued.

We are on the brink of the NWO, which looms ominously before us. It can be felt by those who are sensitive to it.

The implementation of the NWO has begun. Australia is the launching pad. Originally, the ruling elite had intended America to be the first nation to be absorbed into the NWO, but several things altered that decision, which led to a change to move it to Australia.

Many Greys have moved to Australia, as can be seen by the recent push by various shires to fluoridate water supplies. As I have indicated in previous articles, the Greys have lived underground for so long that they have developed deficiencies that are corrected by regular doses of toxic fluoride, which are administered to them in “medicinal” doses through water systems on the surface of the planet.

People in the affected areas are subjected to fluoride poisoning for the benefit of the Greys. The authorities responsible for fluoridation, and the health professionals who support fluoridation of water systems, are nearly all ignorant of the Grey/fluoride connection.

Wherever there is pressure to fluoridate water systems, there is a very good chance that Greys are about to re-locate to the area. As I have indicated, for the time being, Greys are closely aligned with the Reptilians.

The Greys have co-operated with the Reptilians because they have been promised that Grey DNA and human DNA will be merged and moulded to form a new race that will emerge as the dominant race on Earth after the NWO is fully implemented.

The Greys have conducted horrible experiments on humans to work with both sets of DNA. However, the Reptilians have lied to the Greys; their DNA will not be used for any new emergent species.

In addition to contaminating water supplies with fluoride, the aliens are bombarding water with beams that instil programming into the water to make people more accepting of the NWO.

As a side affect of the programming in the water, people who have tendencies towards obesity become more obese, and those who would be marginally overweight become obese.

There are other side affects, but obesity is one of the more obvious ones. Any drinks that are readily available and widely distributed are likely to contain both fluoride and the alien beamed-in programming.

Although it is in the early stages of implementation, the foundation for the NWO was laid millennia ago. It appeared ever so slowly and aspects of it seem to be unrelated, but it moves forward, involving various facets of life, such as: health, legal, financial, political, communication, media, marketing, education, social, trading, military, police and other systems.

The NWO will not happen overnight. The ruling elite is altering peoples’ health and structure in preparation for the implementation of the NWO. Thoughts are being modified through all the services, activities and bombardments directed especially at the youth, who will be the examples for the NWO.

One thing has led to another, and, finally, the stage is ready for the implementation of the early stages of the NWO.

Terrorism has changed security systems and brought about the demands for obedience of the law and resulted in divisions of various nationalities and races of the world. The United Nations and other national composite associations are being used to implement the NWO.

What will emerge will be self-appointed bullies over certain nations, who will take power much like schoolyard bullies overpower their classmates. Bullies will increase in all fields and at all levels.

Bullying will be the norm in the workplace, schools, organizations and on the streets. The very young are now learning to bully their classmates, which behaviour is condoned. Older people are also encouraged and even rewarded for bullying.

The whole system is going mad. People are openly rude and disrespectful. Hating, bullying, looting and marauding are directly or indirectly encouraged by the system and by the socio-political environment.

The minds of people are changing. What we are seeing is reminiscent of the Anunnaki mentality and behaviour before the collapse of their own social systems a long time ago.

Humans, animals and plants have been slowly poisoned and modified in various ways over the years until now, when it is time for more specific mind control and physical restraint. For example, the alien force has begun implementing particular mind-control beams targeting certain travellers in Victoria, Queensland and New South Wales in Australia.

At this time, the most targeted areas in Queensland are along certain highways, especially along portions of the New England Highway. Roads that link major towns to Brisbane, the capital of Queensland, Australia, are among the most affected. Currently, those who unsuspectingly travel the New England Highway do so at their own peril.

Specific areas in Australia have been reserved for the higher echelon of the ruling elite. Already, a particular shire in Queensland has been selected to house a huge prison, four times the size of any other prison in the state.

Retired military and police are being encouraged and programmed to re-locate to the shire. Many more will soon be getting the “call” to move to the shire to be standby personnel for the NWO.

Prisons are being constructed in anticipation of resistance to the elimination of freedom as the NWO is implemented. However, with all the increased programming for obeying the authorities being played repeatedly, it is doubtful that there will be much resistance to the NWO in Australia.

Travel will get more and more expensive, difficult and dangerous. Speed limits are being reduced on the basis that there are more accidents occurring, especially on the roads mapped out as NWO routes.

When people travel on these routes, they are bombarded with beams imbedded with whatever type of programming the ruling elite uses to influence the motorists.

Slower speed extends the time motorists are subjected to the massive programming, and allows the programming to be more deeply imbedded. Road works are also used for stopping, slowing and more effectively programming motorists.

Many road signs now contain strong programming, as do lights and other distractions that motorists are being subjected to as they travel on highways. A few people may sense something is not right, but they will not quite understand what is going on.

The programming can cause sleepiness, lack of concentration, irritability, sickness, all of which contribute to accidents and road rage, giving more excuse for greater police presence. More importantly, the programming also influences the mindsets of the victims.

It is worth mentioning that nearly all of the agents of the NWO do not suspect what is happening. For instance, police are programmed to believe that lower speed limits will reduce accidents and they are further programmed to want to increase revenues for the government by booking people for exceeding those speed limits.

Military personnel are programmed to believe that they are needed in foreign and domestic situations to help maintain a “better” world, and they are further programmed to abuse, torture and even kill any that interfere with this “better” world.

In most cases, the police commissioners and ministers are ignorant of the Anunnaki plans for a NWO. Likewise, general officers and even commanders of entire military forces may also be ignorant of the Anunnaki plans. This is a very secret conspiracy, and very few agents of Darkness are entrusted with substantial parts of the plans.

The demiurges are very fearful of rebellion and overthrow by underlings. It is for this reason that nearly all False-Light beings are only given information on a “need-to-know” basis. Even when a demiurge “incarnates” into a physical body, whether human or alien, that body is denied much information because the demiurge fears overthrow by Its own incarnation. The Virtual Reality is built upon distrust from the top down.

True-Light beings who are trapped in this Virtual Reality are restricted from receiving information due to the filtering systems imposed by Darkness to keep all beings ignorant. True-Light beings are able to connect with the True Creator, despite the obstructions erected by Darkness, but such connections are not always easy, and do not last long in this realm of Darkness.

Areas have been mapped out for the NWO. Physical safety may be available in certain alien areas, but at an expensive compromise of one’s Will. Aliens are in populated and isolated areas as well. In short, there will be aliens and agents of the NWO almost anywhere you go on the planet. You need to be guided inwardly to the safest places and routes.

Some of us may need to be in the war zones, others may be guided to relatively safe areas. Remember, one’s physical demise is not a sign of punishment or a sign of one’s spiritual failure or success. In other words, a dedicated True-Light being may still suffer greatly or die a horrific death, just like beings of Darkness may likewise suffer and end tragically.

Physical relocation may not be feasible for everyone and one can gain inner strength from wherever one is located and in whatever situation one finds oneself, whether it be a war-torn country, a NWO infested area or a disaster prone territory.

Some of you may be inflicted with illnesses, injuries or other traumas. Understanding that the physical shell is only temporary and is not the real you can assist you to let go of the fears that bind you to this Virtual Reality.

People are being encouraged to turn one another in to the authorities for anything that is suspicious and might be considered as terrorist activity. Whether the accusations are true or unfounded is basically irrelevant. What is important to the ruling elite is that people are turning in others for mere suspicions.

The plans to close off certain towns and cities are quite disturbing. Once the whole NWO is mapped out and the flow of food, water, electricity, medical supplies etc. is controlled, people will be virtually disabled throughout the controlled area.

Oil prices are being manipulated in order to restrict travel and for other reasons. If this continues to escalate, very few people will be able to afford to travel overseas. Those who can travel will be the rich and the privileged classes that are given advantages because they are favoured by the system.

The Port Arthur massacre was staged in order to bring about the implementation of strict controls of firearms in Australia. Earlier attempts in America to do this failed, which is one of the reasons why America will not be the first country to have the NWO implemented in it. Australia is now restricting the possession of swords, knives, dogs and other imagined or perceived weapons.

Concentrated localities have been slated for the most control. Many things are going on simultaneously. The air we breathe, the water we drink, the food we eat, the sounds we hear around us can all be impregnated with various programming agents to help bring about the NWO.

The introduction of various seen and unseen things, audible and inaudible sounds that affect humans and animals, are moulding people into certain categories of controllability. This is very real!

What is horrifying is that people are not aware of what is going on in and around them. This includes most of the agents who are ignorantly doing their alien masters’ bidding. Most people are not aware that they are being affected, manipulated, used, controlled, influenced and subjugated against their wills.

The mind energy of people has been reduced and modified to such a great extent that they will be like robots, carrying out actions according to which buttons are being pressed to activate them. What is so horrifying is that on the surface, things appear normal, yet something is very, very wrong.

This is like a small replica of the reality of beings of Light being trapped in the Virtual Reality of Darkness, and not knowing they are being trapped and that they have forgotten their true spiritual identities.

It was not funny when recently one alien being was talking to another telepathically about me. She said that she could not understand why “this one”, meaning me, was able to escape the programming by sensing side-affects to the programming that were supposed to go unnoticed.

The Anunnaki are deeply involved in the implementation of the NWO. Humans will either be their agents or their slaves. There are no other choices for humans.

In addition to controlling the physical world, the Anunnaki also control the astral world, so death is not a solution to what is rapidly approaching.

Ironically, the living may envy the dead, yet the dead will envy the living.

Once Australia is well within the NWO grasp, other countries will be included. All the while that countries are being brought under the NWO umbrella, the two main Anunnaki groups will be fighting for supremacy over the planet.

It will be a time of terrible strife and struggle. People might want to consider self sufficiency if feasible. What is looming is a very dangerous time. Compliance with authorities will not assure anything. Marauders will run rampant. Humankind is in for a horrific assault.

Certain dog breeds are being outlawed because fierce dogs are generally feared by the Anunnaki. One of the reasons for this is that a lot of rebellious beings are forced to incarnate in the physical bodies of dogs.

Aliens especially do not like wolves, coyotes and dingos. Some Australian shires offer bounties for dingo scalps. Americans will remember that the English taught Native Americans to take scalps for bounties, and Australians will recall that not so long ago, Aboriginal scalps and ears were still subjected to bounties paid by the authorities.

Only a minority are awakening to the slave masters’ controls. And very few of these even suspect the slave masters on top are the Anunnaki.

The Earth is entering an unprecedented time of calamities, injustice, strife, struggle, disasters, wars, oppression, civil unrest, madness, hunger, thirst, disease, poverty, suffering and trauma.

Culling of areas and races has already begun. The African drought and Africa’s AIDS epidemic were Anunnaki instigated as a part of this culling process.

It is noteworthy that the Anunnaki have learned how to cause droughts, but do not know how to remedy them, and they will not “waste” their resources seeking to discover how to correct a drought once it has done the intended damage to the areas. The Anunnaki just let the droughts run their course and wait for them to self-correct.

There are some third-world countries that are of use to the Anunnaki. These countries are providing goods or services to the ruling elite. Many other third-world countries are seen by the Anunnaki masters as useless baggage that will not be carried after the NWO is fully implemented, and their entire populations are scheduled for extermination.

Still other third-world nations are seen as threats to the NWO for various reasons, so their populations are also marked for annihilation. The culling of people in the developed countries will be more selectively done.

This is an ugly picture of the reality that is soon to come. It is pointless saying that these are negative things. They are what will soon come. Nothing will change what is to happen.

However, there are some things that one can do for oneself to prepare inwardly and take external precautions whenever possible. That is why it is so important that the Virtual Reality be dismantled so there will never be a REPLAY of the horror that Darkness has wrought upon the beings trapped in the Virtual Reality.

Many of us may have to live through this nightmare before Liberation occurs. Again, I stress that we must not give our Will over to Darkness, no matter how difficult the situation becomes.

Demonic behaviour will express more and more in humans against one another and against other species. Vulturites will spread lies to strike at Reptilians and vice versa. Some of the latest examples of Vulturite propaganda involve The Da Vinci Code and the “discovery” of the Book of Judas.

These are both designed to destabilize the Reptilian religious foundations. People will be more and more divided as the Vulturites and Reptilians strike at one another.

Up to this point, the aliens have superficially tolerated one another for the common goal of establishing NWO control. Over millennia, there have been many skirmishes and wars between them in which they exercised great restraint, even during the two world wars of the twentieth century.

However, they hate one another; both sides strive for the ultimate supremacy on the Earth. Once the NWO is well on the way to being established, the two main Anunnaki groups will fight to the death for ultimate control of this planet.

The alien wars will be horrendous. Darkness will hold onto every True-Light being as long as possible as It drags them through the Anunnaki wars, all the while trying desperately to pull them down to Its putrid level.

Darkness will try to make True-Light beings lose confidence in their True Divine identities. It is a crucial time to hold onto one’s Will and trust inwardly that the True Creator loves us despite our outward crude appearances and is rescuing us as quickly and painlessly as possible under the horrific circumstances.

Many will condemn and denounce “god” for what is about to happen. The only “gods” responsible for what is to come are the Anunnaki “gods” and the demiurges. The True Creator is undoing and dismantling the Virtual Reality that was created by the demiurges.

Hence, Liberation from Darkness will soon become a reality, which has been promised by Messengers of the True Creator over the ages.

Fear is a powerful, crippling agent. Fear can paralyse a person, destroy confidence and change one’s outlook. Fear can remove one’s focus and steer one off course. Fear can indeed do many destructive things.

Fear of poverty, loneliness, sickness, death, losing loved ones, injury, incapacity and other worries make up some of the ingredients of fear. Horror is used by Darkness to bring about fear. Many have noted that Hollywood, television and other media now employ a lot of horror in their productions.

Some people have the fear of not having banking, dental, medical, legal and even beauty services available to them. Remember that while you have come to depend on these services, they are all systems created by agents of Darkness.

It is in your best interests to believe that you can overcome the fear of going without these conveniences, even if you do not believe that you are a “warrior” of the Light.

You have the power to overcome these artificially imposed fears in this world of Darkness simply by being a being of Light, a child of the True Creator.

Once you realize that your True Creator loves you and has resolved to Liberate you from this suffering, you can overcome these programmed fears (weaknesses) imposed upon you and you will begin to cope better.

These situations may or may not exist in your life, or may not have occurred yet. If your life is not crippled by them, you will be better able to cope even if you are not able to totally overcome your fears.

What I say to you are things that I know that you can do. These are things that people have experienced and overcome in the past and at present. I will not suggest anything to you that is impossible to reach, whether you are a warrior or not.

Once you have overcome your fears, you will realize that every child of Light is a warrior of True Love, Light and Power. This warriorship is one of Love, Light, Power, Justice, Wisdom, Inner Strength and Perseverance.

It has nothing to do with the bloodthirsty, deceitful, murderous, cannibalistic, hateful, jealous, cruel, vengeful, power-hungry, controlling, exploitative, warring, covetous warriorship sponsored by Darkness.

Beware that, like most other groups, the survivalist groups have been infiltrated by agents for the NWO. Beware that all major religions, old and new, were originally sponsored by agents of Darkness or were later infiltrated by them, and the original messages were corrupted with the design to turn them into religions that trap True Light beings.

Connecting with the True Creator does not require a mediator, a church, an assembly, a congregation or a mentor. Inner Strength comes from within. Through sincere personal “desire” to reach out to the Creator, one can take the first step towards connection with the Light.

The rest will follow naturally as the Creator pulls you out of Darkness. This is very different from the haughty claims some make about being able to contact the Divine directly because they arrogantly believe that they are better and more spiritually advanced than others.

Fear of “god” is an Anunnaki imposition. They project “miracles” and visions to make the flesh-and-blood Anunnaki appear to be deities. They demand repentance and worship of them. They demand shrines, altars, sacrifices and atonement. They threaten to punish those who disobey them. They are ghouls, not gods.

If you fear God, this fear must be overcome. The True Creator is a Loving God that can be held in awe, but not in fear.

The Anunnaki want you to fear “god” because, in many cases, they are the gods of the ancients who demanded to be worshipped and feared. The demiurges also want you to fear them. Fear is crippling and through fear, physical power is bestowed upon the Anunnaki agents and the demiurges.

The True Creator and all the beings of Light are akin to a happy, loving family where you can feel confident that no matter what, they will always love and welcome you.

What is important is that you re-connect with your Creator by sincerely wanting to do so and not give your Will over to Darkness. The rest will fall into place naturally.

By Amitakh Stanford, Xeea Twelve – republished from the Nara site

Source

Soul-Catching Net: Are We “Recycled” at Death to Remain in the Matrix?

This is fascinating topic, because it’s plausible that we all have been manipulated to think, that the light after death is good. If you have read about archons you know, that these beigns lurk in the shadow realms and maybe… just maybe they are catching our souls and throw them back to this Matrix we call Earth…

Soul-Catching Net: Are We “Recycled” at Death to Remain in the Matrix? By Makia Freeman

The idea of a soul-catching net or soul net

that awaits us at death – and keeps us in the Matrix – is a grim and highly disturbing notion, but one which I believe has to be considered by all serious researchers of the worldwide conspiracy. True free thinkers want to know exactly where the conspiracy rabbit hole ends. Just how far does the suppression go? Past this lifetime? Past this planet? Well, the answer may well be yes to both. After you spend years of research going through the many layers of political corruption, corporatocracy, surveillance, false flag attacks, central banking, GMOs, geoengineering, Zionism, Illuminati bloodlines, the radiation agenda, UFOs and ETs, alien intervention and more, you come to realize that the true source of the suppression is at the intersection of consciousness and conspiracy.

Why? Because the conspiracy is all about suppressing your idea of Who You Are. It’s about convincing you that you are nothing, no one. It’s about convincing you that you are just a biological machine, fit to serve as no more than a cog in a machine or as Pink Floyd put it just another brick in the wall. Mainstream science to this day still denies the existence of consciousness just because it can’t get a handle on it with the 5 senses. Its simplistic solution is to disregard anything it can’t measure.

There are many researchers who will be unable to contemplate this topic, or refuse to go there, because it clashes with their belief systems, such asreligious belief systems (the afterlife is either Heaven or Hell, or 100 virgins, but not a soul net), scientific/materialistic belief systems (there is no such thing as a soul or consciousness) or various other belief systems (there are no such things as aliens or extraterrestrials, etc.). If you have read this far, you probably are ready to go beyond those belief systems, having realized they are set up to create a false dichotomy, and to limit and disempower you. You have probably also realized that the true manipulators at the helm of the conspiracy are non-physical entities, which various religions and cultures have referred to the Archons (in the Gnostic tradition), Djinn or Jinn (in Islam), Demons (in Christianity), the Mud Shadow (in the books of Carlos Castaneda) or by other names.

What is the Reincarnation Trap / Soul-Catching Net / Soul Net?

The idea is that upon death, our soul or consciousness separates from the body and then undergoes a process where its memory is wiped clean and it is recycled – reincarnated – into another body to repeat the same process. In this way the Earth becomes a literal prison planet from which it’s very difficult to escape. The soul net is placed there as an artificial energetic grid(not the natural energetic grid of ley lines of Planet Earth) to prevent any soul from getting through. Thus the Earth remains a closed system where new people are constantly born for the purpose of powering the economy and generating (negative) emotion for the Archons to feed off, not remembering Who They Are or what the real situation is. The soul net ensures the planet remains a trawling ground for the Archons to trigger our emotions (which they expertly do through the media, war, fear and other methods of deception) so they can get fed. As Don Juan put it in Castaneda’s final book,The Active Side of Infinity, we are like humaneros, raised like livestock on a farm to be exploited.

Remember also The Matrix series of films. Morpheus shows Neo the shocking truth that we are raised as a food source for the Controllers. He shows Neo a symbol of the battery. While this is a good symbol, a battery implies a storage of energy. In actuality, we act as generators of energy for the Archons, so a generator you see at a construction site might be a more accurate symbol.

However, because we are powerful beings, the Archons can’t just rely on force for all this. They need to trick us into giving them consent. How do they do that? How do they get us to go willingly into the soul net? With the trick of the white light …

The Soul Net Relies on the Trick of the White Light

We have been told through various sources that the white light at death is something to head towards. Hollywood films such as Ghost promote this. People who have experienced OBEs (Out of Body Experiences) mention it.

Yet what if, as David Icke, Wayne Bush and others have suggested, the white light at death – and light itself (in this context) – is the trick? What if light is the source of the deception? After all, the Illuminati and other Secret Societies worship Lucifer, the Light Bearer. Michael Tsarion talks about theoccult weaponization of light. Cameron Day talks about why he is no longer a lightworker, because of the false duality and the fake “light”. What if the New-Age talk of “light” is another trap? What if light is the source of the matrix prison planet? What if light is the mechanism for the soul net?

Sounds far out? It is, so let me now introduce the various sources, old and new, which are suggesting this concept. When independent sources, especially from different time periods, all come forth with the same idea, it’s a good sign that the information has validity.

ET Contactee Simon Parkes

Simon Parkes is an incredible modern day ET contactee. If you listen to his interviews it is clear he is a rational, level-headed man, who even holds a position in local government in England. Parkes states that alien interventionand genetic manipulation occurred earlier in humanity’s history, where our DNA was tampered with and our psychic abilities repressed. This was done so that no one could challenge the prison guards (the Archons). In presentations such the video above, Parkes also mentions the trick of the white light and the soul net.

WingMakers Neruda Interview #5

The WingMakers story is an astonishing creation, full of stories of humanity’s history, poetry, paintings and music, well worth checking out. To me, one of the most powerful of the stories – which are written as fiction but come across as completely factual – is the Neruda Interview #5, where we learn of how all of us humans – who are divine, infinite consciousness – came to be trapped inside physical bodies that die. The deception came about through the conspiring of 3 separate alien races (the Annunaki, the Serpent Race and the Sirians) who found a way to trick the Atlanteans (our ancient ancestors) to inhabit biological vessels (the human body). Part of the deception involves Anu, the reptilian king of the Annunaki, ruling over humanity as king, and setting up planes of existence to ensure we never get out – including the soul net reincarnation plane.

The World as “Maya” (Illusion)

A theme in Buddhism and Hinduism is that this world is Maya or illusion (i.e. the matrix). Another Buddhist teaching is that life contains suffering, and that reincarnation is an endless cycle of suffering (the wheel of Samsara) that can only be broken through spiritual practice (i.e. the raising of one’s consciousness). Although some people may see this as pessimistic, it exactly fits into what we know the grander conspiracy and the soul net. The millennia-old Tibetan Book of the Dead is an instruction manual for monks on how to prepare for the point of death and attain liberation by avoiding reincarnation.

Val Valerian

Val Valerian is a former CIA agent (real name John Grace) who started writing about the idea of a soul net in the 1990s, before The Matrix trilogy of films. In his books he writes:

“It is they [Grey aliens] who await in the light when a human being dies. The human being is then recycled into another body and the process begins all over again… Hence the Light and Tunnel at death Trap. Scanning someone they wish to recycle as they near death, the aliens discover who the person was close to has died. They project the person(s) image in the white light tunnel and the image waves you in deeper. If you CHOOSE to follow you can be trapped and sent to another incarnation of their choice… these entities view Earth as a big farm.”

— Val Valerian, Matrix II & Matrix V

Tanaath of the Silver Legion

Tanaath of the Silver Legion also talks about the existence of the soul net or reincarnation trap. She describes it as a holding pen designed to look like whatever the particular individual or soul would expect the afterlife to look like. For instance, if you were a Christian and expected to see St. Peter at the Pearly Gates, you would see that; if you were a Muslim, you may see 100 virgins. She also makes reference to the fact that your memories are wiped before you are sent back to Earth to reincarnate.

There are various other people who know of (or believe in) the existence of the soul net, such as Wes Penre, ET contactee Peggy Kane, Gregg Prescott of in5d.com, Greg Calise and many others.

How interesting that soul net, soul harvest and soul trap are all magic card games, books or video games. The idea of a soul net is out in the public consciousness. The question remains: is enough of humanity ready to confront it and investigate it? Can enough people grasp the magnitude of the soul net – that forced reincarnation into a prison planet is the ultimate enslavement – and raise consciousness about it?

By Makia Freeman

Source

The Secret Mars Colony

I have been rather busy with another projects, but I will try to do more postings when these projects end. But here’s a nice article about Nazis and their Antarctica and Mars Colonies:

William Tompkins reveals an astonishing secret acquired by U.S. Navy spies embedded within Nazi Germany’s advanced technology projects during the World War II – the Nazi war effort was being assisted by extraterrestrial visitors.

The spies had reported to a covert Naval Intelligence operation, located at Naval Air Station San Diego, that Adolf Hitler had signed a secret agreement with representatives of a Reptilian extraterrestrial race.

In today’s newly released ExoNews TV interview, Tompkins reveals how “Reptilian consultants” were helping the Nazi SS develop advanced weapons technologies

In the interview, Tompkins discusses the Reptilian consultants helping the Nazis:

They had, if you want to call them, “consultants”, who are Reptilian consultants assisting on all of these different things that it takes to design and build these spacecraft carriers, and propulsion systems. So this is an extremely well developed program and documented like crazy. Getting copies of the documents was hard for them, hard for our spies. This was an open program in the upper level of the SS Link.

The spies learned that the goal of the Reptilian plan was not only to assist the Nazis to win the war and achieve planetary conquest, but to build fleets of antigravity spacecraft carriers that could be used for interplanetary conquest in other star systems:

Holy cats the thing went way beyond that (world conquest). Again, what we just said about this was the tip of the iceberg of what they were doing. Already Reptilians were doing it to other stars’ planets all over this area of the Galaxy…. These young kids, the operatives, they couldn’t believe half of what they brought back, what was going on. But some of them were really good people, and they knew how to get into places and listen to what’s going on, and finding what that guy he had talked to, or he heard, and going to so and so, because yes they were doing that over there.

Tompkins information is startling, but it is not the first time claims have been made about Nazi Germany receiving extraterrestrial help during the War. The father of German rocket science, Herman Oberth, said the following in response to a question about Nazi Germany’s rapid technological development:

We cannot take credit for our record advancement in certain scientific fields alone. We have been helped.” When asked by whom, he replied, “the peoples of other worlds.

In a 1998 interview with Linda Moulton Howe, a former CIA agent, who from 1957 to 1960 was given access to highly classified briefing files, said that the documents revealed that the Nazis had indeed been helped by an extraterrestrial race in their advanced aeronautical weapons projects:

When Vril was building that first craft, the Vril had one or two of the aliens that worked with them in Germany where they fired rockets from Peenemunde. The documents I read in Washington said that’s where the first Vril vehicle was made…. They (aliens) were helpers to Germany.

More recently, Secret Space Program whistleblower, Corey Goode says that from 1987 to 2007, he read intelligence briefings on smart-glass pads that detailed what had happed during World War II.

He describes how German Secret Societies were helped before and throughout World War II by Draconian extraterrestrials who were assisting the former in the development of advanced antigravity space battle fleets.

At the same time these (German Secret) Societies had made contact with the Draco Federation and another group that avoided the Draco’s. The German Occultists were very busy from the early 1900s, especially the time just before, during and after World War One. Their major breakthrough’s occurred in the late 1930s.

Goode said that the ultimate goal of the Reptilians, in helping German Secret Societies and the Nazi SS, was to create advanced space carrier groups that would be capable of interplanetary conquest. The eventual German/Nazi space battle groups became what Goode described as the “Dark Fleet.” It operates outside of our solar system, and is described at length in the book, Insiders Reveal Secret Space Programs and Extraterrestrial Alliances.

Consequently, the whistleblower testimonies by the CIA Agent and Corey Goode support Tompkins’ claims that intelligence briefing files dating from World War II did indeed refer to Nazi Germany being assisted by extraterrestrials. Significantly, the ultimate goal of the German Reptilian alliance went far beyond planetary conquest, as Tompkins claimed the U.S. Navy had learned from its spies.

In addition to the preceding whistleblower testimony, there are important documents that support Tompkins extraordinary claims. In his autobiography, Selected by Extraterrestrials, Tompkins supplied a number of significant documents.

The two most pertinent to his specific claims that Navy spies were reporting on advanced Nazi aerospace projects, are Tompkins’ mission orders and two passes he received to enter and leave Naval Air Station with multiple “information” packages.

His mission orders confirm that he was authorized to work as a “Disseminator of Aircraft Research and Information.” This is compelling documentary evidence that the packages Tompkins was carrying contained classified Naval intelligence on advanced aircraft designs, which included those developed in Nazi Germany.

In last week’s ExoNews TV interview, Tompkins revealed how he participated in the debriefings of Navy spies, who returned periodically from Germany to give updates on what they were seeing in advanced technology projects. Tompkins job was to then design briefing packets that he would disseminate to leading U.S. corporations, think tanks and universities that could properly study and evaluate the information.

Over the four years of his covert Naval Intelligence service (1942-1946) Tompkins estimates giving 1200 briefings at different locations, where he revealed Nazi secrets to those U.S. scientists most capable of understanding what the Germans were secretly developing.

This interview is likely to be deeply disturbing to those believing the question of extraterrestrial life is still largely a speculative question, arising from thousands of sightings of UFOs. Tompkins information sheds considerable light on probably the most closely guarded secret in the entire history of the U.S. Intelligence Community.

Nazi Germany had been secretly helped by a race of Reptilian extraterrestrials prior to, during and after the Second World War!

The U.S. Navy was to subsequently play the lead role in developing a strategic response to this threatening alien alliance, which would continue long after official military hostilities had ceased in Europe.

Podesta, a former chief of staff to President Bill Clinton, and Clinton campaign chair said the 42nd president once “asked for some information about some of these things, and in particular, some information about what was going on at Area 51.”

Asked if there is evidence of alien life, Podesta said, “That’s for the public to judge once they’ve seen all the evidence that the U.S. government has.”

When it came to his own beliefs about beings from outer space, Podesta said, “There are a lot of planets out there.”

And he made clear: “The American people can handle the truth on UFOs.”

The U.S. government could do a much better job in answering the quite legitimate questions that people have about what’s going on with unidentified aerial phenomena,” Podesta said.

Podesta has made his interest in the possibility of alien life and conspiratorial leanings toward Area 51 well known. During his time serving in the Obama administration, Podesta tweeted, “Finally, my biggest failure of 2014: Once again not securing the disclosure of the UFO files.

Antarctica

William Tompkins reveals an astonishing secret acquired by U.S. Navy spies embedded within Nazi Germany’s advanced technology projects during the World War II – the Nazi war effort was being assisted by extraterrestrial visitors. (video below)

>> The Secret Mars Colony (Video)

Source

Acceptance Of The UFO Phenomenon

They have been releasing these classified docs everywhere. Are they planning to prepare us for full alien disclosure or will it be staged?

Acceptance Of The UFO Phenomenon

Everything from the release of government documents, to high level testimonies from high ranking military and political figures has ignited a massive surge of interest in the UFO phenomenon from people all over the world. Unidentified Flying Objects (performing maneuvers that defy our understanding of physics) are now a confirmed reality. Official government documents prove that defence and government agencies have been examining this topic for a while. For example, you can view the UK’s latest release of files from June 2013 here… http://www.nationalarchives.gov.uk/ufos/

To find out what happens when the military tracks a UFO on radar, you can click here…http://www.collective-evolution.com/…/this-is-what-happens…/

You can find out more information about that from CE by clicking here…http://www.collective-evolution.com/…/alternat…/exopolitics/

Ask yourself, why is there such a high level of interest from government and military agencies?

The question people are asking has changed from “do UFOs exist?” to “are UFOs extraterrestrial spacecraft?” Attributing today’s unknown aerial phenomenon to extraterrestrial craft might be a big mental leap to some, but the size of that mental leap continues to decrease. There are a lot of factors that are attributing to that decrease, and one of them comes in the form of body marks and extracted implants from people who’ve claimed to have extraterrestrial contact.

I’m not saying all UFOs are extraterrestrial craft, I believe many of them are also made by humans from classified projects that come from the black budget world. I also believe that many of these implants could have been done by military agencies; but again, I’d like to reiterate that the extraterrestrial hypothesis is not one to take likely, you can read more about the extraterrestrial hypothesis HERE, or later on in this post…http://www.collective-evolution.com/…/shocking-insinuation…/

“There are a great many photographs of such body marks, many of which are in an equilateral triangle pattern of red dots on the wrist or near the ankle. Also common are scoop marks,” in which it appears as if a small amount of tissue was removed from beneath the skin, leaving an indentation.” -Richard Dolan (UFOs and the National Security State, Volume 2)

The case of extracted implants is very fascinating, they are largely reported by abductees, and those who have had experience with UFOs.

Below is a clip of Dr. Roger Leir. a Doctor of Podiatric medicine, and arguably the best known individual with regards to extracting alleged alien implants. He has performed more than fifteen surgeries that removed sixteen separate distinct objects. These objects have been investigated by several prestigious laboratories, including Los Alamos National Laboratories, New Mexico Tech, and many others. Unfortunately, he passed away in March 2014, but his legacy lives on. The clip was taken from the citizens hearing on disclosure, just like the one below, where you can find out more information about that…https://youtu.be/zciVJI4oUgk

He also spoke at the National Press Club in 2009, you can view that video here…http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nMVS-ARAjAY

Throughout the years he described what he found in his work. Perhaps one of the most fascinating facts was that these objects were magnetic in nature, some gave off a radio frequencies of 14.7 MHz. According to doctor Leir, they were “fixed, or mobile deep space frequencies.” This is a very large amount for a very small object only millimetres in length, roughly the size of a pencil lead.

Lear also worked with Dr. Alex Mosier, a Ph.D. in physical chemistry. Some of the objects they examined had commonalities with meteorite fragments, metals such as Gallium, Germanium, Platinum, Ruthenium, Rhodium, and Iridium. They also noted a “deviation of nickel from terrestrial ratios that the analysis lab couldn’t explain.” Some of these implants contained nickel with an isotopic ratio not found on planet Earth.

They also found nano fibres very similar to carbon nano-tubes, which suggest that the fragments were engineered or manufactured. According to Dr Mosier, “you don’t find these things in nature. they have to be processed, engineered, and they’re not easy to make.”

All the individuals he studied had “no noted portal of entry” for any of the objects he removed. There was also no notable visible scar formation, and no disruption in the integrity of the skin. All the individuals tested positive to X-rays and CT scans showing metallic or lesser dense foreign objects, and there were no signs of inflammation at all which, according to Dr. Lier, would be impossible.

All of these surgeries and tests were done with an extremely limited budget, and to understand it further, more money would had to have been allocated to these findings.

One thing remains clear, there are many that believe the UFO topic to be directly correlates with the extraterrestrial phenomenon. There are reports all over the world from a large amount of people whose stories all seem to correlate. Whether it be through friendly contact or forced abduction, something is definitely going on, and there appears to possibly be multiple races of extraterrestrials interacting with humanity, and a very high level of interest from military agencies all over the world.

More On The Extraterrestrial Hypothesis

Just to clarify, ‘contactees’ are usually those who have reported ‘friendly’ contact experiences with extraterrestrials, ‘abductees’ are those who have had what they perceive to be fearful experiences, and experiencers are those who neither view the experience as ‘good’ or ‘bad,” but simply just an experience. It’s important to note this, because various people have reported different types of experiences with different types of beings.

“Yes there have been crashed craft, and bodies recovered… We are not alone in the universe, they have been coming here for a long time.” – Dr. Edgar Mitchell, ScD, 6th man to walk on the Moon.

The reality is that some people who claim to have had contact with intelligent extraterrestrial beings actually have.

John Mack, A Harvard professor, psychiatrist and Pulitzer Price recipient stresses that:

“Yes, it’s both. It’s both literally, physically happening to a degree; and it’s also some kind of psychological, spiritual experience occurring and originating perhaps in another dimension. And so the phenomenon stretches us, or it asks us to stretch to open to realities that are not simply the literal physical world, but to extend to the possibility that there are other unseen realities from which our consciousness, our, if you will, learning processes over the past several hundred years have closed us off.”

We published an article earlier this year regarding John Mack, and more than 60 school children witnessing non-human beings and a large craft landing. The children were interviewed by him, and it was quite a remarkable story with all of the children providing very similiar stories. Until this day these children have been speaking of it, an event occurred more than 20 years ago….

“They describe these events like a person talks about something that has happened to them. I can tell that these are people of sound mind telling me something…” (quote continued and taken from the video linked below) -Dr. John Mack, professor of psychiatry, Harvard Medical School

You can watch THIS video of Mack Interview the children… http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lVgq9gejdkE

You can also read THIS article that goes more into detail on that case…http://www.collective-evolution.com/…/more-than-60-school-…/

According to retired McGill University professor in the Department of Psychology (research areas beings cognition and cognitive Neuroscience), Dr. Don Donderi:

“Some of what people report as UFOs are extraterrestrial (ET) vehicles. Some of those extraterrestrial vehicles actually have ET crews, and some of those ET crews catch and release humans.”

Academicians like these, and others like Richard Dolan, David M. Jacobs and more have been studying this phenomena for decades, and the reports of beings and examining why they are here, what they are doing, what they look like and more has been documented by their (and others) research.

What I find most fascinating about these stories is how many of them seem to complement each other instead of contradicting each other, which just adds to the mystery.

Other Examples Of Physical Evidence Associated With This Topic (UFO & Extraterrestrial – Despite That In Some Cases Both Are Not Related To Each Other)

“If it does indeed turn out that there is relevant physical evidence, if this evidence is carefully collected and analyzed, and if this analysis leads to the identification of several facts concerning the UFO phenomenon, then will be the time for scientists to step back and ask, what are these facts trying to tell us? If those facts are strong enough to lead to a firm conclusion, then will be the time to confront the more bizarre questions. If, for instance, it turns out that all physical evidence is consistent with a mundane interpretation of the causes of UFO reports, there will be little reason to continue to speculate about the role of extraterrestrial beings. If, on the other hand, the analysis of physical evidence turns up very strong evidence that objects related with UFO reports were manufactured outside the solar system, then one must obviously consider very seriously that the phenomenon involves not only extraterrestrial vehicles but probably also extraterrestrial beings.”

The quote above comes from Peter Andrew Sturrock, a British Scientist, and an Emeritus Professor of Applied Physics at Stanford University. Sturrock and a number of other notable scientists around the world came together during the 1990’s in order to examine the physical evidence that is commonly associated with the UFO phenomenon. One example used by Sturrock in his analysis, was a photo taken by two Royal Canadian Air Force pilots on August 27th, 1956, in McCleod, Alberta, Canada. (“Physical Evidence Related To UFO Reports” – The Sturrock Panel Report – Electromagnetic Effects)

The pilots were flying in a formation of four F86 Sabre jet aircraft. One of the pilots described the phenomenon as a “bright light which was sharply defined as disk-shaped,” that looked like “a shiny silver dollar sitting horizontal.” Another pilot managed to photograph the object, as you can see above.

The sighting lasted for a couple of minutes, and this specific case was analyzed by Dr. Bruce Maccabee, who estimated (from available data) that the luminosity of the object (the power output within the spectral range of the film) to be many megawatts. The Sturrock Panel also found it to be the case that a strong magnetic field surrounding the phenomenon or object was a common occurrence.

Maccabee published his analysis in the Journal of Scientific Exploration (“Optical Power Output of an Unidentified High Altitude Light Source,” published in the Journal of Scientific Exploration, vol. 13, #2, 1999). He also published one in 1994 titled “Strong Magnetic Field Detected Following a Sighting of an Unidentified Flying Object,” in the same journal (8, #3, 347)

Dr. Jacques Vallee, notable for co-developing the first computerized mapping of Mars for NASA, and for his work at SRI International on the network information center for ARPANET, a precursor to the modern Internet, also published a paper in the Journal of Scientific Exploration titled “Estimates of Optical Power Output in Six Cases Of Unexplained Ariel Objects With Defined Luminosity Characteristics.”

This particular case is also referenced in this paper…
https://www.researchgate.net/…/275829635_Project_for_a_netw…

One thing is for certain, it’s one of multiple strange phenomena that has and continues to interest a large portion of the scientific community.

Here is a video of former Canadian Defence Minister Paul Hellyer speaking about the fields around these objects, and what some of them were doing to military planes…
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OlsDa2XlZ7o

Let’s just be clear, these objects are commonly seen, tracked on air radar, and tracked on ground radar simultaneously. This is something that has happened hundreds, if not thousands of times. This is information that’s been made public over the past few years.

For example, a declassified Defence Intelligence Agency document shows one (out of thousands) great example. It details how two F-4 interceptor pilots reported seeing an object visually, it was also tracked on their airborne radar. Both planes experienced critical instrumentation and electronics going offline at a distance of twenty-five miles from the object. Here is an excerpt from the report:

“As the F-4 approached a range of 25 nautical miles it lost all instrumentation and communications. When the F-4 turned away from the object and apparently was no longer a threat to it, the aircraft regained all instrumentation and communications. Another brightly lighted object came out of the original object. The second object headed straight toward the F4. ”

The report also described how a smaller object detached from the bigger object, turned inside the arc of the F-4 itself, and then rejoined the original object. This incident lasted for several hours. I decided to use this example because it has a number of declassified supporting national security documents, which goes to show how seriously this event was taken.

“Behind the scenes, high ranking Air Force officers are soberly concerned about UFOs. But through official secrecy and ridicule, many citizens are led to believe the unknown flying objects are nonsense.”
– Former head of the CIA, Roscoe Hillenkoetter, 1960 (source, NY Times)

It’s only now that more people are starting to become aware of this information. Here is a quote from Senator Barry Goldwater before the de-classification of all of these files:

“This thing has gotten so highly-classified… it is just impossible to get anything on it. I have no idea who controls the flow of need-to-know because, frankly, I was told in such an emphatic way that it was none of my business that I’ve never tried to make it to be my business since. I have been interested in this subject for a long time and I do know that whatever the Air Force has on the subject is going to remain highly classified.”
– Senator Barry Goldwater, Chairman of the Senate Intelligence Committee.

Below is a great clip from author and researcher Richard Dolan, taken from The Citizens Hearing On Disclosure summing it all up in one short speech.

Interesting Quotes About The UFO Phenomenon (A Few Out Of Many)

***Please keep in mind, the documentation regarding this phenomenon can be found from links that were mentioned in the very first paragraph of this post.

” Everything is in a process of investigation both in the United States and in Spain, as well as the rest of the world. The nations of the world are currently working together in the investigation of the UFO phenomenon. There is an international exchange of data.”
– General Carlos Castro Cavero (1979).
From “UFOs and the National Security State, Volume 2,″ written by Richard Dolan.

“There is a serious possibility that we are being visited and have been visited for many years by people from outer space, by other civilizations. Who they are, where they are from, and what they want should be the subject of rigorous scientific investigation and not be the subject of ‘rubishing’ by tabloid newspapers.”
– Lord Admiral Hill-Norton, Former Chief of Defence Staff, 5 Star Admiral of the Royal Navy, Chairman of the NATO Military Committee.

“There is another way whether it’s wormholes or warping space, there’s got to be a way to generate energy so that you can pull it out of the vacuum, and the fact that they’re here shows us that they found a way.”
– Jack Kasher, Ph.D, Professor Emeritus of physics, University of Nebraska.

“This thing has gotten so highly-classified… it is just impossible to get anything on it. I have no idea who controls the flow of need-to-know because, frankly, I was told in such an emphatic way that it was none of my business that I’ve never tried to make it to be my business since. I have been interested in this subject for a long time and I do know that whatever the Air Force has on the subject is going to remain highly classified.”
– Senator Barry Goldwater, Chairman of the Senate Intelligence Committee.

“Yes, it’s both. It’s both literally, physically happening to a degree; and it’s also some kind of psychological, spiritual experience occurring and originating perhaps in another dimension. And so the phenomenon stretches us, or it asks us to stretch to open to realities that are not simply the literal physical world, but to extend to the possibility that there are other unseen realities from which our consciousness, our, if you will, learning processes over the past several hundred years have closed us off.”
– John Mack,Dr. John E. Mack, a Harvard University psychologist and Pulitzer prize winner”

“An extraterrestrial influence is investigating our planet. Something is monitoring the planet and they are monitoring it very cautiously.”
— 2008 Presidential Candidate Mike Gravel.

“Some of what people report as UFOs are extraterrestrial (ET) vehicles. Some of those extraterrestrial vehicles actually have ET crews, and some of those ET crews catch and release humans.”
— Dr. Don Donderi, a retired McGill University Professor of 40 years in the Department of Psychology.

“Intelligent beings from other star systems have been and are visiting our planet Earth. They are variously referred to as Visitors, Others, Star People, Et’s, etc…They are visiting Earth now; this is not a matter of conjecture or wistful thinking.
– Theodor C. Loder III, Phd, Professor Emeritus of Earth Sciences, University of New Hampshire.

“Decades ago, visitors from other plants warned us about where we were headed and offered to help. But instead, we, or at least some of us, interpreted their visits as a threat, and decided to shoot first and ask questions after.”
– Paul Hellyer, Former Canadian Defense Minister.

“My people tell of Star People who came to us many generations ago. The Star people brought spiritual teachings and stories and maps of the cosmos and they offered these freely. They were kind, loving, and set a great example. When they left us, my people say there was a loneliness like no other.”
– Richard Wagamese, Ojibway Author.

I’m skeptical about many things, including the notion that government always knows best, and that the people can’t be trusted with the truth. The time to pull the curtain back on this subject is long overdue. We have statements from the most credible sources – those in a position to know – about a fascinating phenomenon, the nature of which is yet to be determined. John Podesta, for example — former White House Chief of Staff for Bill Clinton, Barack Obama’s right hand man (councillor), and the current head of Hilary Clinton’s presidential campaign,Taken from Leslie Kean’s 2010 New York Times bestseller, UFOs: Generals, Pilots, And Government Officials Go On The Record, in which Podesta wrote the forward

“Yes there have been crashed craft, and bodies recovered… We are not alone in the universe, they have been coming here for a long time…I happen to be privileged enough to be in on the fact that we have been visited on this planet, and the UFO phenomenon is real.”
– Doctor Edgar Mitchell, 6th man to walk on the moon.

Video

Source

Read more from Auricmedia:

[carousel-horizontal-posts-content-slider]

Donald Marshall talks about Mike Tyson

I was watching a documentary about neanderthal people and what got my eye was, that they had high pitched voice. Then I stumbled against this info from Donald Marshall and again everything makes sense…

Donald Marshall (Sun. June 30, 2013) – This mans name is Mike Tyson. He is the ex heavyweight boxing champion of the world. I was told years ago by him and the illuminati (when they trusted me) that he is a clone of someone’s remains… A famous Pharoah’s most trusted personal bodyguard. Anyway this Neanderthal is a remake of a primitive human being and doesn’t think like you and I. Unknown if he is a parasite host or not BUT Mike is a terrible thing… He tried to molest one of his daughters, she thought he was disgusting and was going to tell others and never speak to him again… Mike then strangled her to death with a skipping rope… The illuminati helped him cover this up and get it rushed through court, they came up with the excuse that she was on a treadmill and there was a dangling skipping rope on the treadmill and she fell while running and strangled herself in the loop of this skipping rope… Mike Tyson killed her. NOW I HAVE to point out… Celebs that get talked about like this IMMEDIATELY seek legal vengeance… This post will be ignored by him police and the government… They don’t want me in a courtroom, I won’t be like James Holmes batman shooter guy, ill be doing a whole LOT of talking… Observe how nothing happens… Even the police don’t want to be implicated in helping him cover it up.

I’ve just defeated Mike Tyson worse than anyone EVER has… And ya know why? Cuz um da champ bebe. LMAO!!! Ahhhhh that felt soooo good…. Oh man… I think ending evils is therapeutic for me…

In 24 hours I will detail another high profile celeb that the illuminati like… We can do this for as long as you want Elizabeth…That’s right bitch.

[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=F0WQk-0Fvoc Alice Cooper – Vengeance Is Mine (Lyrics)]

one a day

They sat around the cloning center joking at the expression on her face as he choked her to death… Eventually she tried to pat him in an attempt to survive as if to say ok I won’t tell… But he finished her off…

Mike Tyson is in for a very bad day soon.

http://bettyconfidential.com/…/Tragic-death-of-mike-tysons-… The Tragic Death of Mike Tyson’s Daughter

Yeah…

Madeline Sims (August 2014) – I read the stuff about Mike Tyson…..is he a drone ?

Donald Marshall – might be… he’s not natural,… he’s a remake of an ancient egyptian.

Madeline Sims – Like OBAMA

Donald Marshall – no, Tyson is way uglier than Obama but similar timeframe of origin.  🙂 around  🙂

Maria LovesHumanity StandsagainstZionism (August 2013) –

http://www.dailymail.co.uk/…/Mike-Tyson-reveals-hes-lying-y… ‘I’m a vicious alcoholic on the verge of dying’: Mike Tyson reveals he’s been lying for years about being sober

Donald Marshall – Die Neanderthal. Don’t bother going through the alcohol withdrawals Mike, once people know about the things you’ve done they will put you to death anyway. Drink up cool guy.

Source

Read more from Auricmedia:

[carousel-horizontal-posts-content-slider]

THEY LIVE (1988)

One of my favorite movies and you must remember what lead role actor Roddy Piper said, “It’s a documentary”. I think that elite killed him, because of this.

THEY LIVE (1988)

Remember the movie They Live? It’s the 1988 John Carpenter film about a group of elite aliens that control human beings on Earth through a TV signal that keeps people subdued with messages to obey government, consume and stay asleep like good little sheeple.

A drifter realizes what’s up by looking through the Hoffman sunglasses and seeing the true from of these alien controllers and their brainwashing campaign for what it really is. Tagline: “They live, we sleep.”

For 1988, the movie even had flying taser drones. So basically it’s a lot like America today (except the lizard alien part, which is debatable depending on who you ask).

Wrestler Rowdy Roddy Piper played the drifter in that film, and recently he announced on his Twitter account that They Live actually wasn’t a work of fiction, but a documentary.

Directly preceding this announcement was a flurry of pro-Second Amendment tweets in direct reference to a key line in the film where the drifter walks into a bank wearing those sunglasses and says, “I have come here to chew bubble gum and kick ass…and I’m all out of bubble gum.”

Those of us who consider ourselves ‘awake’ to America’s descent into a total police state dictatorship understand these references all too well. Sadly, it can be tough to watch They Live and not flinch at the fact that, on many levels, it hits very close to home (sort of the way a charming reality TV show would).

In fact, this video shows the movie may hit a little too close to home:

>> Video

Source

Read more from Auricmedia:

[carousel-horizontal-posts-content-slider]

20 Accounts of Alien Abduction

All of us have heard about abductions. Here is a collection of 20 of them:

20 Accounts of Alien Abduction


>> Video

Alien Contactee / Abductee #1: Billy Meier

Billy Meier (Eduard Albert “Billy” Meier) of Switzerland is perhaps the most famous of all alien contactees. He claims to have been in contact with “extraterrestrial humans” since he was 5 – and still has an ongoing relationship with these ETs whom he calls “The Plejarans” (since they said they were from the Pleiades star system). Specifically, Meier talks of his relationship with a female ET named Semjase, who imparted many wise words of wisdom to him, including important information about the current state of our world and the future of the human race.

The most incredible aspects of Meier’s case are over 1000 clear daytime pictures of UFOs/ET craft (as well as live video) – the vehicles used by the Plejarans. This was done in the 1970s – well before the advent of modern computers and software programs like Photoshop. It would have been very difficult (or even impossible) to fake these photos.

Alien Contactee / Abductee #2: Alex Collier

Alex Collier is an alien contactee, well-known for his interactions with a highly evolved ET species from the Andromeda Galaxy – hence called the Andromedans. Collier claims to have been taken under the wing and mentored by 2 Andromedans, Vissaeus and Morenae. Collier remains a widely beloved and respected figure for the astounding array of information he has brought forth from his Andromedan relationship.

Way back in this interview in 1994, Collier was talking of the phenomenon of missing children, the coming New World Order, the control of world politicians by dark forces, the existence of Reptilian ETs and much more. Since then, he has brought forth information about the Moon, Mars, the holographic nature of reality (he reveals how the Andromedans operate their entire society with holographic technology), the variety of ET races currently on Earth and the possibility of humanity maturing and becoming mentored by advanced ETs. Collier once revealed one of the most spiritually profound things ever told to him (by Vissaeus): “The love you withhold is the pain you feel.”

Alien Contactee / Abductee #3: Simon Parkes

Simon Parkes, a modern alien contactee, lives in England, where as also serves in local government as a councillor. Parkes claims to have had relationships with several ET species – Greys, Reptilians and Mantids. He is closest to the Mantids, having actually started a family with one.

Parkes has stated his belief in the idea of the soul net / trick of the white light, where at death, our souls face the choice of whether to go towards the white light. Parkes believes mankind’s psychological schism occurred when we found out that the reptilian “gods” (the Annunaki, perhaps Enlil and Enki) were not our real creators, but rather just posing as them. He believes every experiencer (alien contactee) has an agreement with the ETs taking them, but are often not permitted to remember.

He also states that the main alien agenda is to repopulate the Earth with hybrids, and that the Mantid ETs are cooperating with the Reptilian ETs to achieve this – but that the Mantids are ultimately subservient to the Reptilians. Additionally, Parkes claims that for their abductions, hostile ETs target races which have not traditionally married outside their own race much, meaning their genetics are more “pure” and closer to the original human. He also claims that, according to the Mantids, certain Reptilian overlords had contact with Hitler before he came to power. Like Collier, Parkes is full of incredible information, and like Collier, much of it is hard to prove one way or another.

Alien Contactee / Abductee #4: Whitley Strieber

Whitley Strieber is a famous alien contactee or abductee with books and his own radio show. Strieber has for decades warned the public that there is overwhelming evidence of a disturbing alien agenda which already well under way – that of building a hybrid human-alien race. Strieber points out that in many abductee testimonies, men’s sperm and women’s eggs being forcibly extracted; women are being unknowingly implanted with babies; and abductees are being given alien implants under their skin. Why? Strieber proposes that the hostile ETs doing this cannot physically experience Earth in their own bodies, so they appear to be trying to experience it through others.

Alien Contactee / Abductee #5: Jim Sparks

Jim Sparks claims to have a long-term relationship with intelligent ETs who call themselves The Keepers. These phenomenal beings have conquered death and live for thousands of years retaining their youthfulness and vigor. According to The Keepers, this isn’t the first time humans have gotten to this critical point (in our history) and have self destructed, but there is a good chance we can evolve this time and avoid self-destruction. Sparks outlines the exact steps advised by The Keepers of how humanity can save the Earth, save itself as a species and join the galactic neighborhood.

Alien Contactee / Abductee #6: Alec Newald

Alec Newald of New Zealand wrote the book Co-evolution about his contact / adbuctee experience, where he claims he was taken to a UFO or ET craft for 10 days. Soon after his return, Newald was covertly harassed by government scientists who apparently didn’t want him to go public about the fact he had had a friendly ET interaction.

Newald reveals how these very human-like ETs were technologically advanced; they had biological technology to raise their vibration to make it less dense (so that they could become capable of space travel); they could splice animal and plant genes to grow anything; they grew “houses” which were alive and obeyed their thoughts; and they communicated via frequencies, especially color vibrations. Their UFO craft was biological and an animal/plant mix; they were part of the vehicle and would operate it with their consciousness. These ETs didn’t eat anything, but rather only drank a cosmic solution, akin to something like monatomic gold. They were trying to gather DNA from current life on Earth so they could re-integrate themselves (a common alien agenda) and they needed a bio-suit to survive, especially in space.

Alien Contactee / Abductee #7: Clifford Stone

Retired Sergeant Clifford Stone is somewhat of an ET interpreter. A Vietnam veteran, Stone had a personal relationship with a green ET called Korona and has numerous alien tales, many involving his time in Vietnam where he went on UFO crash recovery missions. He has even helped an alien escape from military custody! Stone cares for the rights of ET visitors to our planet and speaks of the need for empathy for each other if we want to evolve into the galactic community. Importantly, Stone claims he has seen documents proving that there are at least 57 alien species already interacting with humanity and on the Earth right now.

Alien Contactee / Abductee #8: Charles Hall

Charles Hall worked in the USAF (US Air Force) and became familiar with Areas 53 and 54 (known as “Dreamland”) and the Dogbone Lake field where the ETs land their craft. He actually lived with ETs! He describes the race he met as tall and thin, with large eyes and transparent hair, and with the ability to dress and look like humans. Hence, he refers to them as the Tall White ETs or Tall Whites, and claims they have developed the semi-magical ability to grow again once they get old!

Alien Contactee / Abductee #9: Ernie Sears

Ernie Sears is, in many ways, an ordinary man who has had many extraordinary experiences throughout his whole life. A great storyteller, he has talked about his numerous paranormal encounters, from OBEs (Out of Body Experiences) to NDEs (Near Death Experiences) to ET abduction. He literally flew as a young boy, became an energy-healer (due to his ability to see otherworldly spirits), met alien-human hybrids and was inside a UFO several times. His stories have a deep ring of validity to them, and are told in a no-nonsense down-to-earth manner.

Alien Contactee / Abductee #10: James Gilliland

James Gilliland is a wise, down-to-earth alien contactee who has an ongoing relationship with many spirits from other dimensions – and teaches others how they can have the same. He has a property in Washington state that has an astonishingly high amount of UFO activity; every night the sky above his ranch is scattered with lights, and orbs often descend down to mingle with joyous people celebrating on the fields. As Gilliland says, “ETs are here – get over it!”

Aliens Are Here – Get Over It!

Induction by R. AyanaGiven the amount of evidence not only for the existence of extraterrestrials or aliens, but also that they are already interacting with humanity, it’s high time we stopped debating if they existed and whether they will visit us, and rather turned our attention to questions such as:

– How do we want to present ourselves as a race to ET visitors?

– Are we emotionally, mentally and spiritually prepared to interact with aliens?

– What are we doing to analyze and discern the various alien agendas and motivations of these ET visitors?

– What are we doing to protect ourselves from hostile ETs?

There are many areas that are crying out for attention, and it’s time to confront the truth.

Alien abductee and contactee cases are far more common than the average person believes. This is the 2nd part of the 2 part series on alien abductees and contactees (click here for part 1). The list continues on – although with these 10 individuals, there are more alien abductee cases than contactee cases, showing a darker side to the whole phenomenon. Some of the alien abductees’ accounts are truly scary and horrifying. There are many alien agendas that exist simultaneously, and it’s not all love and light:

Alien Abductee / Contactee #11: Bonnie Meyer

Bonnie Meyer claims to have come into contact with a race of advanced ETs (Extraterrestrials) who have a humanoid, duck-like appearance. According to Meyer, these ETs were loving and compassionate, and followed the ideal of non-interference (a theme which crops up in alien research, and was made famous by the science-ficton series Star Trek, which promulgated the “Prime Directive” of never interfering in the development and evolution of another race).

These beings warned Bonnie about the entrenched unholy alliance between the US Government and the Greys, as well as the existence of weather manipulation programs. They also firmly stated that they were here to help – not save – humanity.

Alien Abductee / Contactee #12: Niara Isley

Niara Isley exposes how, while serving in the USAF, she was forced at gunpoint to “forget” all the UFOs she saw near the Tonopah base in Nevada. She testifies to the reality of out-of-body travel, Reptilians, free-energy devices and humanity’s psychic abilities, and how the coming ET disclosure and raising of human consciousness will allow us to regain these powers and reactivate our full DNA. Although Isley is a self-admitted MILAB (military abductee), it is fair to also think of her as an alien abductee, since there were Reptilian ETs involved.

Alien Abductee / Contactee #13: Nadira Duran

Nadira Duran is another fascinating case of an alien abductee who learnt a lot about the alien agenda through her abduction experiences. Duran claims to have actually met a female Grey ET. This Grey revealed she was wearing a mask and uniform, because the Greys are fragile, and in an Earth-type environment, human germs/bacteria would kill them. To her surprise and shock, Duran discovered her gall bladder was missing – without a visible scar – and recalled it was removed by advanced ET technician!

Duran came to believe that time travel was intimately connected to the alien agenda, and that the Greys are future humans going back in time to prevent an undesirable outcome. She states that if humanity keeps on current path, we will end up in fragile bodies, emotionally deficient, unable to reproduce, with short lifespans – the exact reasons why the Greys went back in time.

Interestingly, this theme of the desensitization of humanity – of humans breeding out emotion and becoming purely logical, rational and passionless – is definitely a part of the NWO (New World Order), because the dark forces guiding this are themselves emotionless. Duran’s story has a deep ring of validity to it. Food for thought.

Alien Abductee / Contactee #14: Susan Reed

Susan Reed went public in her book The Body Snatchers to expose her traumatic relationship with a reptilian consciousness (who had overtaken a human host), who seduced and began a relationship with her. Through this she learnt much about how Reptilian ETs think and behave, and what they want. This is highly significant if you want to understand what is happening on Earth now, and in which direction we are being pushed, since many sources indicate the Reptilians are at the top of the extraterrestrial hierarchy and are the overlords of the New World Order.

Alien Abductee / Contactee #15: Maarit

Maarit is the pseudonym of an anonymous, brave Scandinavian woman who is a MILAB (military abductee) and an alien abductee. Her story is an eye-opener for anyone, especially those foolishly believing that only benevolent ETs exist. Maarit explains how hostile ETs (such as Draconian Reptilian ETs [from the star system of Draco]) not only exist, but have been actively carrying out mind control operations, abductions, mutilations and other forms of control against humanity. She reveals how she is herself genetically modified, and how these aliens use soul recycling and cloning technology to keep mankind in submission.

Alien Abductee / Contactee #16: Kim Carlsberg

Kim Carlsberg has provided us with a fascinating glimpse into the world of ET contact. She was abducted by aliens and put in a program for many years where she was part of a genetic experiment the aliens were conducting on the human race. She discovered other abductees’ experiences and published a book called The Art of Close Encounters, which contains 150 illustrations along with each person’s intimate story about their encounter. Like many other alien abductees, she alludes to the ongoing alien-human hybrid programs.

Alien Abductee / Contactee #17: Frank Stranges

Have you ever wondered why aliens don’t just land on the White House lawn, if they are real? Well guess what? According to Dr. Frank Stranges, they already have. Stranges claims that in 1959 a humanoid alien from Venus called “Valiant Thor” visited Washington DC and met US President Eisenhower and Vice President Nixon. Stranges met Thor and got to know him.

He claims Thor stayed at the Pentagon for 3 years, offering to help humanity become free of poverty and disease, but his offers were rejected by Eisenhower, Nixon and other top US officials, who allegedly said the reason for their refusal was that “it would hurt the American economy”! They also refused to tell the public about Thor’s existence, because they said it would cause too much chaos. This fits in with what we know of the massive amount of secrecy around the ET/UFO/Alien issue ever since the Roswell crash of 1947 and the rise of the military-industrial-intellignece complex after WW2.

Alien Abductee / Contactee #18: Stan Romanek

Stan Romanek claims to have had incredible ET encounters and even had alien visitations in broad daylight. He even managed to catch an ET, and other inexplicable balls of light, on video. Like other alien abductees, what Romanek has experienced changed his life, and helped him realize how important and powerful the human race is. Fascinatingly, top physicists validated certain mathematical equations

Romanek came up with during his hypnotic regression in July 2002, after his first abduction experience. As a side note, Romanek has been affected by this learning disability all of his life and his math competency was estimated to be at a 4th grade level. Romanek’s equations were no only real but extremely advanced, and it seems clear that he had no way of knowing about or fabricating them. Romanek’s overall message is that humanity has forgotten who it is – but we are on the road to recovering that knowledge.

Alien Abductee / Contactee #19: Thomas Reed

Thomas Reed has an incredible story of multi-generational alien abduction which spans 50 years and 5 states! Reed first discovered he was an alien abductee when he was 6 years old. He reveals how he and his entire family were the subject of various visitations over the decades, some scary, some neutral, some enlightening. It has changed his life forever. To this day Reed still continues his search for the reason why all this has happened to him and his family.

Alien Abductee / Contactee #20: Bridget Nielsen

Even among alien abductees, Bridget Nielsen’s story is extremely remarkable. Nielsen claims she has not only been taken aboard ET craft, but has actually mothered numerous children with ET fathers – in other words, she claims she has created alien-human hybrids. She claims that Greys are humanity’s genetic ancestors, and states that the Greys are borrowing/taking (depending on how you look at it) human genes, like breeding a racehorse, to find certain gene sequences that have special energetic frequencies which they need to construct people.

According to Nielsen, the Greys are taking DNA from 8 species: Arcturian, Orion, Pleidian, Sirian, Obsilo, Annunaki, Zeta Reticulan and Homo Sapiens. Nielsen further says the Greys are also taking energetic (not genetic) imprints. Nielsen talks about her relationship with self-admitted Grey ET “Bashar”, channeled by Darryl Anka. Bashar has joked about “abduction dating services” where people are meeting and procreating aboard alien ships. According to Nielsen who quotes Bashar, around 47% of humans are involved in ET abduction programs!

How Much Validity is There to These Cases and Accounts?

Ultimately, you have to decide how much you believe in what these 20 people are claiming. Whether you believe every little detail and word or not, there are undeniably valid themes in the cases of these 20 alien contactees / abductees, comprised of unconnected individuals of both genders, many countries, many personality types and all ages. When different, unconnected people tell stories which contain the same basic themes, over and over again, it is a sign there is a real validity to it, regardless of whether every small point can be proved to the satisfaction of the rational mind. Truth is greater than reason and logic.

Conclusion: Alien Contact and Abduction is a Very Real Phenomenon

The above 20 cases are not isolated. There are tens of thousands of documented cases of alien contact and abduction, and in reality probably many more we don’t know about, since some people either don’t recall the incident (self-imposed memory suppression as a psychological defense mechanism to protect against trauma, or externally imposed memory wipes/mind control), or are too afraid to go public with it for fear of ridicule, ostracism or other reasons. MILABs or military abductees can not account for all the abductee cases (as some like Dr. Steven Greer suggest)! There are simply too many variables in play here.

What About “Contact”?

So where does all this leave us? Well, for starters, contact has already happened. ET is not coming; he’s here. However mass contact has not yet occurred. When considering the reasons for this, Marshall Vian Summers does a good job summing it up:

Approaching the Essence by R. Ayana“The unpopular truth is that the human family is not ready for a direct experience of Contact and certainly not ready for an intervention. We first must put our own house in order. We do not yet have the species maturity to engage with other races in the Greater Community from a position of unity, strength and discernment. And until we can reach such a position, if ever we can, then no race should attempt to directly intervene in our world. The Allies are providing us much needed wisdom and perspective, yet they are not intervening. They tell us that our fate is and should be in our own hands. Such is the burden of freedom in the Universe.

Regardless of our lack of readiness, however, Intervention is occurring.”

The extraterrestrial issue is not just some side issue. It is hard to imagine a topic of greater importance to humanity. Also, for those interested in knowing the truth of who is running the world and how they are doing, the extraterrestrial issue is vital, because when you follow the trail to the very apex of the New World Order pyramid, you discover that it is non-human entities who are really running the show.

It’s time to stop ignoring this crucial issue. Even if we do a great job exposing political corruption, GMOs, geoengineering, secret societies and Satanism, we can’t hope to uncover the full truth while denying the existence of ETs, UFOs and the various alien agendas converging on this planet at this time.

Source

Read more from Auricmedia:

[carousel-horizontal-posts-content-slider]

Donald Marshall: Vril lizard agenda

This is very important info!!! Donald Marshall’s story binds everything together and tells the Truth. Just look around you and all the ancient cultures. Please read and share:

>> http://www.donaldmarshallrevolution.com/

Donald Marshall: Vril lizard agenda

Marshall claims that there is a secret that has been kept by members of the Illuminati for more than 70 years, a secret of such great importance, as to effect the lives of every man, woman and child on the face of the planet. Marshall states that his mission in life is to share this secret with the world, so that all can know the truth and plan for the future.

In order to fully understand this secret, it will be necessary to return to the events of Postwar Germany, following the end of World War I, where, in 1923, Hitler was named the leader of the new Nazi party. Following a failed attempt to overthrow the federal government, Hitler was arrested for treason. While awaiting trial in Landsberg prison, he read Bulwer-Lytton’s 1871 novel: Vril: The Power of the Coming Race about a master-race of beings who call themselves the Vril-ya. They claim to be the descendants of the inhabitants of ancient Atlantis, with access to an extraordinary force called Vril, an unlimited source of energy that supplies all their needs and can be controlled at will. Hitler believed the novel to be true and once made Chancellor of Germany, he would send teams of spelunkers into caves and mines all over Europe searching for the Vril-ya. He dispatched regular expeditions to Asia, especially Tibet, where Nazi explorers made significant connections with influential Tibetan lamas, who had expert knowledge about the underground tunnel and cavern systems around the world. Legend was these Tibetan lamas guarded a secret entrance to the Inner World, known as the Red Door, hidden within the Potala palace in the mountain city of Lhasa. Once a Nazi-Tibetan alliance was formed, the lamas agreed to share with them that for centuries, they had been helping to hide an indigenous race of lizard living deep within the planet since prehistoric times, known as Vril lizards. It seems that these lizards knew the location of an abandoned military base dating back from the time of Atlantis, filled with ancient aircraft, weaponry and technology hidden within the tunnels and caverns of Antarctica. The lizards had no use for the tech, but they were willing to trade for something else they wanted. The lizards were carnivorous and preferred to consume fresh human flesh. And so, a deal was made. The Nazis got the ancient Atlantean tech and sold out the human race.

But according to Marshall, this is not the first time Vril lizards have interacted with humans. He claims that for centuries, royalty, powerful heads of state and trusted religious leaders around the world have kept a secret pact with the malevolent lizards. World leaders would receive valuable resources buried deep within the planet, such as gemstones, gold and other minerals and, in exchange, these leaders would conceal all evidence of the Vril from the surface population, so no one would learn of their existence. In addition to helping them hide, Vril lizards required that they be provided with a steady supply of humans to consume.

However, Marshall says that keeping the Secret of Vril not only refers to hiding the lizards and denying their existence, but also refers to an even bigger secret. Being a parasitic race, Vril lizards have the unique biological ability to invade the human body, take over the brain, and by accessing their memories, they can look, act and seem human in every way. After a period of recovery, the human is able to return to its normal activities, except the brain is now under the complete control of the Vril parasite.

Much like the 1956 scifi classic The Invasion of the Body Snatchers, in which the inhabitants of a small California town are replaced, one by one, with identical copies of themselves, Marshall warns us that we’ve already been invaded, we just don’t know it.
Marshall explains that Vril lizards are essentially parasites, and like all parasites, have a biological drive to invade, dominate and take over. Marshall refers to this biological takeover as “bodysnatching” and explains that the human victim dies once the Vril lizard takes over.

Marshall says that with the help of the Illuminati, bodysnatching Vril lizards have infiltrated all levels of society and hold positions of power all over the world.

This is done in order to remove key people and replace them with Vril hosts. Marshall states that Vril hosts can be found everywhere, in all levels of government, business, banking, military, law enforcement, journalism, media and entertainment.

Just how is this bodysnatching process accomplished?

According to Marshall, Vril lizards have a natural proboscis at the top of their head, from which they eject a type of thick cerebrospinal fluid. When this fluid enters the human, usually through the eye and from there, to the brain, a chemical transformation immediately begins to take place. The victim essentially dies, leaving the lizard parasite in complete control of all brain function. After a period of recovery, the Vril host can return to its’ regular activities, looking, acting and seeming completely normal.

Marshall reports that the Illuminati even hold a special bodysnatching ceremony to celebrate this Vril lizard takeover. Guests watch as the victim, conscious, though usually bound, is restrained and forced to sit still, until the lizard transfer is complete. Marshall claims to have seen this sick bodysnatching ceremony many times.

Marshall claims that the Illuminati bodysnatch many people, in every country, all over the world. They sometimes choose victims from incarcerated prisoners or longterm patients in hospitals and medical facilities; anywhere they have easy access to people, they will bodysnatch and replace them with a Vril host.

Anyone can be bodysnatched and, according to Marshall, he’s even seen this done to young children. Furthermore, Marshall claims that all loyal families within the Illuminati are expected to offer one of their children to be replaced by a Vril host. They comply since there is the unspoken threat that should they prove to be difficult, they can be bodysnatched at any time. Marshall says he has even seen bodysnatching done with just a couple of guys holding someone down while the victim is screaming, no ceremony required.

According to Marshall, the Illuminati utilize this unique parasitic ability of the lizards to further their own dark agenda. They are able to remove those resistant to their goals without anyone even noticing, and with Vril bodysnatching, the troublesome person is now replaced with an Illuminati spy, infinitely loyal and willing to report back everything they see and hear.

It is crucial to understand Vril lizard psychology, since Marshall maintains that all Vril lizards want to be human. They admire human intelligence and the beautiful human form. They want to crawl out from deep underground into the light and walk unnoticed among humanity. However, they are not human and have no capacity to feel human emotions. In fact, as malevolent lizards, they enjoy causing pain and suffering. Marshall reveals that Vril hosts are responsible for much of the senseless crimes and spree killings that occur. However, Vril hosts are excellent mimics and make convincing humans. And since there is no way to detect the presence of a Vril host, except with an MRI scan of the brain, most members of the Illuminati pretend to like the lizards and are friendly to Vril hosts, since no one is ever certain if they are talking to a host or human.

According to Marshall, prehistoric Vril lizards have been bodysnatching humans throughout history, even during ancient times. He claims that they are, in part, responsible for the destruction of the island of Atlantis, where legend tells lived an advanced civilization that existed in the Atlantic ocean. Marshall reports that Vril hosts had bodysnatched and infiltrated their way into positions of power throughout Atlantean culture, where they destroyed themselves with advanced weaponry, causing cataclysmic flooding and earthquakes.

Marshall asserts that Vril lizards often infiltrate human societies, by targeting individuals in the ruling class, royalty or priesthood. Once they are in positions of power, Vril lizards attempt to convince the humans to worship them as either gods or demons; something to be feared and obeyed without question.

As gods, Vril lizards would demand human sacrifices as a show of loyalty and devotion. In these cultures, it was considered an honor to be bodysnatched and chosen to become a god. The people didn’t understand the biological nature of the takeover of the brain, and thought it was some kind of mystical or magical transformation.

As demons, Vril lizards were deeply feared. Old legends warn travelers against going into certain haunted caves and mountains, and to beware when darkness falls as this was the time when demons would creep about, stealing babies and livestock. When Vril lizards would bodysnatch a victim, the person was later said to be demon possessed and various means would be attempted to drive the demons out.

Many cultures around the world attempted to limit Vril lizard infestation, and Marshall says most, at some point, “start sharpening pointy sticks”. For example, The Hopi Indian culture successfully drove off Vril lizards, while the ancient Anasazi Indians of New Mexico, were forced to leave behind their elaborate cliff dwellings in order to relocate far away from nearby Vril infested caves.

Throughout history, the lizards stayed hidden underground, in dark caves and tunnels, trying to avoid discovery. Some royal families kept Vril lizards as pets, and used them to instill fear in those not showing the proper loyalty to the crown. Some world religious leaders also knew of the lizards, had secret alliances with them, and agreed to help them.

In the 1940’s, a secret pact was forged between the Nazis and the lizards making them mutual allies. Conditions of the pact required directing tremendous resources to assist the Vril lizards, including the building of deep, underground military bases worldwide. This would allow the lizards a way to interact directly with humans which, in turn, would permit the massive, government sponsored bodysnatching so prevalent around the world today.

If we can assume that all this is true, that bodysnatching malevolent lizards have infiltrated human society and are replacing us, one by one, without raising any alarm, one might ask: Wouldn’t someone try to tell people and save humanity?

According to Marshall, President Ronald Reagan tried to warn the public on numerous occasions from 1985 to1988. In an important speech to the United Nation General Assembly on September 21st, 1987, at the height of the Star Wars space race with Russia, Reagan mused, “In our obsession with the antagonisms of the moment, we often forget how much unites all the members of humanity. Perhaps we need some outside, universal threat to make us recognize this common bond. I occasionally think how quickly our differences would vanish if we were facing an alien threat from outside of this world. And yet I ask: is not an alien force already among us? What could be more alien to the universal aspirations of our people then war and the threat of war?”

Marshall states that the Illuminati forgave Reagan’s comments at first, but when he continued to talk about aliens living among us, they “blew his mind and called it Alzheimer’s”.

Marshall encourages us to remember the ultimate Vril lizard agenda, which he claims has remained unchanged for centuries: to infiltrate human society and take over the planet. Marshall warns us to act quickly to spread the news, as anyone can be bodysnatched. As the ending from “The Invasion of the Body Snatchers” warns us: They’re already here. You’re next.

Source

DONALD MARSHALL INFO:

PDF files for sharing & printing:

Read more from Auricmedia:

[carousel-horizontal-posts-content-slider]

Eisenhower’s 1954 Meeting With Extraterrestrials

Do American presidents know about etraterrestrial life? I think so, because they have made bargain with them. They allow aliens to abduct people so they can have the alien tech…

Eisenhower’s 1954 Meeting With Extraterrestrials

On the night and early hours of February 20-21, 1954, while on a ‘vacation’ to Palm Springs, California, President Dwight Eisenhower went missing and allegedly was taken to Edwards Air force base for a secret meeting. When he showed up the next morning at a church service in Los Angeles, reporters were told that he had to have emergency dental treatment the previous evening and had visited a local dentist. The dentist later appeared at a function that evening and presented as the ‘dentist’ who had treated Eisenhower.

The missing night and morning has subsequently fueled rumors that Eisenhower was using the alleged dentist visit as a cover story for an extraordinary event. The event is possibly the most significant that any American President could have conducted: an alleged ‘First Contact’ meeting with extraterrestrials at Edwards Air Force base (previously Muroc Airfield), and the beginning of a series of meetings with different extraterrestrial races that led to a ‘treaty’ that was eventually signed. This astonishing First Contact event, if it occurred, will experience its 50th anniversary on February 20-21, 2004.

This paper explores the evidence that the First Contact meeting had occurred with extraterrestrials with a distinctive ‘Nordic’ appearance, the likelihood of an agreement having been spurned with this ‘Nordic race’, the start of a series of meetings that led to a treaty eventually being signed with a different extraterrestrial race dubbed the ‘Greys’, and the motivations of the different extraterrestrial races involved in these treaty discussions. The paper will further examine why these events were kept secret for so long, the significance of the 50th anniversary of Eisenhower’s meeting with extraterrestrials, and whether an official disclosure announcement is likely in the near future.

Circumstantial Evidence Supporting Eisenhower’s ‘First Contact’ Meeting with Extraterrestrials

There is circumstantial and testimonial evidence supporting Eisenhower’s meeting with extraterrestrials and the start of a series of meetings that culminated in the signing of a treaty with a different group of extraterrestrials. The most intriguing are circumstances surrounding Eisenhower’s alleged winter vacation to Palm Springs, California from February 17-24, 1954. Firstly, the ”vacation for the President” which was announced rather suddenly and came less than a week after Eisenhower’s ‘quail shooting’ vacation in Georgia. According to UFO researcher, William Moore, all this was quite unusual and suggested that there was more to the one week visit to Palm Springs than a simple holiday.

Second, on the Saturday night of February 20, President Eisenhower did go missing fueling press speculation that he had taken ill or even died. In a hastily convened press conference, Eisenhower’s Press Secretary announced that Eisenhower had lost a tooth cap while eating fried chicken and had to be rushed to a local dentist. The local dentist was introduced at an official function on Sunday February 21, as “the dentist who had treated the president”.Moore’s investigation of the incident concluded that the dentist’s visit was being used as a cover story for Eisenhower’s true whereabouts.

Consequently, Eisenhower was missing for an entire evening and could easily have been taken from Palm Springs to the nearby Muroc Airfield, later renamed Edwards Air Force base. The unscheduled nature of the President’s vacation, the missing President and the dentist cover story provide circumstantial evidence that the true purpose of his Palm Springs vacation was for him to attend an event whose importance was such that it could not be disclosed to the general public. A meeting with extraterrestrials may well have been the true purpose of his visit.

Gerald Light’s Letter That Eisenhower Met With Extraterrestrials

The first public source alleging a meeting with extraterrestrials was Gerald Light who in a letter dated April 16, 1954 to Meade Layne, the then director of Borderland Sciences Research Associates (now Foundation), claimed he was part of a delegation of community leaders to an alleged meeting with extraterrestrials at Edwards Air Force Base. In a subsequent article, Meade Layne described Light as a “gifted and highly educated writer and lecturer”, who was skilled both in clairvoyance and the occult. Light was a well-known metaphysical community leader in the Southern California area. The alleged purpose of him and others on the delegation was to test public reaction to the presence of extraterrestrials. Light described the circumstances of the meeting as follows:

‘My dear friends: I have just returned from Muroc [Edwards Air Force Base]. The report is true — devastatingly true! I made the journey in company with Franklin Allen of the Hearst papers and Edwin Nourse of Brookings Institute (Truman’s erstwhile financial advisor) and Bishop MacIntyre of L.A. (confidential names for the present, please). When we were allowed to enter the restricted section (after about six hours in which we were checked on every possible item, event, incident and aspect of our personal and public lives), I had the distinct feeling that the world had come to an end with fantastic realism.

For I have never seen so many human beings in a state of complete collapse and confusion, as they realized that their own world had indeed ended with such finality as to beggar description. The reality of the ‘other plane’ aeroforms is now and forever removed from the realms of speculation and made a rather painful part of the consciousness of every responsible scientific and political group. During my two days’ visit I saw five separate and distinct types of aircraft being studied and handled by our Air Force officials — with the assistance and permission of the Etherians! I have no words to express my reactions. It has finally happened. It is now a matter of history.

President Eisenhower, as you may already know, was spirited over to Muroc one night during his visit to Palm Springs recently. And it is my conviction that he will ignore the terrific conflict between the various ‘authorities’ and go directly to the people via radio and television — if the impasse continues much longer. From what I could gather, an official statement to the country is being prepared for delivery about the middle of May.

Of course no such formal announcement was made, and Light’s supposed meeting has either been the best-kept secret of the twentieth century or the fabrication of an elderly mystic known for out of body experiences. The events Light describes in his meeting in terms of the panic and confusion of many of those present, the emotional impact of the alleged landing, and the tremendous difference of opinion on what to do in terms of telling the public and responding to the extraterrestrial visitors, are plausible descriptions of what may have occurred.

Indeed, the psychological and emotional impact Light describes for senior national security leaders at the meeting is consistent with what could be expected for such a ‘life changing event’. A further way of determining Light’s claim is to investigate the figures he named along with himself as part of the community delegation, and whether they could have been plausible candidates for such a meeting.

Dr Edwin Nourse (1883-1974) was the first chairman of the Council of Economic Advisors to the President (1944-1953) and was President Truman’s chief economic advisor. Nourse officially retired to private life in 1953 and would certainly have been a good choice of someone who could give confidential economic advise to the Eisenhower administration. If Dr Nourse was present at such a meeting, he did so in order to provide his expertise on the possible economic impact of First Contact with extraterrestrials. Another of the individuals mentioned by Light was Bishop MacIntyre.

Cardinal James Francis MacIntyre was the bishop and head of the Catholic Church in Los Angeles (1948-1970) and would have been an important gauge for the possible reaction from religious leaders generally, and in particular from the most influential and powerful religious institution on the planet – the Roman Catholic Church. In particular, Cardinal MacIntyre would have been a good choice as a representative for the Vatican since he was appointed the first Cardinal of the Western United States by Pope Pius XII in 1952. All Cardinal MacIntyre’s correspondence is closed to researchers thus making it impossible to confirm what impact the visit to Muroc had on him and what he communicated to other church leaders and the Vatican.Cardinal MacIntyre had sufficient rank and authority to represent the Catholic Church and the religious community in a delegation of community leaders.

The fourth member of the delegation of community leaders was Franklin Winthrop Allen, a former reporter with the Hearst Newspapers Group. Allen was 80 years old at the time, author of a book instructing reporters on how to deal with Congressional Committee Hearings, and would have been a good choice for a member of the press who could maintain confidentiality.

The four represented senior leaders of the religious, spiritual, economic and newspaper communities and were well advanced in age and status. They would certainly have been plausible choices for a community delegation that could provide confidential advise on a possible public response to a First Contact event involving extraterrestrial races. Such a selection would have constituted a ‘wise men’ group that would have been entirely in character for the conservative nature of American society in 1954. While Light may well contrived such a list in a fabricated account or ‘out of body’ experience as Moore implies in his analysis, there is nothing in Light’s selection that eliminates the possibility that they were plausible members of such a delegation. At face value then, the selection of such a ‘wise men’ group gives some credence to Light’s claim.

It may be concluded then that following items all make up circumstantial evidence that a meeting with extraterrestrials occurred. The first is Eisenhower’s missing night. The second is the weak ‘cover story’ used for Eisenhower’s absence. The third is Light’s description of actual events at the meeting in terms of the psychological and emotional impact of the described meeting which is consistent with what could be anticipated. The final is Light’s description of the composition of community leaders or ‘wise men’ at the meeting. These four items collectively provide circumstantial evidence that a meeting with extraterrestrials occurred and that Eisenhower was present.

Testimonies Supporting Eisenhower’s Meeting With Extraterrestrials

There are a number of other sources alleging an extraterrestrial meeting at Edwards Air force base that corresponded to a formal First Contact event. These sources are based on testimonies of ‘whistleblowers’ that witnessed documents or learned from their ‘insider contacts’ of such a meeting. These testimonies describe what appears to be two separate sets of meetings involving different extraterrestrial groups who met either with President Eisenhower and/or with Eisenhower administration officials over a short period of time.

The first of these meetings, the actual ‘First Contact’ event, did not lead to an agreement and the extraterrestrials were effectively spurned. The second of these meetings did lead to an agreement, and this has been apparently become the basis of subsequent secret interactions with extraterrestrial races involved in the ‘treaty’ that was signed. There is some discrepancy in the sequence of meetings and where they were held, but all agree that a ‘First Contact’ meeting involving President Eisenhower did occur, and that one of these meetings occurred with his February 1954 visit to Edwards Air force base.

The first version of Eisenhower’s meeting is described by one of the most ‘controversial’ whistleblowers to ever have come forward into the public arena to describe an extraterrestrial presence. William Cooper served on the Naval Intelligence briefing team for the Commander of the Pacific Fleet between 1970-73, and had access to classified documents that he had to review in order to fulfill his briefing duties. He describes the background and nature of the ‘First contact’ with extraterrestrials as follows:

In 1953 Astronomers discovered large objects in space which were moving toward the Earth. It was first believed that they were asteroids. Later evidence proved that the objects could only be Spaceships. Project Sigma intercepted alien radio communications. When the objects reached the Earth they took up a very high orbit around the Equator. There were several huge ships, and their actual intent was unknown. Project Sigma, and a new project, Plato, through radio communications using the computer binary language, was able to arrange a landing that resulted in face to face contact with alien beings from another planet. Project Plato was tasked with establishing diplomatic relations with this race of space aliens. In the meantime a race of human looking aliens contacted the U.S. Government. This alien group warned us against the aliens that were orbiting the Equator and offered to help us with our spiritual development. They demanded that we dismantle and destroy our nuclear weapons as the major condition. They refused to exchange technology citing that we were spiritually unable to handle the technology which we then possessed. They believed that we would use any new technology to destroy each other. This race stated that we were on a path of self destruction and we must stop killing each other, stop polluting the Earth, stop raping the Earth’s natural resources, and learn to live in harmony. These terms were met with extreme suspicion, especially the major condition of nuclear disarmament. It was believed that meeting that condition would leave us helpless in the face of an obvious alien threat. We also had nothing in history to help with the decision. Nuclear disarmament was not considered to be within the best interest of the United States. The overtures were rejected.

The significant point about Cooper’s version is that the humanoid extraterrestrial race was not willing to enter into technology exchanges that might help weapons development, and instead was focused on spiritual development. Significantly, the overtures of these extraterrestrials were turned down.

Confirmation that the First Contact meeting involved extraterrestrials who were effectively spurned for taking what might be considered a principled stand on technology assistance and nuclear weapons comes from the son of a former Navy Commander who claimed that his father had been present at the First Contact event on February 20-21, 1954. According to Charles L. Suggs, a retired Sgt from the US Marine Corps, his father Charles L. Suggs, (1909-1987) was a former Commander with the US Navy who attended the meeting at Edwards Air force base with Eisenhower. Sgt Suggs recounted his father’s experiences from the meeting in a 1991 interview with a prominent UFO researcher:

Charlie’s father, Navy Commander Charles Suggs accompanied Pres. Ike along with others on Feb. 20th. They met and spoke with 2 white-haired Nordics that had pale blue eyes and colorless lips. The spokesman stood a number of feet away from Ike and would not let him approach any closer. A second nordic stood on the extended ramp of a bi-convex saucer that stood on tripod landing gear on the landing strip. According to Charlie, there were B-58 Hustlers on the field even though the first one did not fly officially till 1956. These visitors said they came from another solar system. They posed detailed questions about our nuclear testing.

Another ‘whistleblower’ who confirms that First Contact involved an extraterrestrial race being spurned for their principled stand on technology transfer is the son of the famous creator of the Lear Jet, William Lear. John Lear is a former Lockheed L-1011 Captain who flew over 150 test aircraft and held 18 world speed records, and during the late 1960’s, 1970’s and early 1980’s was a contract pilot for the CIA. Lear developed a close relationship with CIA Director (DCI) William Colby who was in charge of covert operations in Vietnam before becoming DCI. According to Lear there had indeed been a warning from another race prior to an agreement being eventually signed, and he claimed they visited Muroc/Edward and the following occurred:

In 1954, President Eisenhower met with a representative of another alien species at Muroc Test Center, which is now called Edwards Airforce Base. This alien suggested that they could help us get rid of the Greys but Eisenhower turned down their offer because they offered no technology.

Cooper’s and Lear’s idea of more than one extraterrestrial race interacting with the Eisenhower administration is supported by other whistleblowers such as former Master Sergeant Robert Dean who like Cooper, had access to top secret documents while working in the intelligence division for the Supreme Commander of a major US military command. In Dean’s 27 year distinguished military career, he served at the Supreme Headquarters Allied Powers Europe where he witnessed these documents while serving under the Supreme Allied Commander of Europe. Dean claimed:

The group at the time, there were just four that they knew of for certain and the Greys were one of those groups. There was a group that looked exactly like we do. There was a human group that looked so much like us that that really drove the admirals and the generals crazy because they determined that these people, and they had seen them repeatedly, they had had contact with them, there had been abductions, there had been contacts… Two other groups, there was a very large group, I say large, they were 6-8 maybe sometimes 9 feet tall and they were humanoid, but they were very pale, very white, didn’t have any hair on their bodies at all. And then there was another group that had sort of a reptilian quality to them. We had encountered them, military people and police officers all over the world have run into these guys. They had vertical pupils in their eyes and their skin seemed to have a quality very much like what you find on the stomach of a lizard. So those were the four they knew of in 1964.

There is some discrepancy in the testimonials as to which Air force base the spurned extraterrestrials met with President Eisenhower and/or Eisenhower administration officials. Cooper claims this occurred at Homestead Air force base in Florida, and not Edwards. On the other hand Lear and Suggs suggest it occurred at Edwards. In his letter, Gerald Light pointed to intense disagreement amongst Eisenhower officials in responding to the extraterrestrials at the Edwards AFB meeting. Such intense disagreement may predictably have occurred if national security officials were responding to an extraterrestrial request to abandon the pursuit of weapons technologies.

Given the intensity of the Cold War, the national security officials present may well have decided it was more prudent to seek better terms before agreeing to the extraterrestrials request. Light’s testimony implies that the meeting at Edwards did not result in an agreement, but instead resulted in intense disagreement between Eishenhower officials. Consequently, I will conclude that the Lear and Suggs version is more accurate, and that the ‘First Contact’ meeting occurred at Edwards Air force base in February 20-21, 1954.

The Subsequent 1954 Agreement with Extraterrestrials

According to the testimonies examined so far, the February 20-21, 1954 meeting was not successful, and the extraterrestrials were spurned due to their refusal to enter into technology exchanges and insistence on nuclear disarmament by the US and presumably other major world powers. Cooper describes the circumstances of a subsequent agreement that was reached after the failure of the first meeting. While Cooper has a different version of dates and times for the 1954 meetings, he agrees that there were two sets of meetings involving different extraterrestrials meeting with President Eisenhower and/or Eisenhower administration officials.

Later in 1954 the race of large nosed Gray Aliens which had been orbiting the Earth landed at Holloman Air Force Base. A basic agreement was reached. This race identified themselves as originating from a Planet around a red star in the Constellation of Orion which we called Betelgeuse. They stated that their planet was dying and that at some unknown future time they would no longer be able to survive there.

The meeting at Holloman Air force base in New Mexico has reportedly been the site of subsequent extraterrestrial meetings with the same extraterrestrials who it will be shown signed the 1954 treaty. In 1972-73, for example, the producers Robert Emenegger and Allan Sandler, had allegedly been offered and witnessed actual Air force film footage of a meeting involving Grey extraterrestrials that occurred at Holloman Air force base in 1971. Cooper explained the terms of the 1954 treaty reached with the Grey extraterrestrials as follows:

The treaty stated that the aliens would not interfere in our affairs and we would not interfere in theirs. We would keep their presence on earth a secret. They would furnish us with advanced technology and would help us in our technological development. They would not make any treaty with any other Earth nation. They could abduct humans on a limited and periodic basis for the purpose of medical examination and monitoring of our development, with the stipulation that the humans would not be harmed, would be returned to their point of abduction, would have no memory of the event, and that the alien nation would furnish Majesty Twelve with a list of all human contacts and abductees on a regularly scheduled basis.

Another whistleblower source for a treaty having been signed is Phil Schneider, a former geological engineer that was employed by corporations contracted to build underground bases worked extensively on black projects involving extraterrestrials. He revealed his own knowledge of the treaty in the following:

Back in 1954, under the Eisenhower administration, the federal government decided to circumvent the Constitution of the United States and form a treaty with alien entities. It was called the 1954 Greada Treaty, which basically made the agreement that the aliens involved could take a few cows and test their implanting techniques on a few human beings, but that they had to give details about the people involved.

Schneider’s knowledge of the treaty would have come from his familiarity with a range of compartmentalized black projects and interaction with other personnel working with extraterrestrials. Yet another whistleblower source for an agreement being signed is Dr Michael Wolf, who claims to have served on various policy-making committees responsible for extraterrestrial affairs for twenty five years. He claims that the Eisenhower administration entered into the treaty with an extraterrestrial race and that this treaty was never ratified as constitutionally required.

Significantly, a number of whistleblowers argue that the treaty that was signed involved some compulsion on the part of the extraterrestrials. Don Phillips is a former Air force serviceman and employee on clandestine aviation projects who testified having seen documents describing the meeting between President Eisenhower and extraterrestrials, and the background to a subsequent agreement:

We have records from 1954 that were meetings between our own leaders of this country and ET’s here in California. And, as I understand it from the written documentation, we were asked if we would allow them to be here and do research. I have read that our reply was well, how can we stop you? You are so advanced. And I will say by this camera and this sound, that it was President Eisenhower that had this meeting.

Col Phillip Corso, a highly decorated officer that served in Eisenhower’s National Security Council alluded to a treaty signed by the Eisenhower administration with extraterrestrials in his memoirs. He wrote: “We had negotiated a kind of surrender with them [extraterrestrials] as long as we couldn’t fight them. They dictated the terms because they knew what we most feared was disclosure.” Corso’s claim of a ‘negotiated surrender’ suggests that some sort of agreement or ‘treaty’ was reached which he was not happy with.

What Do We Know of the Grey Extraterrestrials that signed the Treaty?

According to Cooper, the Grey extraterrestrials signing the treaty were not trustworthy:

By 1955 it became obvious that the aliens had deceived Eisenhower and had broken the treaty…. It was suspected that the aliens were not submitting a complete list of human contacts and abductees to the Majesty Twelve and it was suspected that not all abductees had been returned.

Similarly, Lear argued that the Grey extraterrestrials quickly broke the treaty and could not be trusted:
… a deal was struck that in exchange for advanced technology from the aliens we would allow them to abduct a very small number of persons and we would periodically be given a list of those persons abducted. We got something less than the technology we bargained for and found the abductions exceeded by a million fold than what we had naively agreed to.

Other whistleblowers also suggested that the extraterrestrials who signed the Treaty with Eisenhower couldn’t be trusted. Schneider claimed that despite the treaty’s provisions on the number of humans who would be ‘abducted’ for experiments, “the aliens altered the bargain until they decided they wouldn’t abide by it at all.”

As mentioned earlier, Col Phillip Corso similarly believed that the extraterrestrials that the Eisenhower administration entered into agreements with couldn’t be trusted. Corso believed these forced a ‘negotiated surrender’ suggesting an extraterrestrial agenda that was suspect. While General Douglas Macarthur didn’t directly mention any government treaty with extraterrestrials, he gave a famous warning in October 1955 suggesting that some extraterrestrial presence existed that threatened human sovereignty:

You now face a new world, a world of change. We speak in strange terms, of harnessing the cosmic energy, of ultimate conflict between a united human race and the sinister forces of some other planetary galaxy.” “The nations of the world will have to unite, for the next war will be an interplanetary war. The nations of the earth must someday make a common front against attack by people from other planets.

Macarthur may well have been alluding to the same extraterrestrials that Corso, Cooper and Lear believed had entered into an agreement with the Eisenhower administration.

Significantly, reports of contacts with extraterrestrials began to change once the alleged treaty began to be implemented. The friendly ‘space brothers’ reports involving contactees of the 1950s changed as reports of abductions began to emerge after the first recorded case in 1961 involving Barney and Betty Hill:

Another apparent pattern that has occurred in Ufology is the dominance of the space brothers in the 1950’s who were kind, interacted with people who became known as contactees, and took people for rides in their space crafts. This pattern changed dramatically with the abduction of Betty and Barney Hill in the early 1960’s. The space brother human types of the 1950’s seemed to fade away, and they were replaced in the UFO literature with another type of alien. In the early sixties the first abduction of the Hills began a new pattern where the aliens were grey “evil” aliens who would abduct people against their will, and perform medical procedures on them. There were, as far as this author is aware no confirmed cases of “classic” abductions in the 1950’s. Unlike the “good” space brothers of the 1950’s these grey aliens were described by all, who were unfortunate enough to have met with them, as being distant and without emotions.

According to Wolf, the extraterrestrials were Greys from the fourth planet of the star system Zeta Reticulum, while Cooper claims they were tall Greys from Betelgeuse, Orion. Wolf’s and Cooper’s differing versions likely reflect a close relationship between Greys from Rigel and Betelguese, and that more than one species of extraterrestrials may have been covered in the treaty. Wolf has described the Greys as having positive motivations in regard to their presence on Earth, but have been inhibited and targeted by rogue elements in the US military. Similarly, Robert Dean believes that the extraterrestrials visiting Earth are friendly. This contrasts with the testimonies of Cooper, Lear, Schneider, Corso and arguably even Macarthur over the true motivations of the Greys. It is worth repeating Gerald Light’s claim of a “terrific conflict between the various ‘authorities’” on whether to inform the general public or not. It is likely that these differing perspectives on the motivations of the Greys reflected an uncertainty that has continued to intensely divide policy makers up to the present on how to best respond to the extraterrestrial presence and what to tell the general public.

Maintaining Secrecy and Witness Credibility

The uncertainty over the motivations and behavior of the Grey extraterrestrials appears to have played a large role in the government decision not to disclose the extraterrestrial presence and the treaty Eisenhower signed with them. The following passage from an ‘alleged official document’ leaked to UFO researchers describes the official secrecy policy adopted in April 1954, two months after Eisenhower had ‘First Contact’ with extraterrestrials who were spurned by the Eisenhower administration:

Any encounter with entities known to be of extraterrestrial origin is to be considered to be a matter of national security and therefore classified TOP SECRET. Under no circumstances is the general public or the public press to learn of the existence of these entities. The official government policy is that such creatures do not exist, and that no agency of the federal government is now engaged in any study of extraterrestrials or their artifacts. Any deviation from this stated policy is absolutely forbidden.

Penalties for disclosing classified information concerning extraterrestrials are quite severe. In December 1953, the Joint Chiefs of Staff issued Army-Navy-Air Force publication 146 that made the unauthorized release of information concerning UFOs a crime under the Espionage Act, punishable by up to 10 years in prison and a $10,000 fine. According to Robert Dean, this draconian penalty is what prevents most former military servicemen from coming forward to disclose information.

The strategies for dealing with those former servicemen, corporate employees or witnesses brave or ‘foolish’ enough to come forward to reveal classified information is to intimidate, silence, eliminate or discredit these individuals. This policy involves such strategies as removing all public records of former military service men or corporate employees, forcing individuals to make retractions, deliberately distorting statements of individuals, or discrediting individuals. Bob Lazar, for example, claimed to be a former physicist employed with reverse engineering extraterrestrial craft. He described the disappearance of all his university and public records indicating how military-intelligence agencies actively discredit whistleblowers.

In the cases of the witnesses cited so far, Cooper, Schneider, Lear, Wolf, all have been subjected to some or all of these strategies thereby making it difficult to reach firm conclusions about their testimonies. Since the creation of controversy, uncertainty, and confusion is the modus operandi of military-intelligence agencies in maintaining secrecy of the extraterrestrial presence, then the testimonies of former officials/employees/witnesses need to be considered on their merits. While issues of credibility, credentials, disinformation are important in the study of the extraterrestrial presence, a rigorous methodology for dealing with the efforts of military-intelligence agencies to discredit, intimidate or create controversy around particular witnesses, has yet to be developed.

For example, numerous efforts to discredit Cooper in particular by referring to inconsistencies in his statements, retractions, egregious behavior and stated positions, may be due in part or in whole to the policy of military-intelligence officials to discredit and/or intimidate Cooper from leaking classified information that he may very well have witnessed in his official capacities. Since Cooper’s military record does indicate he did serve in an official capacity on the briefing team of the Commander of the Pacific Fleet, it is most likely that much of his testimony is credible. Whatever inaccuracies exist in terms of his recollections of the timing of meetings between the Eisenhower administration and extraterrestrials may either have been due to memory lapses or perhaps deliberately introduced as a self-protective mechanism. It has been pointed out by some ‘whistleblowers’ that making retractions or sowing inaccuracies in testimonies is sometimes essential in disseminating information without being physically harmed. The controversial Cooper had been subjected to undoubtedly the longest and most intense military-intelligence efforts to discredit or intimidate any whistleblower revealing classified information.

The non-disclosure policy developed for the extraterrestrial presence is most likely due to a profound policy dilemma on the part of responsible national security officials. This dilemma comes from uncertainty over what the true benefits of the purported 1954 treaty were, and what the consequences of the treaty would be. While the signing of the treaty provided US national security agencies an opportunity to study extraterrestrial technologies, and to observe the extraterrestrial biological program with abducted civilians, it appeared the treaty was not as beneficial as was first thought due to excessive abductions of US civilians.

The subsequent behavior of the Greys in their interactions with US national security agencies was the most likely reason for deferring a decision to release news of the treaty and the extraterrestrial presence to the global public. According to Lights’ testimony, Eisenhower had indicated to those present on February 20-21, 1954, that an announcement would be made soon after the First Contact event. Since this didn’t occur, and a treaty was eventually signed with a different group of extraterrestrials, the Greys, this suggested that the national security agencies were deeply divided over the wisdom of disclosing this information, and alarmed by the possible public reaction to the Grey activities.

At his farewell speech in 1961, President Eisenhower was possibly alluding to the growing power of national security agencies that dealt with the extraterrestrial presence and were gaining great power as a result of the dilemma over what to do with the extraterrestrial presence:

In the councils of government, we must guard against the acquisition of unwarranted influence, whether sought or unsought, by the military industrial complex. The potential for the disastrous rise of misplaced power exists and will persist. We must never let the weight of this combination endanger our liberties or democratic processes. We should take nothing for granted. Only an alert and knowledgeable citizenry can compel the proper meshing of the huge industrial and military machinery of defense with our peaceful methods and goals, so that security and liberty may prosper together.

If the President was dissatisfied with the non-disclosure of the extraterrestrial presence, then his speech was indicating that the responsible national security agencies were both dominating public policy and taking a ‘hard-line approach’ that was inconsistent with American democratic ideals.

In the subsequent decades, it appears that on a number of occasions, official disclosure was seriously contemplated. For example, Robert Emenegger and Allan Sandler claimed they were approached by the Pentagon in 1972 to produce an officially sanctioned video that would be used for official public disclosure of the extraterrestrial presence. When the offer was later withdrawn, the reason given was that the time was no longer suitable due to the Watergate Scandal. While it is undoubtedly true that political factors would impact on making a formal disclosure announcement, it is more likely the case that non-disclosure was caused by lack of clarity over what the true motivations of the extraterrestrials were, and the impact an announcement would have on extraterrestrial activities. Making any announcement of the extraterrestrial presence would naturally have lead to questions concerning the extraterrestrials’ motivations and activities. If officials couldn’t agree on appropriate answers, they most likely decided that it was better to defer disclosure rather than threaten national security by making inaccurate announcements.

The precise nature of the extraterrestrial abductions and the medical programs implemented by the Greys has been extensively researched and discussed by a number of UFO researchers. Their conclusions vary widely suggesting that the deep disagreement among private UFO researchers over the motivations and activities of the Greys, very likely mirrors that of official government sources. As long as such uncertainty continues, it appears that disclosure may continue to be deferred until key global events no longer makes the non-disclosure policy viable.

Conclusion

An examination of the evidence presented in this paper in terms of whistleblower or witness testimonies raises tremendous problems in terms of coming to a conclusive opinion over: first, the truth of the alleged ‘First Contact’ meeting between Eisenhower and extraterrestrials; second, claims of more than one set of extraterrestrials meeting with the Eisenhower administration; and third, the various policy issues that arise from the meetings and subsequent treaty that was allegedly signed. Most perplexing is how to view the testimonies of whistleblowers who appear sincere, positively motivated and have plausible stories, yet are plagued by controversy, allegations of fraud, inconsistency and other irregularities.

Due to the official secrecy policy adopted towards the extraterrestrial presence, it may be concluded that some if not most of the controversy surrounding these individuals has been caused by military-intelligence agencies intent on discrediting whistleblower or witness testimonies.

While there continues to be uncertainty caused by the controversy surrounding whistleblower testimonies and the role of military-intelligence agencies in generating this controversy, the bulk of evidence points to a ‘First Contact’ meeting having occurred during Eisenhower’s Palm Spring vacation on February 20-21, 1954. The testimonies suggest that the extraterrestrials in the First Contact event, a race of tall ‘Nordic’ extraterrestrials were spurned due to their reluctance to provide advanced technology in an agreement. A subsequent meeting and treaty was then signed with a different set of extraterrestrials, commonly called Greys, who did not have the same reluctance in exchanging extraterrestrial technology as part of an agreement.

Most of the available evidence that has found its way into the public arena suggests that the extraterrestrial race with whom the treaty was signed, the Greys, are at best an enigma and at worst simply untrustworthy in their treatment of abducted civilians. The subsequent shift in witness reports from friendly extraterrestrial ‘contacts’ to disturbing ‘abductions’, suggest that the Eisenhower administration had signed a treaty with extraterrestrials whose motivations and activities are an enigma as far as the general public interest is concerned. The activities of the Grey extraterrestrials apparently continues to raise uncertainty for US national security agencies in terms of an appropriate strategic response. On the contrary, the friendly Nordic ‘space brothers’ faded from the scene since the Eisenhower administration saw them as not sufficiently motivated to serve the technological and strategic goals of US national security agencies.

The question of when disclosure of the treaty signed by Eisenhower and of the extraterrestrial presence might occur is one that has long been anticipated. A recent economic event might be a signal that some form of disclosure is possible in the near future. According to Craig Copetas, Bloomberg News correspondent in Paris, the World Economic Forum at Davos Switzerland from January 21-25, 2004, discussed extraterrestrials at one or more closed sessions. In a story published on January 21, Copetas claimed that “forum officials maintain their five-day program on Partnering for Security and Prosperity requires an unambiguous examination of extraterrestrial presence on Earth.”

We must do whatever necessary to make public the full details of the meeting, and the apparent spurning of what appears to be a principled extraterrestrial race that rejected technology transfers while dangerous weapons programs were in place in the US and elsewhere on the planet. The subsequent signing of a treaty at a later date with an extraterrestrial race willing to trade technology in exchange for ‘limited medical experiments’ with civilians will surely go down in history as a deeply significant event whose effects continues to reverberate through human society.

Finally, we must be alert to the mounting evidence that while a treaty was signed after the 1954 ‘First Contact’ event, it may well have been with the ‘wrong extraterrestrials’, and that this might adversely impact on humanity if not dealt with in an open, transparent and truthful manner. We live on the verge of a bold new future with many uncertainties over the secrecy surrounding the extraterrestrial presence, what best prepares us as this information enters into the public arena are our faith, democratic values, and dedication to truth.

Source

Read more from Auricmedia:

[carousel-horizontal-posts-content-slider]

The 1979 Attack On Dulce Base

Interesting info about this battle between humans and aliens:

Part I

The 1979 Attack On Dulce Base

Located almost two miles beneath Archuleta Mesa on the Jicarilla Apache Indian Reservation near Dulce, New Mexico was an installation classified so secret, its existence would be one of the most protected realities in the world. There was the Earth’s first main joint United States Government/Alien biogenetics laboratory. Others existed in Colorado , Nevada , and Arizona , not to mention in a number of other locations like Afghanistan and Russia – but Dulce (is)/was the largest…

In an era when the officers in charge of the major military units were still part of the generation that looked on young women – potential mothers – as a treasure to be protected, to learn that thousands of young females were being abducted, and even created (cloned, etc.) for use as sex slaves by aliens was simply too much for such men to allow to continue.

The turning point came when National Security Adviser Dr. Zbigniew Brzezinski met with President Jimmy Carter in the White House on June 14, 1977, with a number of other “intelligence operatives and leaders”, to bring the President up to speed on a number of top secret programs, including “Project Aquarius”, and the work being done at Dulce, Area 51, and other secret bases. Brzezinski, a member of the power elite that backed the “Grey” cause, never guessed that the President would be so shocked that he would soon turn to trusted military advisors in the military intelligence community for options of how to stop what had been going on.

The National Security Agency (NSA) had been secretly fighting the alien cause, and the humans that worked for or with the aliens, since it was established in the mid-1950s’. Project Aquarius was originally established in 1953, by order of President Eisenhower, under control of NSC and MJ 12. In 1966, the Project’s name had been changed from Project Gleem to Project Aquarius, and portions of it went into DEEP COVER, hidden even from the CIA and the NSC. At that point, the NSA had opened “Department X” (to identify and study all alien or enemy operations that could be a threat to the United States or the Human Race in general), and “Department Z” (to “react” and “neutralize” any sort of threat to the United States or the Human Race).

Under secret Presidential Order, signed by President Jimmy Carter, the NSA’s Department Z, the newly established DELTA FORCE, and a specially hand-picked group of Air Force SOC, Navy SEAL, and Army Rangers were organized for a mission so secret that not even command officers were told what it was about until the night of the attack. The only ‘Attack Team’ leaders who knew what this would be about were the men involved in the NSA Department Z, who had been involved with fighting aliens for years. The commanding officer of the attack was none other than Captain Mark Richards, the son of the infamous “Dutchman”, Major Ellis Loyd Richards, who had been the commander of International Security (IS) since Admiral Chester W. Nimitz died in 1966…

By 1978, the NSA Department X was warning the human commanders of new programs starting at Dulce that were so frightening that even seasoned men of war were shocked. Thousands of young human females were being “created” in test tubes to be sex slaves for the aliens. But these clones were proving to be less than satisfying for the aliens’, because they didn’t “suffer” the same way that once free victims did. They could be engineered to provide better sexual tools for some of the stranger life forms, but they were proving to be nearly “mindless”, and thus couldn’t react with the “fear” that normal young women could. For that reason, while the clone program would continue, it had been decided that the abduction program would be stepped up – with the forced “short-term” attacks to increase by 1980 to over 100,000 a year, and the facility to be enlarged for “long-term” victims (who would stay there for as long as they lived) with numbers over 75,000.

The labs at Dulce started cloning human females by a process perfected in the world’s largest and most advanced bio-genetic facility, Los Alamos . The elite humans who manipulated the worlds’ governments from the shadows would soon have a disposable slave-race, for medical culling of body parts and their own perverted pleasures. Like the alien Greys, the U.S. (secret) Government secretly kidnaped and impregnated young females, then removed the hybrid fetus after a three-month time period, before accelerating their growth in laboratories. Biogenetic (DNA Manipulation) programming was then instilled – many being implanted with all sorts of devices, some that allowed them to be controlled at a distance through RF (Radio Frequency) transmissions…

“Level 7 is worse… It was like a whore house for pervert ETs’. Human females were brought there for ‘experiments’, but you can’t convince me that most of it wasn’t just sadistic pleasure for the Greys. They wouldn’t just impregnate the girls, they would sexually torture them for hours. Sure there were the scientific procedures, but there were also orgies where a few pretty human females would be given to a large number of Greys for nothing less than a brutal gang-rape. And this was constant. Hundreds of Greys, and other species that seemed to be friends to the Greys, would come and go every week, for no other clear reason than to take sexual pleasure with the provided human females.”

When the truth was evident that sub-humans and other creatures were being produced from abducted human females, impregnated against their will, a secret resistance group formed within the military and intelligence agencies of the U.S. Government that did not approve of the deals that had been made with the ‘Off-worlders’. Many of these brave humans would be assassinated, or “died under mysterious circumstance,” or would be silenced in other ways. But in 1979, they would manage a victory that would cost the Greys, and the humans that backed the Greys, dearly…

The Air Force Intelligence Officer that reportedly was the man who met with the Aliens at Holloman (Air Force Base) in 1964, was the legendary ‘Dutchman,’ Ellis Loyd Richards, Jr. – the same man who would reportedly order the attack on Dulce in 1979, and whose son, Captain Mark Richards, would lead the human attack on the facility.

The Richards names come up time and time again when one looks into any of the mentioned Top Secret Projects that Military Intelligence, or the Eyes-Only, Tops Secret agency known as International Security, were involved in from World War II through the Cold War years…

The in-house political argument that developed within MAJESTIC TWELVE in the late 1970s, when the military/intelligence men objected to the deals with some of the Aliens on the side for the selfish gain of such groups as the Illuminati of thousands or the “Club of Rome” at the expense of thousands of innocents, if not all of mankind, helped to cause the rift that would lead to the military action taken against the Dulce facility in 1979…

(Later on in the DULCE BATTLE report, it is written…)

“It would be ONE OF the reptoids who taught several of the men involved in the attack on Dulce a number of the informative points that would first cause them to look more deeply into what was being done at the facility, and then helped them better understand the enemy, and how to defeat them. Indeed, it would be this Reptoid who communicated the factual basis for a number of the plots being organized against humanity by a number of off-world sources, and (some of them) had proven their willingness to aid the human cause in the Battle for Central Asia in 1976, and in the August 1979 space defense of Earth against alien invaders. It was also (they) who warned of the danger that such life forms as bacteria represented to both aliens and humans…

In 1979, there were 37 alien species represented at the Dulce facility. Only 6 of those had their own space or dimensional traveling ability, while the others were guests of the Greys. All of those species that had come as guests of the Greys were there for genetic and reproductive experiments with humans – and 8 of those were also interested in humans as A SOURCE OF FOOD. Of those interested in reproductive experiments, 25 could enjoy direct intercourse with human females (although several needed the female to be placed on special hormone treatments ahead of time), and the facility apparently got the reputation for being a sexual pleasure spot for the quadrant.

Of course, not all the Reptoid-type creatures are friendly towards humans. According to Lear and others, the U.S. government may have made a ‘pact’ with a non-human race as early as 1933. According to some this ‘race’ is not human yet claims to have had it’s origin on Earth… Some sources allege that this predatory race is of a neo-saurian nature. This has led others to suggest that the dinosaurs which ruled the surface of the Earth in prehistoric times may not have become entirely extinct as is commonly believed, but that certain of the more intelligent and biped-hominoid mutations of that race developed a form of intellectual thought equal to, or surpassing (in some respects – especially with their ‘collective mind’ matrix – Branton) that of the human race…

The theory then suggests that some of this race went into space, only to return to find that their founders on their home planet had not survived (on the surface, that is, however there are several reports of reptilian humanoids being encountered in deep underground natural cavern systems all over the world… and in time, the space-based reptiloids learned of these. – Branton)

There were a number of facts quickly put forward; for instance one branch or mutation of the supposedly extinct sauroid race, Stenonychosaurus, was according to paleontologists remarkably hominoid in appearance, being 3 ½ to 4 ½ feet in height with possibly greyish-green skin and three digit clawed hands and a partially-opposable ‘thumb’. The opposable thumb and intellectual capacity are the only thing preventing members of the animal kingdom from challenging the human race as the masters of planet Earth. For instance, the ape kingdom possesses opposable thumbs yet it does not possess the intellectual capacity to use them as humans do. The dolphins possess intellects nearing that of humans but do not possess opposable thumbs or even limbs necessary to build, etc.

The cranial capacity of Stenonychosaurus was nearly twice the size of that of human beings, indicating a large and possibly advanced though not necessarily benevolent intellect.

According to researchers such as Brad Steiger, Val Valerian, TAL LeVesque and others, this may actually be the same type of entity or entities most commonly described in ‘UFO’ encounters, as well as the same type of creatures depicted in early 1992 in the nationally viewed CBS presentation “INTRUDERS.”

According to Lear, the government may have established a ‘treaty’ with this (reptilian) race, which they later learned to their horror was extremely malevolent in nature and were merely using the ‘treaties’ as a means to buy time while they methodically established certain controls upon the human race, with the ultimate goal of an absolute domination…

The fact that a base like Dulce might house dozens of ‘types’ and ‘races’ of ETs’ would never be admitted by most humans, and would be reduced to the stuff of legends if ever turned over to the general public. The years of work to cover up the alien threat had worked very well by 1979, and normal people would not admit seeing an alien for fear of being called crazy.

The types and races at Dulce at the time of the attack are still in question, and many races have not wanted to admit their taking part in what took place there in 1979…

Many victims find their abductors to be nothing less than brutal beasts. The casebooks of researchers are filled with incidents in which malice and hostility played a significant role in the abduction. Unfortunately, most of the victims who suffer these more vile attacks do not get the chance to make any report to any human authority about the event – as they vanish, and become another statistic in the growing number of “missing persons” across the country.

By the early 1970s, the number of these missing persons – most of all, young white women – were going up. While the abductions of humans by superhuman forces of varying descriptions appeared to obey the same mechanisms worldwide, it was clear that young white women were the most frequent victims, and that there was little support for abductees should they survive…

In the more controlled environment of Dulce, researchers had no… disclosure problems (concerning stem cell and cloning research). The fertilized eggs of hundreds of healthy young human females could be ‘harvested’ constantly, for unlimited embryo and stem-cell research, ‘killing’ uncounted human embryos in the search for everything from cures to alien skin infections caused by Earth germs, to how to better create a sub-human slave race of cloned worker creatures.

Such research also moved into other dangerous fields, such as ‘enhancing’ humans into becoming creatures that would serve other alien needs. One of the more shocking of these that the ‘attackers’ would find in huge holding pens were the human females who had been ‘enhanced’ to become reproductive ‘cows’, as the need for human milk and reproductive systems had grown. Hundreds of young women had been ‘altered’, to become little more than cows…

‘Free will’ is always dangerous to a fascist society, or a police state! ‘Free will’ is what allowed a group of men to take the moral high-ground, and attack the Dulce Facility…

The attack plan centering on crippling the main generator, then doing as much damage as possible — while freeing as many victims as possible — started to take shape in the Fall of 1979, after the August space battle between forces of the USAF Space Command and an alien invasion force, with none other than Brigadier General Aderholt (USAF) brought in to head the organization that would be formed for the invasion of the Dulce Facility.

Funded by Texas businessman Ross Perot, CIA/DIA frontman Edwin Wilson, and a massive black ops’ fund long hidden (by Major E.L. Richards Jr.) the plan moved forward quickly within a small community of intelligence officers and their backers…

Brigadier General Harry C. Aderholt would pull a team together in September and October of 1979 that would have made any commanding officer proud, and perhaps shot fear into any enemy who had any idea of what was being put together. Colonel Roger H.C. Donlon, stationed at Fort Levanwvrth at the time, would head one combat team, drawing heavily from the newly formed DELTA FORCE, Navy SEALS, and USAF Special Operations Command (AFSOC). Flight teams were organized by astronaut scientist Karl Gordon Henize, and included the best of the best in combat and test pilots, with special operations training – or who could be counted on to keep their silence, including Captain Mark Richards, who was recovering from his command roll of Dragon Squadron in the battle that had taken place in August.

While exact numbers of the human force involved is still so protected that there seems to be no firm record of the exact count, there were never more than a few hundred who knew anything about the operation. The center of the operation was clearly found in USAF Space Command, and the Director of I.S., Major Ellis L. Richards Jr.

The President (of the U.S.), the Secretary General of the United Nations, and the Chairman of the JCS were never informed of the pending operation, and it should be noted that the humans and aliens involved in the attack took part in the action without orders or clearances from higher authorities.

Those who fought against the aliens did so against the will of the human elite. (Many of whom may even be reptilian shape-shifters in human form, according to some sources, like David Icke and others… – Branton)

One of the men who was hit the hardest (by the horrifying stories emerging from out of the Dulce underground base) was William Randolph Leathers. Born in St. Louis Missouri . A graduate of Yale in 1941, he served in the O.S.S. as a Captain during World War II, teaching map reading in Aberdeen , Maryland for much of the war. One of the members of the top secret task force that hit the secret German military facility in Afghanistan in 1945, he had been a close friend of The Dutchman from that time, moving to Greenbrae, in Marin County, California, in 1967 to be part of the headquarters team for I.S. (his cover was as an employee with the John Hancock Life Insurance Co.) Captain Leathers had lost his wife in 1971, and identified with several of the husbands and fathers of victims (he had four children of his own) for his own reasons (Captain Leathers died on October 22, 2001, at age 83). It would be Leathers who worked with NRO satellite photos, U2 and SR-71 photos, and military maps of the area until all of the major portals to the Dulce Complex were spotted and marked. He would lead one of the assault teams himself.

Having turned 60 in 1978, Captain Leathers would be the oldest member of the assault team, to take an active roll in the attack.

Most of the troops would come from three sources: The Delta Force, USAF-SOC, and the NSA Department “Z”.

The U.S. Army’s 1st Special Forces Operational Detachment-Delta (SFOD-D) would be one of two of the U.S. government’s principle units tasked with counter terrorist operations outside the United States (the other being Naval Special Warfare Development Group, better known as SEAL team 6). Delta Force was created by U.S. Army colonel Charles Beckwith in November 19th 1977 in direct response to numerous, well-publicized terrorist incidents that occurred in the 1970s. From its beginnings, Delta was heavily influenced by the British SAS, a philosophical result of Colonel Beckwith’s year-long (1962-1963) exchange tour with that unit…

The Delta Force at Bragg was already considered the best special operation training facility in the world. After the assault on Dulce, the CQB indoor training range would be given the ominous nick-name, “The House of Horrors”, in memory of what could not be remembered.

Most important; the Delta Force had their own fleet of helicopters (the aviation platoon). Painted in civilian colors and fake registration numbers, the helicopters could deploy with Delta operators and mount gun pods to provide air support as well as transportation, while not being easy to spot as ‘military’ units from the ground. It was decided that these air units, after delivering Delta Operators to several locations for forced entry into the facility, would come in with the NSA “Z-Team” as air support in the assault on the main landing port.

The Air Force Special Operation Command (AFSOC) would be in charge of taking and holding the main ‘landing port’. The job of AFSOC “operators” was to quickly turn a given patch of hostile terrain into a fully functional airfield. Sometimes this meant a stealthy attack by motorcycle and ATV. Other times it meant cleaning out hostile forces by whatever means was necessary. In years to come, an AFSOC Special Tactics (ST) combat controller might have used a Special Operations Forces Laser Marker (SOFLAM) to create a spot where a laser-guided bomb could aim and neutralize the enemy; but in 1979 they had to do that with manpower…
Performing a diversified job required a diversified range of combat hardware. Air Force ST operators carried a variety of small arms, including the M9 9mm pistol with sound suppresser, the Remington 870 12-ga. shotgun, the M203 stand-alone 40mm grenade launcher, the M4A1 SOPMOD (Special Operations Peculiar Modification) 5.56mm carbine, and the M249 5.56 SAW (Squad Automatic Weapon). By making extensive tactical use of night vision gear, AFSOC’s airborne capabilities were provided by the 16th Special Operations Wing, which is based at Hurlburt Field, Florida, and by units of Special Operations Groups at RAF Mildenhall, England. These wings had been the long-time vision of Major Ellis L. Richards, Jr., and others like him, and the Dulce Battle would be the first time they were used fully in combat.

But because of the special problems of entry into the Dulce facility, normal helicopter attack would not work. As well trained as they were, to attempt a landing into the hanger area of the facility would have been suicidal.

The Dulce landing ports were set up to accept the “lightcraft” and other Mass Accelerator Beam (MAB) Riders used by the Greys to transport from planet to orbital pick-up points. These craft generated magneto-hydrodynamic thrust, driven by microwaves and pulsed lasers, to accelerate the classic “flying saucers” up to altitudes of 50 kilometers and accelerations that easily allowed orbital velocities. This made the human-style of heavy-lift chemical rockets an expensive folly, and allowed the aliens Earth-to-orbit travel at will for a relatively low cost.

It also gave the human forces a way into the facility.

Because an infrastructure of orbiting stations were used to reflect energy from a solar-power station hidden on the Dark Side of the Moon, there were a number of ways to track such a ship. The lightcraft focused the microwave energy to create an “air spike” that deflected oncoming air – that could be tracked. And electrodes on the vehicle’s rim that ionized air and formed part of the thrust-generating system could be seen by real-time cameras (and even the human eye at close ranges). Thus, it was planned that one of the attack teams would enter the facility when the main port’s doors were open for an incoming lightcraft.

This was not going to be an easy stunt. Sensors around the area set off an alarm if anything got too close to the doors, not to mention warn the operators of any air or space vehicle that got too close. The mouth was too small for anything larger than a good sized helicopter, but helicopters would be too slow to reach the doors before the base defensive systems went off. And once inside the port area, any attack force would be likely overwhelmed by the base defenders – unless, whatever craft was used could carry a number of heavy automatic weapons, and land a large number of attackers at one time.

The Greys were quite content that no such craft existed in the human military inventory. And not even the Reptoids had a craft that could be used under all of the required conditions, that wouldn’t be spotted long before it could reach the port.

What they hadn’t counted on was one, single, experimental aircraft, that was still so secret that it had never been entered on any inventory list.

Manufactured by the Bell corporation, the X-22 was a ‘research’ craft, with some interesting abilities. The first successful V/STOL VSS (Variable Stability System) aircraft, this strange mix of wings, jets, and huge ducted props might not have been pretty, but it was perfect for the mission needs of the Dulce Attack Force…
Because of the lack of time, the only man involved who also had the skill to fly the X-22 under such combat conditions was Captain Mark Richards. Thus he was chosen to lead Combat Assault Team (CAT) Three, that would be responsible for attacking the main landing port – and hold it long enough for other teams to land in conventional helicopters and for the evacuation of CAT’s and victims when the attack was concluded.

According to records, Captain Richards had no more than 12 hours flying the X-22 before he took it into combat.

While the attack teams were being organized and trained, the attack itself was being planned by the men responsible for the situation. Objectives and alternative were picked, including a nuclear option in case the manned attack failed. Astronaut David Griggs was chosen to go with CAT-3 to make an attempt to ‘loot’ one of the alien space ships, while astronaut Ronald Ervin McNair went in as Richards’ co-pilot and “laser weapons expert” (the fact that he was a blackbelt in Karate also came in highly helpful before the event was over). Astronaut Lieutenant Colonel Ellison S. Onizuka (USAF) and Colonel Stuart Allen Roosa (USAF) also went in as members of CAT-3 to gather information, and hopefully escape with alien ships or equipment, with Colonel Roosa commanding the Material Acquisition Team (MAT). None of their efforts could be of value, of course, unless the attack plan worked.

To make sure of success, the full information gathering ability of several top-secret departments within the NSA was turned loose on Dulce. Facts were gathered from sources far and wide, including everything from sightings listed in newspapers to interviews with people who helped to build the facility.

John V. Chambers, a Kentfield, CA resident…spent his working life in management and finance of large engineering construction projects…It would be Chambers, who had been involved with the Bechtel work at Dulce and other top secret government projects, who would be contacted by the forces that intended to attack Dulce, and became convinced to aid them in their effort…
It would be Mr. Chambers who would mention a number of weak points in the Dulce systems that would allow an attack to have a much better chance of success…It was Chambers who pointed out major weak points for the aliens…It seemed taht the aliens had reason to worry about a number of the germs found outside the facility, and that some of the alien species were highly vulnerable to a number of human-passed diseases…”

The germs and bacteria that are everywhere on the planet, that humans and other mammals have (for the most part) developed ways to cope with, can offer great threat to aliens and their life forms. Earth dust, or bacteria blowing on the winds, can be deadly to a life form that has no resistance to such things. What humans refer to as ‘hay fever’ can be just as deadly to a creature that is having a difficult time ‘breathing’ in the Earth’s oxygen rich atmosphere.

It was quickly realized that if the filters used to make Earth’s ‘air’ more acceptable for the aliens could be disabled, many of the enemy would soon be sick and unable to continue to fight, and a large number might simply die on the spot!

Again, for lack of time, Lieutenant Colonel Onizuka took on the extra duty of leading a secondary team inside the main landing port once CAT-3 had secured the area – to disable the central air filter exchange that was next to the landing area. He created the title of Filter Assault Team (FAT) for his group, with his customary smile.
As the intelligence gathering expanded, a number of shocking facts were uncovered. In 1947, the Dutchman had been involved with Admiral Byrd in the attack of the last Nazi base at the South Pole.

Now he and others would come to better understand the connections that elite humans had developed with aliens, from the days of the Nazi efforts to modern times. This included helping the aliens to build secret bases all over the Earth (including the base at the South Pole, and the facility at Dulce), aiding in the abduction of young women for alien research and pleasure needs, and the addition of more pollution to the planets atmosphere to bring on global warming and make the Earth more friendly to alien life forms.

One of the most shocking finds was the extent of the alien underground base-and-transportation network. While tube-trains had been expected, the vast bases that had been created came as a shock to even the best informed officers…

The reason such bases became more important now was that the human forces had to quickly find out where every base was that might react to an attack on Dulce, and how long it would take before they might send rescue forces. Another question was, how would they react in general? Might they attack humanity in some more deadly fashion than simply abducting a few thousand females a year? In the end it became clear that because of divisions in alien intentions, there was little organization between groups. Like a number of competing collages at a ruin, for the most part they were only interested in their own little outpost and research…
As for the rank-in-file men who took part in the mission, most of the names will be avoided to protect those men who are still alive (as of 2001, there aren’t many still living), and those who are still involved as military operatives in one service or another. Men of the USAFSOC and Delta Force are some of the best trained warriors anywhere on the planet, and were more than ready for the challenge – even if nothing could have made them ready for what they would find once they got into the facility. There are a few general things to know about such men.

If one’s self-esteem was fragile and required constant positive reinforcement, then a career in any of the organizations was definitely not for that person. Consider a typical Delta Force training exercise held in The Shooting House, where manikin terrorists held a real live “volunteer” hostage. The goal: Destroy the terrorists without harming the hostage, who happened to be a Delta Force trainee. Of course, for special missions, the ‘terrorist’ manikin could be replaced by a ‘Grey’ alien one.

Command Sgt. Major Eric L. Haney had been there for the formation of the elite group in 1978, being there for some of the first missions and the grueling training… “Within the next ten minutes, the door would be blown in and four of my classmates would assault the room using the close-quarter battle techniques we had learned. Bullets would rain throughout the room and someone would be firing live rounds within inches of my head. If they missed a single terrorist or hit me by mistake, the team would fail this phase of training… I sincerely wanted them to pass the exam,” Haney would write in his 2001 book, Inside Delta Force: The Story of America’s Elite Counter-terrorist Unit (Delacorte Press).

Of course, one got to participate in this practice session only if one successfully completed torturous training that culminated in a rugged 40-mile hike across the steep mountains of North Carolina , a 50-pound rucksack and a machine gun strapped on your back. Haney’s description of that 18-hour test of his physical and mental stamina was one of many excellent narrative highlights in his account.

Haney, an Army Ranger when he was handpicked to try out for the elite unit, was one of 12 men out of 163 who made it to the level of Delta Force Operator. The new Delta Force members then “disappeared” from the more visible military units. “We operated like guerrillas. Or terrorists. Because the reality was, in order to become experts at counter-terrorism, we had to first become expert terrorists,” he wrote.

While Haney did not mention the Dulce mission, he did include the failed attempt to rescue Americans held hostage in Tehran in which eight American military personnel died. Other missions included some of the world’s toughest places, such as faction-torn Beirut in 1981 to guard the U.S. Embassy; quelling rebel insurgencies in Central America, including fighting Cuban guerrillas in Grenada; and protecting ambassadors, presidents, CEOs, celebrity prisoners and the offspring of all of the above. This was not accomplished without killing people, a task that Haney described in chilling detail.

Like most of the men involved in the Dulce attack, Haney was the kind of guy you wanted on your side in a street fight: skilled, intelligent and disciplined, but distrustful of the motives of some authority figures, especially career-climbing colonels and D.C., bureaucrats…

With Beckwith, Leathers and Donlon leading the three land-force CATs, the SOC men would be attacking under the command of a man most had never fought beside, but whom most had heard about…

Now, for the mission against Dulce, they were under the command of the Dutchman’s son, who was something of a legend in his own right in the black ops circle. Two things were beyond question: the younger Richards had proven himself in combat, and he had never asked his men to do anything he wasn’t ready to do, or left any behind. While his missions had almost always been so top secret that nobody knew details, the rumors and trail of evidence was more than clear to any in the know. The only problem for the command chain was his reputation for being something of a loose cannon when it came to following orders that he didn’t think were in the best interest of his men or the mission – A fact that just made him more popular with his men.

In a typical command move on his part, as he sat in the X-22 with his troops ready to take off on what looked to many to be their last mission, he recited the prayer/poem; “I Am A Commando” to his men – their motto more than his –

“As my brother Commandos before me, I am proud to step into history as a member of the Air Force Special Operations Command.

“I will walk with pride with my head held high, my heart and attitude will show my allegiance to God, country and comrades. When unable to walk another step, I will walk another mile. With freedom my goal, I will step into destiny with pride and the Air Force Special Operations Command.”

As he powered up the X-22, and gave the order for the helicopters to follow, he pushed the strange tilt-rotor aircraft to its flight limits in a wild high speed bank over the runway to impress the troops still on the ground – and set the tone for the mission. Over the earphones and speakers came first his voice, then the voice of the team members with him in the X-22, singing the Air Force hymn; “Up and Away, Into the Wild Blue Yonder…”

“We couldn’t very well let that bunch smash open the Gates of Hell without the rest of us being right behind them,” said one USAF helicopter pilot.

Timing was everything, with the X-22 taking the first wave of CAT-3 racing over the desert at over 250 miles-per-hour with the bottom of it’s rotor tubes missing the rocks by less than twenty feet at times. They had to hit the main landing port as an expected ship landed, as CAT-1 and CAT-2 came in on cargo tube trains several levels underground. CAT-4 was going to hit with a SEAL team coming through a water intake as the main group hit a small support hatch that would allow them to open another hatch to allow the SEAL team in. Everything, however, revolved around the success of CAT-3’s attack in the main landing port, as they had to remove the main security control room and the ‘sonics’ weaponry systems that were controlled from there.

The X-22 came in as planned, racing over the badlands at over 200 mph while less than 20 feet off the sand. Five miles behind her was the main assault force being flown in heavy Air Force helicopters. The timing had to be perfect, hanging on the timely arrival of a large disk-like vehicle that was a known and expected cargo shuttle from space.

As observed, the main landing port “blanketing” holographic projectors were turned off, and the entry ‘blast doors’ were opened for the landing shuttle. Witnesses said that Richards’ brought the X-22 so tightly that it’s landing gear missed touching the top of the moving disk by only inches, lowering his roaring craft with the disk until he had cleared the upper support girder-system. Then the X-22 shot around the side of the shuttle, using it to block any attack by the main gun mounts of the landing port. The X-22 fired its Hellfire rockets to smash two gun blisters on the closer side of the port, as it landed on the roof of the main port control facility.

The attack was textbook, with the CAT-3 forces blowing an entry into the control tower and taking full control of that facility within 55 seconds of the X-22 breaching the port. Hovering, the X-22 continued to use its rockets and guns to rake any enemy weapons in the port area, silencing them before the Air Force started to enter the open port doors.

It was Ted Cochran of San Rafael, CA, who had been an Air Force helicopter rescue commander in the HH-43 Huskies based in Saigon in the height of the Vietnam conflict. Licensed since the age of 18 as a pilot, Cochran also served with the Air Force in Europe, where he had participated in the recovery of the lost thermonuclear weapon in Palomares , Spain . On one of his last helicopter missions before his legal retirement from the USAF, he was part of the recovery force for the Apollo 9 Mission after the first moon landing in 1969.

Returning to California , he got a master’s degree in communications from Stanford University in 1972, and became a well-known film maker. A sailor, outdoorsman and aviator, Cochran combined his spirited passions into a career that allowed him to share his adventures with film audiences. His best known film was Island of the Bounty, about an international sailing expedition that traced the 1789 route of the famed HMS Bounty mutineers to Pitcairn Island in the South Pacific…

At age 39, Cochran was in his prime and had been more than willing to accept the request for his help as a helicopter pilot in some event like the Dulce Mission. The fact that he was a long-time friend of the Richards’ family seemed to have something to do with his involvement as well. Indeed, it was rumored that he had taught the Dutchman how to fly the big HH-43 Huskies, and had flown in black ops’ missions with the Dutchman’s son several times before. He was one of the first names to be considered as a pilot.

It was Cochran who led the USAF AFSOC helicopters in, bringing his bird in fast and putting her down on the main floor of the chamber, where the troops would have the cover of a nearby disk as they ran for the nearby passenger entry hatch.

Seeing that the landing disk was now trying to escape, Richards landed on its edge and kicked the props of the X-22 into full down draft, nearly flipping the disk. Fighting to regain control of the X-22, he was forced to make a hard landing on a nearby pad, sending four more rockets into the shuttle forcing it to crash onto the two parked triangle-craft that were known to be fighter-type vehicles.

Although the men of CAT-3 were now taking heavy weapons fire from a number of directions in the landing port, they had disabled the main weapons pods, and the sonic systems for the whole facility, allowing the other teams to attack from different directions and locations. Holographic image systems were shut off, so that entry ports, airshafts, and other systems that were normally hidden now became fully exposed.

An alien security team had managed to close the main doors into the central HUB, and the first two men who attempted to get explosives close enough to damage the huge blast doors were cut down by enemy fire. Taking heavy damage, the X-22 rolled forward, and from less than 40 yards fired her remaining rockets. The resulting explosion blew the doors open, and wiped out any aliens on the other side for a hundred feet.

Forced to feather the now burning engines of the X-22, Richards took command of one of CAT-3’s attack teams, and led the attack through the still smoking entry into the main central HUB, as other teams attacked from other directions.

The multi-leveled facility at Dulce, with its central HUB controlled by an extensive base security force, proved far more extensive and complex than the human attackers had been ready to cope with in the original plan. Information sources like Thomas (Castello) had clearance levels that did not allow them to know the full scope of the operation. His ULTRA-7 clearance granted him knowledge of seven (known) sub-levels – there were more. Most of the aliens supposedly were on levels 5, 6 and 7 – but there were more. There also was a more vast network of shuttle connections under the ground than expected, extending into a global network that had not been reported – providing escape routes and entry ports for rapidly deployed additional security forces that had not been expected.

In a report filed in early 1980, believed by a number of CIA sources to have been written by Brigadier General Aderholt, the author states:

“What those young men did was nothing less than the stuff of legend. Against overwhelming numbers and technology, they fought from Level 1 (containing the garages and hangers) down into the bowels of the enemy base. Portions of the combat took, and held, the Level 2 ports where tunnel shuttles and disc maintenance areas would have allowed enemy reinforcements to enter, while the main force charged forward towards Level 6, and ‘Nightmare Hall,’ to rescue the thousands of human victims kept there.”

They were not ready for what they found in Level 6. Reports spoke of multi-armed and multi-legged humans and cages (and vats) of humanoid bat-like creatures as tall as 7-feet. The aliens had learned a great deal about genetics, things both useful and frightening. And most of it had been learned at the cost of human suffering and lives.

Captain Leathers’ flight reached Level 7 first, blowing the main HUB entrance open and neutralizing the security force there with extreme prejudice in less than 45 second. On entering the security station, they realized the extent of the facility for the first time, finding systems for watching, and controlling, over 30,000 captives on that one level(alone), and the control and security systems for moving the captives to “testing facilities” and “pleasure centers” in over 62 different locations – where another 4,600 captives were currently kept.

Captain Leathers’ report to I.S. would mention the moment:

“I looked out over holographic images of scenes of horror that are impossible to express in words, and a zoo of human being in various states of health and mental condition. Seeing images of young women being tortured at that very moment, all I could think of were my own daughters for several moments. Then I collected my wits, and gave the order to move forward to release as many of the victims as we could.”

While the original mission plan had called for the teams to attack, smash as much of the enemy facility as they could, and withdraw in less than half an hour, the introduction of so many human victims added a new dimension to the problems at hand. While none of the officers in charge will admit to who made the order, recorded radio communications, and eyewitness reports, seem to suggest that Aderholt allowed the young Richards to change the
mission demands as the numbers of “savable” victims became more apparent.

Captain Leathers’ I.S. report reads:

“It wasn’t like we had choices. We couldn’t leave those poor girls behind alive. We knew that any that we didn’t evacuate, we were going to have to terminate. Our problem was simply numbers. Thousands of aliens trying to kill us. Thousands of human females screaming for help. Thousands more so far gone that we knew we would have to leave them behind. Thousands of enemy troops starting to arrive on the subway trains. We just weren’t set up for a mass evacuation. The subtube back to New York , and one to Mexico, seemed to still be open, so we started loading girls into tube trains and shooting them off as soon as we knew our forces were in control of the stations at the other ends. We blew two air shafts wide open, so a couple squads could get girls out that way into the fresh air where hopefully our people could pick them up. CAT-4 took a real beating as they fought to keep alien reinforcements from entering the main subtube stations. There is no doubt in my mind that we stayed in the facility too long, but at the time it was very hard to leave those poor young women behind. You knew that everyone you failed to send out in front of you was going to die, and soon.”

Exactly one hour after the X-22 had first attacked the main port entry, Aderholt ordered a full recall. David Griggs and R.E. McNair had by then managed to get two alien craft airborne – one disk-craft and one of the highly advanced triangle fighter-craft – and were running for Area 51. Roosa’s men also had managed to get a huge disk-shuttle moving, in which over 3,600 human females had been loaded and were now being taken to a safe base.

The human attack teams were now withdrawing behind walls of smoke and set explosions. One of the frightening bits of equipment that the MAT men had found, but been forced to leave behind, was a type of “Cell-Electrostatic-Disruption” (CED) device – a weapon that could be set to disrupt the cells of a living creature at a subatomic level, thus killing everything living in an area while not doing much harm to any structures or equipment. To make sure there would be no survivors left in the facility, that device was set by the MAT technicians to go off shortly after the full withdrawal of the attack teams.

Lieutenant Colonel E.S. Onizuka, who had led the Filter Attack Team, managed to repair the X-22’s battle damage before taking command of a captured alien triangle fighter-craft. As the wounded Richards fought a running retreat with the last of the rescued females and the survivors of CAT-4 and CAT-3, Ontzuka provided cover fire from the alien fighter-craft. This gave Richards the time to reach and restart the X-22 as Colonel Donlon loaded the last victim as he and two of his men fought off attacking alien shock troops.

Nearly overwhelmed, the human fighters in the X-22 would have likely not made it into the air if at that moment several battlecraft hadn’t darted into the port facility and started to lay down a brutal fire pattern against the other aliens.

While one can only guess at the reasons for this sudden aid, it has long been reported that the Dutchman, and his son, had highly questionable off-world contacts. From eyewitness accounts of the battlecraft, one had the symbols on its wings of what human experts in the field suggest marked the craft as belonging to something like a ‘prince’ of a ‘royal house’. Whatever the case, the Reptile battlecraft fought on the side of the humans (indeed, two of their craft were lost in the battle), and gave the X-22 and Ontzuka’s fighter-craft and the last two helicopters the chance to escape.

Seventy-two minutes, 14 seconds, after the attack had started, the X-22 and the Reptile battlecraft with princely markings cleared the landing port’s blast doors and dashed for safety. Explosions from dozens of set bombs started to blow up enemy craft as they took off, and thirty-five seconds after they cleared the doors, the CED went off, causing every life-form – alien and human – left inside the facility, to demolecularize on a subatomic level. Only a few in the heavily shielded lowest shelter levels survived.

The human female survivors were taken to several top secret military bases where they were “deprogramed” and “rehabilitated” so that they could be slowly farmed back into society with no memory of what they had suffered.

As the mysterious “Commander X” stated:

“…From my own intelligence work within the military, I can say WITH ALL CERTAINTY that one of the main reasons the public has been kept in total darkness about the reality of UFOs and ‘aliens’, is that the truth of the matter actually exists TOO CLOSE TO HOME TO DO ANYTHING ABOUT. How could a spokesman for the Pentagon dare admit that five or ten thousand feet underground EXISTS AN ENTIRE WORLD THAT IS ‘FOREIGN’ TO A BELIEF STRUCTURE WE HAVE HAD FOR CENTURIES? How could, for example, our fastest bomber be any challenge to those aerial invaders when we can only guess about the routes they take to the surface; eluding radar as they fly so low, headed back to their underground lair? …the ‘Greys’ or the ‘EBEs’ have established a fortress, spreading out to other parts of the U.S. via means of a vast underground tunnel system THAT HAS VIRTUALLY EXISTED BEFORE RECORDED HISTORY…”

All of the men involved in any of the attack teams were either ‘mindwiped’ or sworn to secrecy on pain of death, or terminated (…by higher-level insiders following the battle, self-serving politicians and ‘elite’ who had nothing to do with initiating the attack, but who had everything to do with suppressing any information concerning it after the fact. – Branton). Because the officers in charge were seen as heros by many of the political right-wing that took control in Washington in 1981, most were protected by the changing political elite. Many of those who had either openly backed the alien cause, or had profited from it in one way or another, were forced to pull back from their position for nearly ten years. Only when George Bush Sr. became President were the aliens able to return, and then only in much smaller numbers.

The Battle of Dulce ended the alien hope for using the Earth as a breeding tank for a subspecies, or for their take-over of the planet at any time in the near future. While the Grey’s restarted a breeding program in 1993, and some of the lower levels of the Dulce Facility were reopened by 1998, the numbers are in the tens’ or hundreds rather than the thousands. And USAF Space Command now tracks all alien craft, with the constant threat that Top Secret “Flights” can react and attack an otherworld enemy at any moment, with dramatic results…

Part II

Over 50 years of intense UFO interest, investigation, researching, evaluation, and theorizing by countless UFO aficionados have enabled modern field investigators to better examine, evaluate, and identify many of the unusual airborne objects that are being reported. Yet a small percentage of the reports continue to elude positive identification. Rumors of what took place at Dulce in 1979 have already been reduced to legend at the end of the 20th century. Indeed, the continued ‘conmen’ involved with such reports have helped the USAF cover the truth of events that took place at Dulce, and continue to aid in the effort to hide the ruined facility and those who took part in events there.

Men like intelligence officer William Cooper, who have become too loose with their knowledge of the truth, can be discredited in any number of ways, or terminated if they become too great a threat. It should be clear from their actions, and their willingness to challenge authority, that these men must never be allowed into such a position of power or authority again (or rather, such is the mindset of the human – or shapeshifting!? – elite). While the “Dutchman” was terminated in 1996, and his son will be in prison for the rest of his life, the mindset itself that created such men must be crushed if the human race is to know peace with the aliens (but then again, the elite & gray-alien version of ‘peace’ is more akin to ‘assimilation’ – Branton). The illusion of freedom that may be lost by those few who know what is really going on will be a worthy exchange for amazing technology that will come into the hands of the human elite (so they reason) that takes part in the new transfer. This may not take place easily, of course, until all human resistance has been removed either through retraining or through conquest. (This is the distorted reasoning of the ‘elite’ who would sell out our planet for their own selfish personal physical gain – Branton)

One of the key lessons to be learned from the Dulce Battle is as long as there are small, highly trained and well equipped human forces, that can, may, or will go into action on their own accord to protect the people of the Earth, easy conquest of the planet becomes difficult. A departmentalized military, with some branches so Top Secret that even the political elite who rule the country aren’t too sure of what is out there, is a threat to any enemy. At this time, there are arms of the USAF Space Command so Top Secret that no one in the Pentagon knows that they exist in anything but legend.

If humanity is to survive long enough for it to take a historic place in the civilized social structures of the universe, they must either defend themselves from any life-form that would harm them or their planet, or surrender themselves to some sort of interplanetary police force that will protect them. At this time, only rumors of such a police force have reached those in the know, leaving self-defense as the only real option. The men who attacked the Dulce Facility in 1979 understood that reality, and took the task of defending humanity into their own hands. One can only make subjective guesses at what might have happened if they had not done what they did.

******* ******* *******

PLAYERS

BRIGADIER GENERAL H.C. ADERHOLT: Mission Commander.

COLONEL CHARLES BECKWITH: Commander of Delta Force and CAT-1.

J.V. CHAMBERS: Engineer for Bechtel.

WILLIAM COOPER: Intelligence Officer.

COLONEL R.H.C. DONLON: Commander CAT-4.

DAVID GRIGGS: Astronaut, liberated UFO.

COMMAND SGT. MAJOR E.L. HANEY: Delta Force Commander/Writer

GENERAL R.T. HERRES: Commander of USAF Communications Command at Scott Air Force Base, Ill.

KARL GORDON HENIZE: Organized mission flight teams.

GENERAL D.C. JONES: Chairman Joint Chiefs of Staff.

CAPTAIN W.R. LEATHERS: Commander CAT-2.

R.E. McNAIR: Laser expert, liberated UFO.

LIEUTENANT COLONEL E.S. ONIZUKA: Commander of FAT, liberated UFO.

ROSS PEROT: Helped to fund the mission.

MAJOR E.L. RICHARDS, JR.: ‘The Dutchman’ – Commander in Chief of the Dulce Mission, Head of I.S.

CAPTAIN M. RICHARDS: Commander of CAT-3.

COLONEL S.A. ROOSA: Commander MAT.

EDWIN WILSON: Helped to fund the mission.

TERMS

CAT = Combat Assault Team.

FAT = Filter Attack Team.

MAT = Material Acquisition Team.

IS = International Security

VAT = Victim Assistance Team.

CUT = Clean up Team.

Source

Read more from Auricmedia:

[carousel-horizontal-posts-content-slider]

Project Aquarius

It’s hard to find new stuff, but here’s something to dig in:

Located almost two miles beneath Archuleta Mesa on the Jicarilla Apache Indian Reservation near Dulce, New Mexico was an installation classified so secret, its existence would be one of the most protected realities in the world. There was the Earth’s first main joint United States Government/Alien biogenetics laboratory. Others existed in Colorado , Nevada , and Arizona , not to mention in a number of other locations like Afghanistan and Russia – but Dulce (is)/was the largest…

In an era when the officers in charge of the major military units were still part of the generation that looked on young women – potential mothers – as a treasure to be protected, to learn that thousands of young females were being abducted, and even created (cloned, etc.) for use as sex slaves by aliens was simply too much for such men to allow to continue.

The turning point came when National Security Adviser Dr. Zbigniew Brzezinski met with President Jimmy Carter in the White House on June 14, 1977, with a number of other “intelligence operatives and leaders”, to bring the President up to speed on a number of top secret programs, including “Project Aquarius”, and the work being done at Dulce, Area 51, and other secret bases. Brzezinski, a member of the power elite that backed the “Grey” cause, never guessed that the President would be so shocked that he would soon turn to trusted military advisors in the military intelligence community for options of how to stop what had been going on.

The National Security Agency (NSA) had been secretly fighting the alien cause, and the humans that worked for or with the aliens, since it was established in the mid-1950s’. Project Aquarius was originally established in 1953, by order of President Eisenhower, under control of NSC and MJ 12. In 1966, the Project’s name had been changed from Project Gleem to Project Aquarius, and portions of it went into DEEP COVER, hidden even from the CIA and the NSC. At that point, the NSA had opened “Department X” (to identify and study all alien or enemy operations that could be a threat to the United States or the Human Race in general), and “Department Z” (to “react” and “neutralize” any sort of threat to the United States or the Human Race).

Under secret Presidential Order, signed by President Jimmy Carter, the NSA’s Department Z, the newly established DELTA FORCE, and a specially hand-picked group of Air Force SOC, Navy SEAL, and Army Rangers were organized for a mission so secret that not even command officers were told what it was about until the night of the attack. The only ‘Attack Team’ leaders who knew what this would be about were the men involved in the NSA Department Z, who had been involved with fighting aliens for years. The commanding officer of the attack was none other than Captain Mark Richards, the son of the infamous “Dutchman”, Major Ellis Loyd Richards, who had been the commander of International Security (IS) since Admiral Chester W. Nimitz died in 1966…

By 1978, the NSA Department X was warning the human commanders of new programs starting at Dulce that were so frightening that even seasoned men of war were shocked. Thousands of young human females were being “created” in test tubes to be sex slaves for the aliens. But these clones were proving to be less than satisfying for the aliens’, because they didn’t “suffer” the same way that once free victims did. They could be engineered to provide better sexual tools for some of the stranger life forms, but they were proving to be nearly “mindless”, and thus couldn’t react with the “fear” that normal young women could. For that reason, while the clone program would continue, it had been decided that the abduction program would be stepped up – with the forced “short-term” attacks to increase by 1980 to over 100,000 a year, and the facility to be enlarged for “long-term” victims (who would stay there for as long as they lived) with numbers over 75,000.

The labs at Dulce started cloning human females by a process perfected in the world’s largest and most advanced bio-genetic facility, Los Alamos . The elite humans who manipulated the worlds’ governments from the shadows would soon have a disposable slave-race, for medical culling of body parts and their own perverted pleasures. Like the alien Greys, the U.S. (secret) Government secretly kidnaped and impregnated young females, then removed the hybrid fetus after a three-month time period, before accelerating their growth in laboratories. Biogenetic (DNA Manipulation) programming was then instilled – many being implanted with all sorts of devices, some that allowed them to be controlled at a distance through RF (Radio Frequency) transmissions…

From: EDH Archives: Dulce Interviews; WC-289487346–80…

“Level 7 is worse… It was like a whore house for pervert ETs’. Human females were brought there for ‘experiments’, but you can’t convince me that most of it wasn’t just sadistic pleasure for the Greys. They wouldn’t just impregnate the girls, they would sexually torture them for hours. Sure there were the scientific procedures, but there were also orgies where a few pretty human females would be given to a large number of Greys for nothing less than a brutal gang-rape. And this was constant. Hundreds of Greys, and other species that seemed to be friends to the Greys, would come and go every week, for no other clear reason than to take sexual pleasure with the provided human females.”

When the truth was evident that sub-humans and other creatures were being produced from abducted human females, impregnated against their will, a secret resistance group formed within the military and intelligence agencies of the U.S. Government that did not approve of the deals that had been made with the ‘Off-worlders’. Many of these brave humans would be assassinated, or “died under mysterious circumstance,” or would be silenced in other ways. But in 1979, they would manage a victory that would cost the Greys, and the humans that backed the Greys, dearly…

The Air Force Intelligence Officer that reportedly was the man who met with the Aliens at Holloman (Air Force Base) in 1964, was the legendary ‘Dutchman,’ Ellis Loyd Richards, Jr. – the same man who would reportedly order the attack on Dulce in 1979, and whose son, Captain Mark Richards, would lead the human attack on the facility.

The Richards names come up time and time again when one looks into any of the mentioned Top Secret Projects that Military Intelligence, or the Eyes-Only, Tops Secret agency known as International Security, were involved in from World War II through the Cold War years…

The in-house political argument that developed within MAJESTIC TWELVE in the late 1970s, when the military/intelligence men objected to the deals with some of the Aliens on the side for the selfish gain of such groups as the Illuminati of thousands or the “Club of Rome” at the expense of thousands of innocents, if not all of mankind, helped to cause the rift that would lead to the military action taken against the Dulce facility in 1979…

(Later on in the DULCE BATTLE report, it is written…)

“It would be ONE OF the reptoids who taught several of the men involved in the attack on Dulce a number of the informative points that would first cause them to look more deeply into what was being done at the facility, and then helped them better understand the enemy, and how to defeat them. Indeed, it would be this Reptoid who communicated the factual basis for a number of the plots being organized against humanity by a number of off-world sources, and (some of them) had proven their willingness to aid the human cause in the Battle for Central Asia in 1976, and in the August 1979 space defense of Earth against alien invaders. It was also (they) who warned of the danger that such life forms as bacteria represented to both aliens and humans…

In 1979, there were 37 alien species represented at the Dulce facility. Only 6 of those had their own space or dimensional traveling ability, while the others were guests of the Greys. All of those species that had come as guests of the Greys were there for genetic and reproductive experiments with humans – and 8 of those were also interested in humans as A SOURCE OF FOOD. Of those interested in reproductive experiments, 25 could enjoy direct intercourse with human females (although several needed the female to be placed on special hormone treatments ahead of time), and the facility apparently got the reputation for being a sexual pleasure spot for the quadrant.

Of course, not all the Reptoid-type creatures are friendly towards humans. According to Lear and others, the U.S. government may have made a ‘pact’ with a non-human race as early as 1933. According to some this ‘race’ is not human yet claims to have had it’s origin on Earth… Some sources allege that this predatory race is of a neo-saurian nature. This has led others to suggest that the dinosaurs which ruled the surface of the Earth in prehistoric times may not have become entirely extinct as is commonly believed, but that certain of the more intelligent and biped-hominoid mutations of that race developed a form of intellectual thought equal to, or surpassing (in some respects – especially with their ‘collective mind’ matrix – Branton) that of the human race…

The theory then suggests that some of this race went into space, only to return to find that their founders on their home planet had not survived (on the surface, that is, however there are several reports of reptilian humanoids being encountered in deep underground natural cavern systems all over the world… and in time, the space-based reptiloids learned of these. – Branton)

There were a number of facts quickly put forward; for instance one branch or mutation of the supposedly extinct sauroid race, Stenonychosaurus, was according to paleontologists remarkably hominoid in appearance, being 3 ½ to 4 ½ feet in height with possibly greyish-green skin and three digit clawed hands and a partially-opposable ‘thumb’. The opposable thumb and intellectual capacity are the only thing preventing members of the animal kingdom from challenging the human race as the masters of planet Earth. For instance, the ape kingdom possesses opposable thumbs yet it does not possess the intellectual capacity to use them as humans do. The dolphins possess intellects nearing that of humans but do not possess opposable thumbs or even limbs necessary to build, etc.

The cranial capacity of Stenonychosaurus was nearly twice the size of that of human beings, indicating a large and possibly advanced though not necessarily benevolent intellect.

According to researchers such as Brad Steiger, Val Valerian, TAL LeVesque and others, this may actually be the same type of entity or entities most commonly described in ‘UFO’ encounters, as well as the same type of creatures depicted in early 1992 in the nationally viewed CBS presentation “INTRUDERS.”

According to Lear, the government may have established a ‘treaty’ with this (reptilian) race, which they later learned to their horror was extremely malevolent in nature and were merely using the ‘treaties’ as a means to buy time while they methodically established certain controls upon the human race, with the ultimate goal of an absolute domination…

The fact that a base like Dulce might house dozens of ‘types’ and ‘races’ of ETs’ would never be admitted by most humans, and would be reduced to the stuff of legends if ever turned over to the general public. The years of work to cover up the alien threat had worked very well by 1979, and normal people would not admit seeing an alien for fear of being called crazy.

The types and races at Dulce at the time of the attack are still in question, and many races have not wanted to admit their taking part in what took place there in 1979…

Many victims find their abductors to be nothing less than brutal beasts. The casebooks of researchers are filled with incidents in which malice and hostility played a significant role in the abduction. Unfortunately, most of the victims who suffer these more vile attacks do not get the chance to make any report to any human authority about the event – as they vanish, and become another statistic in the growing number of “missing persons” across the country.

By the early 1970s, the number of these missing persons – most of all, young white women – were going up. While the abductions of humans by superhuman forces of varying descriptions appeared to obey the same mechanisms worldwide, it was clear that young white women were the most frequent victims, and that there was little support for abductees should they survive…

In the more controlled environment of Dulce, researchers had no… disclosure problems (concerning stem cell and cloning research). The fertilized eggs of hundreds of healthy young human females could be ‘harvested’ constantly, for unlimited embryo and stem-cell research, ‘killing’ uncounted human embryos in the search for everything from cures to alien skin infections caused by Earth germs, to how to better create a sub-human slave race of cloned worker creatures.

Such research also moved into other dangerous fields, such as ‘enhancing’ humans into becoming creatures that would serve other alien needs. One of the more shocking of these that the ‘attackers’ would find in huge holding pens were the human females who had been ‘enhanced’ to become reproductive ‘cows’, as the need for human milk and reproductive systems had grown. Hundreds of young women had been ‘altered’, to become little more than cows…

‘Free will’ is always dangerous to a fascist society, or a police state! ‘Free will’ is what allowed a group of men to take the moral high-ground, and attack the Dulce Facility…

The attack plan centering on crippling the main generator, then doing as much damage as possible — while freeing as many victims as possible — started to take shape in the Fall of 1979, after the August space battle between forces of the USAF Space Command and an alien invasion force, with none other than Brigadier General Aderholt (USAF) brought in to head the organization that would be formed for the invasion of the Dulce Facility.

Funded by Texas businessman Ross Perot, CIA/DIA frontman Edwin Wilson, and a massive black ops’ fund long hidden (by Major E.L. Richards Jr.) the plan moved forward quickly within a small community of intelligence officers and their backers…

Brigadier General Harry C. Aderholt would pull a team together in September and October of 1979 that would have made any commanding officer proud, and perhaps shot fear into any enemy who had any idea of what was being put together. Colonel Roger H.C. Donlon, stationed at Fort Levanwvrth at the time, would head one combat team, drawing heavily from the newly formed DELTA FORCE, Navy SEALS, and USAF Special Operations Command (AFSOC). Flight teams were organized by astronaut scientist Karl Gordon Henize, and included the best of the best in combat and test pilots, with special operations training – or who could be counted on to keep their silence, including Captain Mark Richards, who was recovering from his command roll of Dragon Squadron in the battle that had taken place in August.
While exact numbers of the human force involved is still so protected that there seems to be no firm record of the exact count, there were never more than a few hundred who knew anything about the operation. The center of the operation was clearly found in USAF Space Command, and the Director of I.S., Major Ellis L. Richards Jr.

The President (of the U.S.), the Secretary General of the United Nations, and the Chairman of the JCS were never informed of the pending operation, and it should be noted that the humans and aliens involved in the attack took part in the action without orders or clearances from higher authorities.

Those who fought against the aliens did so against the will of the human elite. (Many of whom may even be reptilian shape-shifters in human form, according to some sources, like David Icke and others… – Branton)

One of the men who was hit the hardest (by the horrifying stories emerging from out of the Dulce underground base) was William Randolph Leathers. Born in St. Louis Missouri . A graduate of Yale in 1941, he served in the O.S.S. as a Captain during World War II, teaching map reading in Aberdeen , Maryland for much of the war. One of the members of the top secret task force that hit the secret German military facility in Afghanistan in 1945, he had been a close friend of The Dutchman from that time, moving to Greenbrae, in Marin County, California, in 1967 to be part of the headquarters team for I.S. (his cover was as an employee with the John Hancock Life Insurance Co.) Captain Leathers had lost his wife in 1971, and identified with several of the husbands and fathers of victims (he had four children of his own) for his own reasons (Captain Leathers died on October 22, 2001, at age 83). It would be Leathers who worked with NRO satellite photos, U2 and SR-71 photos, and military maps of the area until all of the major portals to the Dulce Complex were spotted and marked. He would lead one of the assault teams himself.

Having turned 60 in 1978, Captain Leathers would be the oldest member of the assault team, to take an active roll in the attack.

Most of the troops would come from three sources: The Delta Force, USAF-SOC, and the NSA Department “Z”.

The U.S. Army’s 1st Special Forces Operational Detachment-Delta (SFOD-D) would be one of two of the U.S. government’s principle units tasked with counter terrorist operations outside the United States (the other being Naval Special Warfare Development Group, better known as SEAL team 6). Delta Force was created by U.S. Army colonel Charles Beckwith in November 19th 1977 in direct response to numerous, well-publicized terrorist incidents that occurred in the 1970s. From its beginnings, Delta was heavily influenced by the British SAS, a philosophical result of Colonel Beckwith’s year-long (1962-1963) exchange tour with that unit…

The Delta Force at Bragg was already considered the best special operation training facility in the world. After the assault on Dulce, the CQB indoor training range would be given the ominous nick-name, “The House of Horrors”, in memory of what could not be remembered.

Most important; the Delta Force had their own fleet of helicopters (the aviation platoon). Painted in civilian colors and fake registration numbers, the helicopters could deploy with Delta operators and mount gun pods to provide air support as well as transportation, while not being easy to spot as ‘military’ units from the ground. It was decided that these air units, after delivering Delta Operators to several locations for forced entry into the facility, would come in with the NSA “Z-Team” as air support in the assault on the main landing port.

The Air Force Special Operation Command (AFSOC) would be in charge of taking and holding the main ‘landing port’. The job of AFSOC “operators” was to quickly turn a given patch of hostile terrain into a fully functional airfield. Sometimes this meant a stealthy attack by motorcycle and ATV. Other times it meant cleaning out hostile forces by whatever means was necessary. In years to come, an AFSOC Special Tactics (ST) combat controller might have used a Special Operations Forces Laser Marker (SOFLAM) to create a spot where a laser-guided bomb could aim and neutralize the enemy; but in 1979 they had to do that with manpower…
Performing a diversified job required a diversified range of combat hardware. Air Force ST operators carried a variety of small arms, including the M9 9mm pistol with sound suppresser, the Remington 870 12-ga. shotgun, the M203 stand-alone 40mm grenade launcher, the M4A1 SOPMOD (Special Operations Peculiar Modification) 5.56mm carbine, and the M249 5.56 SAW (Squad Automatic Weapon). By making extensive tactical use of night vision gear, AFSOC’s airborne capabilities were provided by the 16th Special Operations Wing, which is based at Hurlburt Field, Florida, and by units of Special Operations Groups at RAF Mildenhall, England. These wings had been the long-time vision of Major Ellis L. Richards, Jr., and others like him, and the Dulce Battle would be the first time they were used fully in combat.

But because of the special problems of entry into the Dulce facility, normal helicopter attack would not work. As well trained as they were, to attempt a landing into the hanger area of the facility would have been suicidal.

The Dulce landing ports were set up to accept the “lightcraft” and other Mass Accelerator Beam (MAB) Riders used by the Greys to transport from planet to orbital pick-up points. These craft generated magneto-hydrodynamic thrust, driven by microwaves and pulsed lasers, to accelerate the classic “flying saucers” up to altitudes of 50 kilometers and accelerations that easily allowed orbital velocities. This made the human-style of heavy-lift chemical rockets an expensive folly, and allowed the aliens Earth-to-orbit travel at will for a relatively low cost.

It also gave the human forces a way into the facility.

Because an infrastructure of orbiting stations were used to reflect energy from a solar-power station hidden on the Dark Side of the Moon, there were a number of ways to track such a ship. The lightcraft focused the microwave energy to create an “air spike” that deflected oncoming air – that could be tracked. And electrodes on the vehicle’s rim that ionized air and formed part of the thrust-generating system could be seen by real-time cameras (and even the human eye at close ranges). Thus, it was planned that one of the attack teams would enter the facility when the main port’s doors were open for an incoming lightcraft.

This was not going to be an easy stunt. Sensors around the area set off an alarm if anything got too close to the doors, not to mention warn the operators of any air or space vehicle that got too close. The mouth was too small for anything larger than a good sized helicopter, but helicopters would be too slow to reach the doors before the base defensive systems went off. And once inside the port area, any attack force would be likely overwhelmed by the base defenders – unless, whatever craft was used could carry a number of heavy automatic weapons, and land a large number of attackers at one time.

The Greys were quite content that no such craft existed in the human military inventory. And not even the Reptoids had a craft that could be used under all of the required conditions, that wouldn’t be spotted long before it could reach the port.

What they hadn’t counted on was one, single, experimental aircraft, that was still so secret that it had never been entered on any inventory list.

Manufactured by the Bell corporation, the X-22 was a ‘research’ craft, with some interesting abilities. The first successful V/STOL VSS (Variable Stability System) aircraft, this strange mix of wings, jets, and huge ducted props might not have been pretty, but it was perfect for the mission needs of the Dulce Attack Force…
Because of the lack of time, the only man involved who also had the skill to fly the X-22 under such combat conditions was Captain Mark Richards. Thus he was chosen to lead Combat Assault Team (CAT) Three, that would be responsible for attacking the main landing port – and hold it long enough for other teams to land in conventional helicopters and for the evacuation of CAT’s and victims when the attack was concluded.

According to records, Captain Richards had no more than 12 hours flying the X-22 before he took it into combat.

While the attack teams were being organized and trained, the attack itself was being planned by the men responsible for the situation. Objectives and alternative were picked, including a nuclear option in case the manned attack failed. Astronaut David Griggs was chosen to go with CAT-3 to make an attempt to ‘loot’ one of the alien space ships, while astronaut Ronald Ervin McNair went in as Richards’ co-pilot and “laser weapons expert” (the fact that he was a blackbelt in Karate also came in highly helpful before the event was over). Astronaut Lieutenant Colonel Ellison S. Onizuka (USAF) and Colonel Stuart Allen Roosa (USAF) also went in as members of CAT-3 to gather information, and hopefully escape with alien ships or equipment, with Colonel Roosa commanding the Material Acquisition Team (MAT). None of their efforts could be of value, of course, unless the attack plan worked.

To make sure of success, the full information gathering ability of several top-secret departments within the NSA was turned loose on Dulce. Facts were gathered from sources far and wide, including everything from sightings listed in newspapers to interviews with people who helped to build the facility.

John V. Chambers, a Kentfield, CA resident…spent his working life in management and finance of large engineering construction projects…It would be Chambers, who had been involved with the Bechtel work at Dulce and other top secret government projects, who would be contacted by the forces that intended to attack Dulce, and became convinced to aid them in their effort…
It would be Mr. Chambers who would mention a number of weak points in the Dulce systems that would allow an attack to have a much better chance of success…It was Chambers who pointed out major weak points for the aliens…It seemed taht the aliens had reason to worry about a number of the germs found outside the facility, and that some of the alien species were highly vulnerable to a number of human-passed diseases…”
The germs and bacteria that are everywhere on the planet, that humans and other mammals have (for the most part) developed ways to cope with, can offer great threat to aliens and their life forms. Earth dust, or bacteria blowing on the winds, can be deadly to a life form that has no resistance to such things. What humans refer to as ‘hay fever’ can be just as deadly to a creature that is having a difficult time ‘breathing’ in the Earth’s oxygen rich atmosphere.

It was quickly realized that if the filters used to make Earth’s ‘air’ more acceptable for the aliens could be disabled, many of the enemy would soon be sick and unable to continue to fight, and a large number might simply die on the spot!

Again, for lack of time, Lieutenant Colonel Onizuka took on the extra duty of leading a secondary team inside the main landing port once CAT-3 had secured the area – to disable the central air filter exchange that was next to the landing area. He created the title of Filter Assault Team (FAT) for his group, with his customary smile.
As the intelligence gathering expanded, a number of shocking facts were uncovered. In 1947, the Dutchman had been involved with Admiral Byrd in the attack of the last Nazi base at the South Pole.
Now he and others would come to better understand the connections that elite humans had developed with aliens, from the days of the Nazi efforts to modern times. This included helping the aliens to build secret bases all over the Earth (including the base at the South Pole, and the facility at Dulce), aiding in the abduction of young women for alien research and pleasure needs, and the addition of more pollution to the planets atmosphere to bring on global warming and make the Earth more friendly to alien life forms.

One of the most shocking finds was the extent of the alien underground base-and-transportation network. While tube-trains had been expected, the vast bases that had been created came as a shock to even the best informed officers…

The reason such bases became more important now was that the human forces had to quickly find out where every base was that might react to an attack on Dulce, and how long it would take before they might send rescue forces. Another question was, how would they react in general? Might they attack humanity in some more deadly fashion than simply abducting a few thousand females a year? In the end it became clear that because of divisions in alien intentions, there was little organization between groups. Like a number of competing collages at a ruin, for the most part they were only interested in their own little outpost and research…
As for the rank-in-file men who took part in the mission, most of the names will be avoided to protect those men who are still alive (as of 2001, there aren’t many still living), and those who are still involved as military operatives in one service or another. Men of the USAFSOC and Delta Force are some of the best trained warriors anywhere on the planet, and were more than ready for the challenge – even if nothing could have made them ready for what they would find once they got into the facility. There are a few general things to know about such men.
If one’s self-esteem was fragile and required constant positive reinforcement, then a career in any of the organizations was definitely not for that person. Consider a typical Delta Force training exercise held in The Shooting House, where manikin terrorists held a real live “volunteer” hostage. The goal: Destroy the terrorists without harming the hostage, who happened to be a Delta Force trainee. Of course, for special missions, the ‘terrorist’ manikin could be replaced by a ‘Grey’ alien one.

Command Sgt. Major Eric L. Haney had been there for the formation of the elite group in 1978, being there for some of the first missions and the grueling training… “Within the next ten minutes, the door would be blown in and four of my classmates would assault the room using the close-quarter battle techniques we had learned. Bullets would rain throughout the room and someone would be firing live rounds within inches of my head. If they missed a single terrorist or hit me by mistake, the team would fail this phase of training… I sincerely wanted them to pass the exam,” Haney would write in his 2001 book, Inside Delta Force: The Story of America’s Elite Counter-terrorist Unit (Delacorte Press).

Of course, one got to participate in this practice session only if one successfully completed torturous training that culminated in a rugged 40-mile hike across the steep mountains of North Carolina , a 50-pound rucksack and a machine gun strapped on your back. Haney’s description of that 18-hour test of his physical and mental stamina was one of many excellent narrative highlights in his account.

Haney, an Army Ranger when he was handpicked to try out for the elite unit, was one of 12 men out of 163 who made it to the level of Delta Force Operator. The new Delta Force members then “disappeared” from the more visible military units. “We operated like guerrillas. Or terrorists. Because the reality was, in order to become experts at counter-terrorism, we had to first become expert terrorists,” he wrote.

While Haney did not mention the Dulce mission, he did include the failed attempt to rescue Americans held hostage in Tehran in which eight American military personnel died. Other missions included some of the world’s toughest places, such as faction-torn Beirut in 1981 to guard the U.S. Embassy; quelling rebel insurgencies in Central America, including fighting Cuban guerrillas in Grenada; and protecting ambassadors, presidents, CEOs, celebrity prisoners and the offspring of all of the above. This was not accomplished without killing people, a task that Haney described in chilling detail.

Like most of the men involved in the Dulce attack, Haney was the kind of guy you wanted on your side in a street fight: skilled, intelligent and disciplined, but distrustful of the motives of some authority figures, especially career-climbing colonels and D.C., bureaucrats…

With Beckwith, Leathers and Donlon leading the three land-force CATs, the SOC men would be attacking under the command of a man most had never fought beside, but whom most had heard about…

Now, for the mission against Dulce, they were under the command of the Dutchman’s son, who was something of a legend in his own right in the black ops circle. Two things were beyond question: the younger Richards had proven himself in combat, and he had never asked his men to do anything he wasn’t ready to do, or left any behind. While his missions had almost always been so top secret that nobody knew details, the rumors and trail of evidence was more than clear to any in the know. The only problem for the command chain was his reputation for being something of a loose cannon when it came to following orders that he didn’t think were in the best interest of his men or the mission – A fact that just made him more popular with his men.

In a typical command move on his part, as he sat in the X-22 with his troops ready to take off on what looked to many to be their last mission, he recited the prayer/poem; “I Am A Commando” to his men – their motto more than his –

“As my brother Commandos before me, I am proud to step into history as a member of the Air Force Special Operations Command.

“I will walk with pride with my head held high, my heart and attitude will show my allegiance to God, country and comrades. When unable to walk another step, I will walk another mile. With freedom my goal, I will step into destiny with pride and the Air Force Special Operations Command.”

As he powered up the X-22, and gave the order for the helicopters to follow, he pushed the strange tilt-rotor aircraft to its flight limits in a wild high speed bank over the runway to impress the troops still on the ground – and set the tone for the mission. Over the earphones and speakers came first his voice, then the voice of the team members with him in the X-22, singing the Air Force hymn; “Up and Away, Into the Wild Blue Yonder…”

“We couldn’t very well let that bunch smash open the Gates of Hell without the rest of us being right behind them,” said one USAF helicopter pilot.

Timing was everything, with the X-22 taking the first wave of CAT-3 racing over the desert at over 250 miles-per-hour with the bottom of it’s rotor tubes missing the rocks by less than twenty feet at times. They had to hit the main landing port as an expected ship landed, as CAT-1 and CAT-2 came in on cargo tube trains several levels underground. CAT-4 was going to hit with a SEAL team coming through a water intake as the main group hit a small support hatch that would allow them to open another hatch to allow the SEAL team in. Everything, however, revolved around the success of CAT-3’s attack in the main landing port, as they had to remove the main security control room and the ‘sonics’ weaponry systems that were controlled from there.

The X-22 came in as planned, racing over the badlands at over 200 mph while less than 20 feet off the sand. Five miles behind her was the main assault force being flown in heavy Air Force helicopters. The timing had to be perfect, hanging on the timely arrival of a large disk-like vehicle that was a known and expected cargo shuttle from space.

As observed, the main landing port “blanketing” holographic projectors were turned off, and the entry ‘blast doors’ were opened for the landing shuttle. Witnesses said that Richards’ brought the X-22 so tightly that it’s landing gear missed touching the top of the moving disk by only inches, lowering his roaring craft with the disk until he had cleared the upper support girder-system. Then the X-22 shot around the side of the shuttle, using it to block any attack by the main gun mounts of the landing port. The X-22 fired its Hellfire rockets to smash two gun blisters on the closer side of the port, as it landed on the roof of the main port control facility.

The attack was textbook, with the CAT-3 forces blowing an entry into the control tower and taking full control of that facility within 55 seconds of the X-22 breaching the port. Hovering, the X-22 continued to use its rockets and guns to rake any enemy weapons in the port area, silencing them before the Air Force started to enter the open port doors.

It was Ted Cochran of San Rafael, CA, who had been an Air Force helicopter rescue commander in the HH-43 Huskies based in Saigon in the height of the Vietnam conflict. Licensed since the age of 18 as a pilot, Cochran also served with the Air Force in Europe, where he had participated in the recovery of the lost thermonuclear weapon in Palomares , Spain . On one of his last helicopter missions before his legal retirement from the USAF, he was part of the recovery force for the Apollo 9 Mission after the first moon landing in 1969.

Returning to California , he got a master’s degree in communications from Stanford University in 1972, and became a well-known film maker. A sailor, outdoorsman and aviator, Cochran combined his spirited passions into a career that allowed him to share his adventures with film audiences. His best known film was Island of the Bounty, about an international sailing expedition that traced the 1789 route of the famed HMS Bounty mutineers to Pitcairn Island in the South Pacific…

At age 39, Cochran was in his prime and had been more than willing to accept the request for his help as a helicopter pilot in some event like the Dulce Mission. The fact that he was a long-time friend of the Richards’ family seemed to have something to do with his involvement as well. Indeed, it was rumored that he had taught the Dutchman how to fly the big HH-43 Huskies, and had flown in black ops’ missions with the Dutchman’s son several times before. He was one of the first names to be considered as a pilot.

It was Cochran who led the USAF AFSOC helicopters in, bringing his bird in fast and putting her down on the main floor of the chamber, where the troops would have the cover of a nearby disk as they ran for the nearby passenger entry hatch.

Seeing that the landing disk was now trying to escape, Richards landed on its edge and kicked the props of the X-22 into full down draft, nearly flipping the disk. Fighting to regain control of the X-22, he was forced to make a hard landing on a nearby pad, sending four more rockets into the shuttle forcing it to crash onto the two parked triangle-craft that were known to be fighter-type vehicles.

Although the men of CAT-3 were now taking heavy weapons fire from a number of directions in the landing port, they had disabled the main weapons pods, and the sonic systems for the whole facility, allowing the other teams to attack from different directions and locations. Holographic image systems were shut off, so that entry ports, airshafts, and other systems that were normally hidden now became fully exposed.

An alien security team had managed to close the main doors into the central HUB, and the first two men who attempted to get explosives close enough to damage the huge blast doors were cut down by enemy fire. Taking heavy damage, the X-22 rolled forward, and from less than 40 yards fired her remaining rockets. The resulting explosion blew the doors open, and wiped out any aliens on the other side for a hundred feet.

Forced to feather the now burning engines of the X-22, Richards took command of one of CAT-3’s attack teams, and led the attack through the still smoking entry into the main central HUB, as other teams attacked from other directions.

The multi-leveled facility at Dulce, with its central HUB controlled by an extensive base security force, proved far more extensive and complex than the human attackers had been ready to cope with in the original plan. Information sources like Thomas (Castello) had clearance levels that did not allow them to know the full scope of the operation. His ULTRA-7 clearance granted him knowledge of seven (known) sub-levels – there were more. Most of the aliens supposedly were on levels 5, 6 and 7 – but there were more. There also was a more vast network of shuttle connections under the ground than expected, extending into a global network that had not been reported – providing escape routes and entry ports for rapidly deployed additional security forces that had not been expected.

In a report filed in early 1980, believed by a number of CIA sources to have been written by Brigadier General Aderholt, the author states:

“What those young men did was nothing less than the stuff of legend. Against overwhelming numbers and technology, they fought from Level 1 (containing the garages and hangers) down into the bowels of the enemy base. Portions of the combat took, and held, the Level 2 ports where tunnel shuttles and disc maintenance areas would have allowed enemy reinforcements to enter, while the main force charged forward towards Level 6, and ‘Nightmare Hall,’ to rescue the thousands of human victims kept there.”

They were not ready for what they found in Level 6. Reports spoke of multi-armed and multi-legged humans and cages (and vats) of humanoid bat-like creatures as tall as 7-feet. The aliens had learned a great deal about genetics, things both useful and frightening. And most of it had been learned at the cost of human suffering and lives.

Captain Leathers’ flight reached Level 7 first, blowing the main HUB entrance open and neutralizing the security force there with extreme prejudice in less than 45 second. On entering the security station, they realized the extent of the facility for the first time, finding systems for watching, and controlling, over 30,000 captives on that one level(alone), and the control and security systems for moving the captives to “testing facilities” and “pleasure centers” in over 62 different locations – where another 4,600 captives were currently kept.

Captain Leathers’ report to I.S. would mention the moment:

“I looked out over holographic images of scenes of horror that are impossible to express in words, and a zoo of human being in various states of health and mental condition. Seeing images of young women being tortured at that very moment, all I could think of were my own daughters for several moments. Then I collected my wits, and gave the order to move forward to release as many of the victims as we could.”

While the original mission plan had called for the teams to attack, smash as much of the enemy facility as they could, and withdraw in less than half an hour, the introduction of so many human victims added a new dimension to the problems at hand. While none of the officers in charge will admit to who made the order, recorded radio communications, and eyewitness reports, seem to suggest that Aderholt allowed the young Richards to change the
mission demands as the numbers of “savable” victims became more apparent.

Captain Leathers’ I.S. report reads:

“It wasn’t like we had choices. We couldn’t leave those poor girls behind alive. We knew that any that we didn’t evacuate, we were going to have to terminate. Our problem was simply numbers. Thousands of aliens trying to kill us. Thousands of human females screaming for help. Thousands more so far gone that we knew we would have to leave them behind. Thousands of enemy troops starting to arrive on the subway trains. We just weren’t set up for a mass evacuation. The subtube back to New York , and one to Mexico, seemed to still be open, so we started loading girls into tube trains and shooting them off as soon as we knew our forces were in control of the stations at the other ends. We blew two air shafts wide open, so a couple squads could get girls out that way into the fresh air where hopefully our people could pick them up. CAT-4 took a real beating as they fought to keep alien reinforcements from entering the main subtube stations. There is no doubt in my mind that we stayed in the facility too long, but at the time it was very hard to leave those poor young women behind. You knew that everyone you failed to send out in front of you was going to die, and soon.”

Exactly one hour after the X-22 had first attacked the main port entry, Aderholt ordered a full recall. David Griggs and R.E. McNair had by then managed to get two alien craft airborne – one disk-craft and one of the highly advanced triangle fighter-craft – and were running for Area 51. Roosa’s men also had managed to get a huge disk-shuttle moving, in which over 3,600 human females had been loaded and were now being taken to a safe base.

The human attack teams were now withdrawing behind walls of smoke and set explosions. One of the frightening bits of equipment that the MAT men had found, but been forced to leave behind, was a type of “Cell-Electrostatic-Disruption” (CED) device – a weapon that could be set to disrupt the cells of a living creature at a subatomic level, thus killing everything living in an area while not doing much harm to any structures or equipment. To make sure there would be no survivors left in the facility, that device was set by the MAT technicians to go off shortly after the full withdrawal of the attack teams.

Lieutenant Colonel E.S. Onizuka, who had led the Filter Attack Team, managed to repair the X-22’s battle damage before taking command of a captured alien triangle fighter-craft. As the wounded Richards fought a running retreat with the last of the rescued females and the survivors of CAT-4 and CAT-3, Ontzuka provided cover fire from the alien fighter-craft. This gave Richards the time to reach and restart the X-22 as Colonel Donlon loaded the last victim as he and two of his men fought off attacking alien shock troops.

Nearly overwhelmed, the human fighters in the X-22 would have likely not made it into the air if at that moment several battlecraft hadn’t darted into the port facility and started to lay down a brutal fire pattern against the other aliens.

While one can only guess at the reasons for this sudden aid, it has long been reported that the Dutchman, and his son, had highly questionable off-world contacts. From eyewitness accounts of the battlecraft, one had the symbols on its wings of what human experts in the field suggest marked the craft as belonging to something like a ‘prince’ of a ‘royal house’. Whatever the case, the Reptile battlecraft fought on the side of the humans (indeed, two of their craft were lost in the battle), and gave the X-22 and Ontzuka’s fighter-craft and the last two helicopters the chance to escape.

Seventy-two minutes, 14 seconds, after the attack had started, the X-22 and the Reptile battlecraft with princely markings cleared the landing port’s blast doors and dashed for safety. Explosions from dozens of set bombs started to blow up enemy craft as they took off, and thirty-five seconds after they cleared the doors, the CED went off, causing every life-form – alien and human – left inside the facility, to demolecularize on a subatomic level. Only a few in the heavily shielded lowest shelter levels survived.

The human female survivors were taken to several top secret military bases where they were “deprogramed” and “rehabilitated” so that they could be slowly farmed back into society with no memory of what they had suffered.

As the mysterious “Commander X” stated:

“…From my own intelligence work within the military, I can say WITH ALL CERTAINTY that one of the main reasons the public has been kept in total darkness about the reality of UFOs and ‘aliens’, is that the truth of the matter actually exists TOO CLOSE TO HOME TO DO ANYTHING ABOUT. How could a spokesman for the Pentagon dare admit that five or ten thousand feet underground EXISTS AN ENTIRE WORLD THAT IS ‘FOREIGN’ TO A BELIEF STRUCTURE WE HAVE HAD FOR CENTURIES? How could, for example, our fastest bomber be any challenge to those aerial invaders when we can only guess about the routes they take to the surface; eluding radar as they fly so low, headed back to their underground lair? …the ‘Greys’ or the ‘EBEs’ have established a fortress, spreading out to other parts of the U.S. via means of a vast underground tunnel system THAT HAS VIRTUALLY EXISTED BEFORE RECORDED HISTORY…”

All of the men involved in any of the attack teams were either ‘mindwiped’ or sworn to secrecy on pain of death, or terminated (…by higher-level insiders following the battle, self-serving politicians and ‘elite’ who had nothing to do with initiating the attack, but who had everything to do with suppressing any information concerning it after the fact. – Branton). Because the officers in charge were seen as heros by many of the political right-wing that took control in Washington in 1981, most were protected by the changing political elite. Many of those who had either openly backed the alien cause, or had profited from it in one way or another, were forced to pull back from their position for nearly ten years. Only when George Bush Sr. became President were the aliens able to return, and then only in much smaller numbers.

The Battle of Dulce ended the alien hope for using the Earth as a breeding tank for a subspecies, or for their take-over of the planet at any time in the near future. While the Grey’s restarted a breeding program in 1993, and some of the lower levels of the Dulce Facility were reopened by 1998, the numbers are in the tens’ or hundreds rather than the thousands. And USAF Space Command now tracks all alien craft, with the constant threat that Top Secret “Flights” can react and attack an otherworld enemy at any moment, with dramatic results…

Over 50 years of intense UFO interest, investigation, researching, evaluation, and theorizing by countless UFO aficionados have enabled modern field investigators to better examine, evaluate, and identify many of the unusual airborne objects that are being reported. Yet a small percentage of the reports continue to elude positive identification. Rumors of what took place at Dulce in 1979 have already been reduced to legend at the end of the 20th century. Indeed, the continued ‘conmen’ involved with such reports have helped the USAF cover the truth of events that took place at Dulce, and continue to aid in the effort to hide the ruined facility and those who took part in events there.

Men like intelligence officer William Cooper, who have become too loose with their knowledge of the truth, can be discredited in any number of ways, or terminated if they become too great a threat. It should be clear from their actions, and their willingness to challenge authority, that these men must never be allowed into such a position of power or authority again (or rather, such is the mindset of the human – or shapeshifting!? – elite). While the “Dutchman” was terminated in 1996, and his son will be in prison for the rest of his life, the mindset itself that created such men must be crushed if the human race is to know peace with the aliens (but then again, the elite & gray-alien version of ‘peace’ is more akin to ‘assimilation’ – Branton). The illusion of freedom that may be lost by those few who know what is really going on will be a worthy exchange for amazing technology that will come into the hands of the human elite (so they reason) that takes part in the new transfer. This may not take place easily, of course, until all human resistance has been removed either through retraining or through conquest. (This is the distorted reasoning of the ‘elite’ who would sell out our planet for their own selfish personal physical gain – Branton)

One of the key lessons to be learned from the Dulce Battle is as long as there are small, highly trained and well equipped human forces, that can, may, or will go into action on their own accord to protect the people of the Earth, easy conquest of the planet becomes difficult. A departmentalized military, with some branches so Top Secret that even the political elite who rule the country aren’t too sure of what is out there, is a threat to any enemy. At this time, there are arms of the USAF Space Command so Top Secret that no one in the Pentagon knows that they exist in anything but legend.

If humanity is to survive long enough for it to take a historic place in the civilized social structures of the universe, they must either defend themselves from any life-form that would harm them or their planet, or surrender themselves to some sort of interplanetary police force that will protect them. At this time, only rumors of such a police force have reached those in the know, leaving self-defense as the only real option. The men who attacked the Dulce Facility in 1979 understood that reality, and took the task of defending humanity into their own hands. One can only make subjective guesses at what might have happened if they had not done what they did.
******* ******* *******

PLAYERS

BRIGADIER GENERAL H.C. ADERHOLT: Mission Commander.

COLONEL CHARLES BECKWITH: Commander of Delta Force and CAT-1.

J.V. CHAMBERS: Engineer for Bechtel.

WILLIAM COOPER: Intelligence Officer.

COLONEL R.H.C. DONLON: Commander CAT-4.

DAVID GRIGGS: Astronaut, liberated UFO.

COMMAND SGT. MAJOR E.L. HANEY: Delta Force Commander/Writer

GENERAL R.T. HERRES: Commander of USAF Communications Command at Scott Air Force Base, Ill.

KARL GORDON HENIZE: Organized mission flight teams.

GENERAL D.C. JONES: Chairman Joint Chiefs of Staff.

CAPTAIN W.R. LEATHERS: Commander CAT-2.

R.E. McNAIR: Laser expert, liberated UFO.

LIEUTENANT COLONEL E.S. ONIZUKA: Commander of FAT, liberated UFO.

ROSS PEROT: Helped to fund the mission.

MAJOR E.L. RICHARDS, JR.: ‘The Dutchman’ – Commander in Chief of the Dulce Mission, Head of I.S.

CAPTAIN M. RICHARDS: Commander of CAT-3.

COLONEL S.A. ROOSA: Commander MAT.

EDWIN WILSON: Helped to fund the mission.
TERMS

CAT = Combat Assault Team.

FAT = Filter Attack Team.

MAT = Material Acquisition Team.

IS = International Security

VAT = Victim Assistance Team.

CUT = Clean up Team

>> Project Aquarius Documents

>> Download (pdf)

Source

Read more from Auricmedia:

[carousel-horizontal-posts-content-slider]

Project Serpo

Not so much info about this one. I had a memory, that I had heard about this project and searched something about it…

Project Serpo

In 2005, an anonymous source sent a series of emails to a UFO Discussion Group led by former U.S. Government Employee Victor Martinez. These emails detailed the existence of an Exchange Program between the U.S. Government and the Ebens – alien beings from Serpo, a planet from the Zeta Reticuli Star System. The program was thus called Project Serpo.

The source identified himself as a retired employee of the government, claiming he had participated in a special program.

The program’s origins lay with the two UFO crashes in New Mexico in 1947, the famous Roswell incident and another one in Corona. He claimed one extraterrestrial survived the crash and was transferred to the Los Alamos National Laboratory. The other six deceased extraterrestrials were placed in a freezing facility in the same laboratory.

Establishing communications with the scientists and military personnel, the survivor provided them with the location of its home planet and continued to cooperate until its death in 1952. The alien provided information regarding the items found inside the crashed UFOs. One of the items was a communication device that it was allowed to use, contacting its home planet.

A meeting was set for April 1964, when an alien craft landed near Alamogordo, New Mexico. Upon retrieving the bodies of their dead comrades, the extraterrestrials engaged in an information exchange that was carried out in English, thanks to the aliens’ translation device.

One thing led to another and in 1965, the aliens accepted to take a group of humans back to their planet as part of the exchange program. Twelve military personnel were carefully selected for a ten year stay on Serpo. The ten men and two women were specialists in various fields and their task was to gather as much information as possible, regarding all aspects of life, society and technology on the alien planet.

They were three years late and four people short when they finally returned in 1978. Two men had died on the alien planet. One man and one woman had decided to stay. The journey to Serpo, located 37 light years from Earth, took only nine months aboard the alien craft.

They had learned that Serpo was a planet similar to our own, albeit smaller. It orbited around a binary star system and had an atmosphere similar in composition to the one on Earth. However, the two suns meant there were higher levels of radiation and the twelve humans had to resort to protection at all times. Two of them died from complications. The heat was extreme and it took the remaining humans several years to adjust.

Another problem was the food. The crew had taken enough food to last them for two and a half years but eventually had to resort to eating native Eben food. Anyone who’s traveled abroad knows about the serious gastrointestinal implications posed by eating local food but the human crew eventually adjusted.

Another problem was the length of the day on Serpo, which was 43 Earth hours long. Also, it never got fully dark as their night skies were dimly lit by the smaller sun. The crew had complete freedom to explore the alien planet and they were not hindered in any way.

The geology of the alien world was different; there were few mountains and no oceans. Several types of plant-like life existed but mostly near the polar area, where it was cooler. There were also types of animal life and some of the larger ones were used by the Ebens for work and other tasks but never as food sources. They produced their food through industrial processes, of which they had many.

The inhabitants of Serpo lived in small communities led by a large city. They lacked a central government but seemed to be doing fine without it. The Ebens had leadership and an army but the Earth team noticed they never used weapons of any type and violence was virtually unheard of. They had no concept of money or commerce. Every Eben was issued items in accordance with their needs.

The planet’s population was about 650,000 individuals. The human crew noted the Ebens were disciplined in all aspects of their lives, working on schedules based on the movements of their suns. There were no other civilizations on Serpo except the Ebens.

Their method of reproduction was similar to our own but it had a much lower success rate. Therefore, their children were highly isolated. In fact, the only problem the human crew had was when they intended to photograph Eben children. They were escorted away by the army and asked not to attempt that again.

Upon returning to Earth, the remaining eight members of the expedition were quarantined for a year. During this period, they were debriefed and the complete account amassed around 3,000 pages. All members of the expedition have since died from various complications due to radiation exposure. The fate of the two people who chose to remain on Serpo is unknown. The Ebens have not contacted Earth since 1985.

It took our team, in an Eben craft, nine months to travel the distance. During the trip, each of our team members were frequently dizzy, disoriented and suffered headaches. The craft did not go through any weightlessness during the trip. The craft was very large and allowed the team to exercise.

Once the team arrived on the Eben planet, it took them several months to adjust to the atmosphere. During the adjustment period, they suffered headaches, dizziness and disorientation.

There was a period of darkness, but not total darkness. The Eben planet is located within a solar system of the Zeta Recticular Star System. The planet had two suns but their angles were small and allowed some darkness on the planet depending on one’s location.

The planet was tilted which allowed the northern part of the planet to be cooler. The planet was a little less than Earth’s size. The atmosphere was similar to Earths and contained the elements of CHON [Carbon, Hydrogen, Oxygen, Nitrogen]. Zeta Recticular is approximately 37 light years from us.

The bright suns of the Eben planet also presented problems. Although they had sunglasses, they still suffered from the bright sunlight and the danger of sun exposure. The radiation levels of the planet were a little higher than that of Earth. They were careful to cover their bodies at all times.

The Ebens had no forms of refrigeration, except in industry. The temperature of the planet, at the center portion, stayed between 94° and 115°. They did have clouds and rain, but not frequently. At the northern hemisphere of the planet, the temperature dropped to between 55 and 80 degrees. This was too cool for the Ebens, or at least most. Our team did find Ebens living in the north, but in very small villages.

Our team eventually relocated to the north in order to stay cool. The ground transportation used by our team was similar to a helicopter. The power system was a sealed energy device that provided electrical power and lift for the craft. It was very easy to fly and our pilots learned the system within days. The Ebens did have vehicles, which floated above the ground and did not have any tires or wheels.

There were leaders, but no real form of government. There was virtually no crime seen by the team. They had an army, which also acted as the police force. But no guns or weapons of any type were seen by our team. There were regular meetings within each small community. There was one large community, which acted as the central point of the civilization. All the industry was at this one large community. There was no money.

Every Eben was issued what they needed. No stores, malls or shopping locations. There were central distribution centers where Ebens went to obtain items of needs. All Ebens worked in some capacity. Children were kept very isolated. The only trouble our team members got into was when they attempted to photograph Eben children. The Army politely escorted them away and cautioned them not to do it again.

The Eben’s energy device was analyzed over and over again by our team. Since our team did not have access to scientific microscopes or other measuring equipment, we could not understand the function of the energy device.

But, regardless of the electrical demand, the Eben energy device provided the proper current and wattage. Out team surmised the device had some sort of regulator that sensed the required current/wattage and then supplied that specific amount. (Note: Our Team Members brought back two energy devices for analysis.)

Serpo moved around one sun only. The other sun was within the two orbits.

Statistics on the Eben planet was collected by our team. Here is the pertinent data:
Diameter:
7,218 miles
Mass:
5.06 x 10 24
Distance from Sun #1:
96.5 million miles
Sun #2:
91.4 million miles
Moons:
2
Surface gravity:
9.60m/s 2
Rotation Periods:
43 hours
Orbit:
865 days
Tilt:
43 degrees
Temperature:
Min: 43° / Max: 126°
Distance from Earth:
38.43 light years
Planet named by Team:
SERPO
Nearest planet to SERPO:
Named: OTTO
Distance:
88 million miles (colonized by Ebens with research base, but no natural inhabitants on planet)
Number of planets in Eben Solar System:
Six
Nearest inhabited planet to SERPO:
Named: SILUS (SILUS is made up of creatures of various types, but no intelligent life forms. Ebens use the planet to mine minerals.)
Distance:
434 million miles

Here are some geological facts regarding Serpo our Team Members compiled: The planet’s diameter was measured at about 7,218 miles. The surface gravity was 9.60m/s 2. And, the rotation period was approximately 43 hours.

Our Team contained two geologists (they were also cross-trained as biologists). The first thing our geologists did was map the entire planet. The first step was to divide the planet in half, thus creating an Equator. Then they established a Northern Hemisphere and Southern Hemisphere. Within each hemisphere, they created four quadrants.

Finally, they established the “North and South” Poles. This was the easiest method to study the planet. Most of the Eben communities were placed along the Equator. However, there were some communities established north of the equator in each of the four quadrants in the Northern Hemispheres. There were no communities located in either poles. The southern pole was desert. It was barren land with virtually no precipitation where absolutely nothing grew in this area.

There were volcanic rock formations and part of the extreme south contained a rock desert. Temperatures in the south pole were measured at between 90° and 135°F. Going further north from the south pole in Quadrant 1, the Team found extrusive rocks. This indicated some volcanic activity in the area. Our team found numerous volcanoes in this area.

The Team found several fissure eruptions in this region, with standing water. The water was tested and contained high levels of sulfur, zinc, copper and other unknown chemicals. Moving from east to Quadrant 2, the Team found basically the same volcanic fields of rocks.

However, in one particular location near the north end of Quadrant 2, the Team found an Alkali Flat. On Earth, these were formed by streams flowing into a desert or arid location. Our team found hard mud covered by alkaline salts. Some vegetation was growing in this area.

Moving to Quadrant 3, the Team found a form of Badlands: An arid region that is lined with deep gullies with sparse vegetation. The gullies or valleys were extremely deep, some going down 3,000 feet.

The team found the first Serpo animal in this region. It looked like an armadillo. This creature was extremely hostile and tried to attack the Team several times. The Eben guide used some type of sound device (sonic-directed sound beam) to scare away the creature.

Moving to the Equatorial region, our team found desert-style landscapes which contained patches of vegetation. The team found numerous pockets of water fed to the ground by Artesian Wells. This water was the freshest, containing only the unknown chemicals. It tasted good and the Ebens drank and used it. Our team still boiled it because during culture tests, unknown types of bacteria were detected.

Moving to the Northern Hemisphere, the Team found a major change in climate and landscape. One Team Member, who had coined it Quadrant 1, in the northern hemisphere, named it “Little Montana.” The Team found trees, similar to the Evergreen style of Earth trees. These trees were milked by the Ebens. A white fluid was extracted and drank.

Numerous other types of vegetation were found in this region. Standing water, possibly fed by either Artesian Wells or fissure eruptions was found. In one area, marsh lands were seen. Large plants were observed growing in the marshy area. The Ebens used these plants for food. The bulb of the plant was very large. The bulb tasted something like a melon.

Our Team eventually moved to an area in Quadrant 1 in the northern hemisphere. This area contained moderate temperatures [50° – 80°] and ample amounts of shade. The Eben’s built a little community for the team. Most of the remaining exploration of the planet was done from this point. The Team only explored the southern hemisphere once, obtaining geological information.

Because of the intense heat, the Team decided not to venture back. The Team continued to explore the northern hemisphere, where, as the Team traveled towards the north pole, the temperature cooled considerably. The Team found mountains, raising to an elevation of 15,000 feet and valleys that sank below the basic mark the team established for “sea level.” Lush green fields were found containing a form of grass, but contained bulbs. The Team coined these fields, “Clover Fields,” even though the bulbs were not clover.

The radiation levels were lower in the northern hemisphere than at the Equator and southern hemisphere. The north pole contained cold weather and the team saw the first sign of snow. Blankets of snow littered the landscape around the north pole. The snow measured about 20 feet, at its deepest.

The temperature was a constant 33°. Our Team never found the temperature to vary in this region. The Ebens could not stand to be in this region for long. They suffered extreme hypothermia. The Team’s guide wore a suit, similar to a space suit with built in heaters.

Our Team found evidence of past earthquakes. Fault lines were found along the northern tip of the southern hemisphere. Exfoliation was observed along with extrusive rocks, which indicated magma flows in the past.

Our Team brought back hundreds of samples of Serpo soil, vegetation, water and other items for testing on Earth. During our Team’s exploration, they discovered numerous types of animals. The strangest was the “Beast” which looked like a large Ox. The animal was timid and never seen to be hostile. Another animal looked like a Mountain Lion, but had long fur around the neck. This animal was curious, but was not considered hostile by the Ebens.

During the exploration of Quadrant 4 of the southern hemisphere, the team found a very long and large creature that appeared to be a snake. This creature was “deadly,” as explained by the Ebens. The head of the creature was large and contained almost human-like eyes. This was the only time our Team used their weapons and killed the creature.

The Ebens didn’t appear to be upset that the Team killed the creature, but was upset they used a weapon. The team brought four .45 caliber Colt (standard military issued) handguns and four M2 carbine rifles. After killing the creature, the team disected it. The internal organs were strange and nothing similar to a Earth-style snake. The creature measured 15 feet long and 1.5 feet in diameter. The team was curious about the eyes.

Examination of the eyes revealed cones, similar to human eyes. The eye contained an iris and the back contained a large nerve, similar to the optic nerve feeding into the creature’s brain. The brain was large, much larger than any Earth-based snake. The Team wanted to eat the meat from the creature, but the Eben guides politely told them “No.”

The bodies of water on Serpo did not contain fish, as we know. Some bodies, near the equator, did contain strange-looking creatures, similar to eels (small and about 8–10″ long) and was probably a cousin of the land-based “Snake.” There was something like a jungle, near the marshlands, but not the jungles that we’re familiar with.

There was a lengthy discussion about weapons. At the end, the Ebens didn’t really care. So our Team Members decided to take some just in case. Not for a fight, God knows, as our Team was vastly outnumbered, but for the safety aspects of it. Remember, the 12 were all military members, so weapons made them FEEL safe. A side note: They only took 50 rounds of ammunition per handgun and 100 rounds of ammunition per rifle.

Here is some information about the animals on Serpo.
— The Armadillo-like creature was not aggressive, it just scared the Team Members. The Eben guide directed some type of sound (very high pitch) at the Armadillo creature and that scared it away. These creatures were seen at several locations around the planet. Some were larger than others, but they were not aggressive.
— Only the snake-like creature was aggressive, which forced the Team to kill one. The snake-like creatures were located in just one location and the Team never saw another one.
— As for birds, there were two types of flying creatures. One resembled a hawk and the other looked like a large flying squirrel. Neither were aggressive and the Team could never catch one for examination.
— As for insects, they had small bugs, similar to cockroaches, but smaller. They were harmless, but did get into the Team’s equipment. They had a hardened shell, with a soft interior body. The Team never observed any flying insects, such as flies, wasps, etc. Several other small bugs were found and identified.

There were four photographs available, which were taken on Serpo:

One photograph shows the entire Team standing next to an Eben home, with several Ebens standing in the background; Another photograph shows the Team’s new home in the north;
Another photograph shows an Eben village in the north;
Another photograph shows a group of Eben s playing their “soccer” game.

The Eben civilization was estimated to be about 10,000 years old. They evolved from another planet, not on Serpo. The original home planet of the Ebens was threatened with extreme volcanic activity. The Ebens had to relocate to Serpo in order to protect their civilization. This occurred some 5,000 years ago.

The Ebens had a great interplanetary battle with another race about 3,000 years ago. The Ebens lost many thousands in their battle. The Ebens completely eliminated all of their enemies. The Ebens have never fought another war since. The Ebens have been space travelers for the past 2,000 years. The Ebens first visited Earth about 2,000 years ago.

Why does the Eben population number only about 650,000? The Ebens have a very stable, structured civilization. Each male has a mate. They are allowed to reproduce (in somewhat the same sexual way we do), but are limited to only a specific number of children. Our team never saw a family with more than two children.

The Eben civilization was so structured that they planned the birth of each and every child, spacing them apart to allow the proper social grouping of the civilization. Eben children matured at a super rate, compared to Earth children. Our team watched live births, attended to by an Eben doctor, and then watched the development of the child over a period of time, team member’s time. They matured at an alarming rate.

The Ebens had scientists, doctors and technicians. There was one educational facility on the planet. If one was chosen, you attended the facility and learned the job one was best qualified and suited for. Although it was extremely difficult to judge or measure, the team estimated each Eben’s IQ to be 165.

The Ebens had no single ruler. There was a “Council of Governors,” which the team named. This group controlled every single action on the planet. The members of the council seemed to have been around for a long time. Since Ebens didn’t age – or at least our team couldn’t detect aging – it was difficult to judge the age of each member.

There were about 100 different villages or living locations for the Ebens. The Ebens only used a small portion of their planet. They did mine minerals in remote areas of the planet and had a large industrial plant in the southern portion of the planet near a body of water. Our team determined this plant had some sort of hydroelectrical operation.

The Ebens developed a different type of electrical and propulsion system. It was unknown to our team and I don’t think we ever really understood it. They were able to tap into a vacuum and bring back an enormous amount of energy from that vacuum.

Our team’s living quarters, which consisted of several small buildings, contained electricity powered by a small box. This small box supplied all the power our team needed. Ironically, the electrical equipment our team brought on the trip worked using their power source only.

Ebens did die. Our team members saw deaths, some from accidents and some from natural causes. The Ebens buried the bodies, similar to our method. Our team saw two air accidents involving their intra-planet flying vehicle.

The Ebens worshipped a Supreme Being. It appeared to be some sort of diety relating to the Universe. They conducted daily services, normally at the end of the first work period. They had a building or church they entered to worship.

Our team left Earth in a large Eben spacecraft and flew to Serpo in approximately nine months by our team’s measurement of time. Upon our team’s return, they traveled on a newer Eben craft. The time, estimated by our team for the return, was seven months.

How did the Ebens advance so quickly? Nothing was written about this. But Earth-based scientists surmised that since the Eben culture consisted of just one species, their advancement excelled and accelerated more rapidly than a civilization that consisted of different species, different languages, etc.

Why are there only 650,000 in the Eben civilization? Again, the team never found the answer except that many hundreds of thousands of Ebens died in The Great War. Earth-based social behavior specialists surmised that the Eben civilization was structured to accommodate their own needs. Our team did find limited supplies of commodities on their planet. Large buildings were used to harvest food products.

The soil wasn’t rich in a lot of minerals. Ebens used a form of organic agriculture to harvest food items. Maybe the Ebens were scared that if they over populated the planet, they couldn’t provide for their citizens.

As to the Eben culture: They had a form of musical entertainment. The music sounded like tonal rhythms. They also listened to a type of chanting. The Ebens were dancers. They celebrated certain work periods with a ritual dance. The Ebens would form a circle and dance around, listening to the chanting type of music. The music was played on bells and drums, or something similar to them.

There were no televisions, radio stations or anything like that. The Ebens played a game, something like soccer, but with a larger ball. The object was to kick the ball down a field into a goal. The game had very strange rules and played for long periods of time. They also had another game, mostly played by the children, that consisted of making formations with groups of Ebens. They seemed to really enjoy the game, but our team found little understanding of the game.

Athough the Eben civilization had no televisions, radios, etc., each Eben had a small device belted to their waists. This device gave orders to perform a particular task, news of pending events, etc. The device displayed a screen, similar to a television screen but in a 3-D style format. Our team brought back one of these devices. (I think today, we could compare it to a palm pilot.)

The Ebens fought a battle with an enemy for a period of time. Our Team Members estimated the war lasted about 100 years, but, again, that is our time. The war was fought using particle beam weapons, developed by both civilizations. The Ebens eventually were able to destroy the enemy planet, killing the remaining enemy forces.

The Ebens did warn us that several other alien races within our galaxy were hostile. The Ebens stay away from those races. The debriefing document never stated the name of the enemy, probably because they no longer existed.

The Ebens live in a very simple society. The individual Eben family contained a male, female and at least one child. Our team did find some families with as many as four children. We later learned those families were caring for children of Ebens who were either on Traveling Missions (exploring the universe) or dead Ebens.

Our Team witnessed an aircraft accident that killed four Ebens. The Ebens performed a form of ritual at the crash site. The Ebens transported the bodies to a medical facility and examined the bodies. Our Team Members were always allowed to accompany the Ebens, except during rest period, when the Ebens closed their doors for privacy.

Our Team Members saw the sorrow in the eyes of the Ebens during the death of their own. Later, after the last work period of the day, the Eben’s had a “funeral,” at least that is what our Team concluded it was. The Eben bodies were wrapped in a white cloth. Several types of liquids were poured over the bodies. Large numbers of Ebens would stand in a circle, chanting.

The sounds became almost nauseating to our Team Members. The ceremony lasted for a long time. Finally, the bodies were placed in metal containers and buried in a remote location away from the communities. After the burial, the Ebens had a feast. Large tables of food were brought out and everyone ate, danced and played games. This occurred at every Eben death witnessed by our team.

The individual Eben family lived a simple life. Their homes were constructed of clay, some type of material similar to wood, and some metal. The houses all looked the same. They appeared to be something from the Southwest, looking like adobe. The interior of the house consisted of four rooms. One room was the sleeping room where all Ebens slept in the same room on mats, a food preparation room (kitchen), a family room (the largest in the house) and a small waste room.

This brought up an interesting point for our Team. The Ebens did not have a physiological need to release body wastes as we did. The Eben’s had small collection locations in the residence for their body wastes. But the Eben’s body was extremely efficient in processing all food taken in. Their body wastes consisted of a small amount of fecal matter, similar to a small cat dropping.

Our Team Members never saw any urine excretion from an Eben. On the other hand, our Team Member’s wastes consisted of bulk quantity of both fecal matter and urine. The Ebens had to dig large waste reception sites for our 12 Team Member’s waste. The Ebens accommodated our team.

Food, as I mentioned previously, was a problem for our Team Members. Our Team consumed mostly military-style C-Rations, but eventually had to switch to Eben food. The Ebens had a variety of food items. They grew vegetables. Our Team found items similar to potatoes, but they tasted different. They had some type of lettuce, turnips, and tomatoes. They were the only items similar to ours. The Eben’s had other vegetables grown.

These were strange looking round items with long vines. The Ebens cooked the vines and ate the large portion of the plant raw. The Ebens had some type of white liquid, which we first thought was a form of milk. But after tasting it, our Team realized it was different, both in taste and content. The liquid came from a small tree located in the northern portion of the planet. The Eben’s literally milked the tree for the liquid. It appeared to be some sort of pleasure to drink the stuff.

Our Team Members never got a real “taste” for the liquid. The Ebens cooked food. They make pots of stew, which was extremely tasteless to our team. We used a lot of salt and pepper. They also baked a form of bread. It was non-yeast bread and tasted fairly good, but caused extreme constipation to our Team Members. We had to drink large quantities of water in order to digest the bread.

The one common food that Ebens and our Team Members liked was the fruit. The Ebens ate a great quantity of fruit. The fruit, although different from anything we saw, was sweet. Some of the fruit tasted something like melons, while others tasted like apples.

Another problem was water. The water on Serpo contained a number of unknown chemicals found by our team. Our Team eventually had to boil the water before drinking it. Seeing this, the Ebens built a large plant that processed water for our Team.

In our Team’s final report, written by the commander (Colonel), the report states that during the exchange period (he was careful not to use exact time periods), the Team was able to communicate with the Ebens about 50% of the time. There were some things we were never able to communicate.

Our Team brought along softball equipment for sporting activity. The Ebens would watch the game and laugh out loud. (The Eben laugh sounded like a high pitched yell.) Eventually, the Ebens started playing the game, but never got used to catching the ball before it hit the ground.

Our Team also played touch football. Again, the Ebens watched the game intensely and then played it themselves. But again, like softball, the Ebens never figured out they had to catch the football before it hit the ground!

Although our Team Members honored the privacy of the Ebens, our Team was allowed to witness births. Our team, snooping around, was able to capture the sexual activity of the Ebens. The males and females had similar sexual organs and performed intercourse. The frequency of sexual activity was not recorded as being as often as our society performed. It was believed that they performed the act for pleasure and reproduction.

Our scientists could not understand how the orbit of Serpo could revolve around the two suns at the distance measured. In the end, our scientists found that some things relating to that particular system was different in physics compared to our system. There were some questions about how our team measured the orbit and other calculations based on the lack of a stable time base. For some reason – and I don’t think this was ever determined – our time instruments did not work on Serpo.

Now, considering this, you can understand the difficult job our team members had making calculations without time. They had to come up with an alternate method to measure speeds, orbits, etc.

Challenge: Try solving a problem in physics without being able to measure time on Earth! So you see, our team did the best they could with the instruments they had and the hardships they developed attempting scientific calculations. It is difficult for any Earth-based scientist to understand the different physics in other solar systems or on other planets.

One question involved Kepler’s Law of Planetary Motion. Our team had that information. We had some of the best military scientists on the team. But if you consider Kepler’s Law, it requires time and our team could only measure time in the conventional way. It was determined that Kepler’s Laws did not apply to that solar system. So, one of the things our Earth-based scientists learned was not to apply Earth’s laws of physics in a universal way.

Serpo was estimated to be about three billion years old. The two suns were about five billion years old, but only by estimation.

Although our team spent over a decade (our time) on Serpo and nearby planets, they did not have a laptop computer to enter all data. They had two recorders, who were responsible for writing down the data. Our team acknowledged that a lot of data was lost or not documented.

Regarding Time: The Team Members brought several time pieces, e.g., wrist watches, non-battery style, as it stated in the debriefing data. The time pieces worked, but they had no reference to time since the Eben days were longer, the dusk and dawn periods were longer and they had no calendars to reference.

They did use the time pieces to calculate movement, for example, timing the movement of the Eben two suns. They also calculated the time between work and rest periods. But, after awhile, the team discarded their time pieces and used the Eben’s measurement of time periods. The team became confused with the calendars they brought – a 10-year calendar.

After 24 months, the team lost track of time, as to the calendar since they could not properly calculate days compared to Earth days. They set up one large clock to the earth time when they left. However, this was a battery-controlled clock and when the battery died, the clock stopped and they forgot to change the battery in time. Consequently, they lost the earth time. The team brought a large quantity of batteries, but they ran out after about five years. The Ebens had no comparable item like batteries.

They also took electric razors, coffee pots, electric heaters, a DIM (no explanation as to what this was), an electric IBM typewriter, a scientific calculator, slide rules (both conventional and scientific), Base Data Collection Recorder (BDCR), three different sized telescopes, tangents, both conventional and electrical.

The list goes on and on. But they took about everything they were allowed to take, as to weight. The Ebens did weigh the equipment taken by our team. The weight limit was 4.5 tons or 9,000 lbs. As for food, the team took C-Rations, military style. They carefully planned for 10 years.

Selected Team Members carried small containers of liquid nitrogen. Ebens were vulnerable to extreme cold. In case the Eben’s turned hostile, the liquid nitrogen could be used to neutralize Ebens during an escape attempt. The Team Members were instructed to spray the substance directly into the face of an Eben. Ebe 1 was found to be vulnerable to this.

As for the liquid nitrogen, it was placed in special containers, just like we do today. The debriefing document doesn’t state the type of containers, just that each member had a small container.

However, during the return debriefing, the Team found the Ebens to be so docile, each Team Member quickly discarded these bottles of liquid nitrogen when they arrived on Serpo. The Ebens realized the Team had this substance, but never questioned the reason for bringing it.

As with weapons, each Team Member had a handgun and rifle. The Ebens realized these were weapons, but again never questioned why the Team Members were bringing them along.

But each Team Member never carried the weapons except during their exploration of Serpo and then only certain Team Members carried them.

Humans could make the Eben tonal sounds, but one had to practice and practice and practice. It took a long time for anyone studying the Eben language to make the sounds. Some of the sounds were similar to high pitch singing sounds. The bottom line is that it could be done.

Now consider this: Even though each Team Member was taught the Eben tonal sounds/language, it was difficult for the Team Members to remember each tone and the use of other sounds with the tones. The two linguists on the Team practiced and learned enough to basically communicate, according to the documents I read.

The Ebens learned English, but had difficulty pronouncing words exactly correct. For example, according to the document, Ebens could not say the letter “L.” So, if the Eben’s were trying to say the word “look,” it came out “ook.”

Between the first message sent by our Earth-based team in the summer of 1952 to the first message received from the Ebens was about four months. We have no way of knowing when the Ebens received our message, how long it took them to study it and how long it took them to send it back. The signals were in Eben language, with a readout and sounds, tonal, etc.

There was one Eben, who was a space traveler and who could speak English better than the other Ebens who had learned it. This Eben was codenamed “Noah” by the Team. Every time the team had to communicate important information, they turned to Noah. But during the latter part of our Team’s stay, Noah left for an away mission. By then, our two linguists were able to communicate better than any other Team Member.

Our Team had the Eben communication device with them, but it contained only about 500 English words. Not enough to fully communicate. The Team discarded the device early in their stay.

It took our linguist specialists several years to adequately establish a form of communication with the Ebens. A group of Ebens learned to understand English and a few other Earth languages.

This group contained the “Travelers,” as our team called them. Our Team Members connected themselves with the Travelers. Although the Team couldn’t always understand their responses, the Eben travelers understood our Team, most of the time. During this time period, the only exchange of information was simple.

The Ebens, not being able to completely explain something to our team, used a form of sign language by pointing to the object or item they wished to explain and made hand movements. Our team, two members, eventually grasped that method of communication. However, our Team didn’t receive much information from the Ebens during this time period.

The Travelers (the very few who understood English numbered about 30) did not fully understand all words in our language. Later, the Ebens called our language too complicated and difficult to understand. We eventually determined the Eben Tonal Language to be very complicated and extremely hard to translate. We were able to record their language and then play it back, listening to each Tonal dialect and each tonal bar.

Eventually we crudely translated some of the language. We started with simple items, for example, the flying object that they used to travel around their planet on. Then things like houses, roads, food, clothing, their suns, their planet, etc. Although we did establish some form of communication, it was crude and not always helpful for our Team when something complicated happened.

For example, when our first Team Member died in an accident, it was hard to communicate with the Ebens. The member died instantly, therefore, no medical care was provided. Our two doctors examined the Member’s body and determined the injuries were consistent with an accidental fall. Initially, the Ebens never interfered with our care or offered to provide any of their medical care.

However, once the Ebens – a very benevolent and caring people – saw our team members crying, the Ebens stepped in and offered to attempt some sort of medical care. Although our doctors felt the Team Member was medically dead, they allowed the Ebens to try their own medical care. Most of this was either through sign language or speaking to the Travelers who could understand some English.

The Ebens transported the Team Member’s body to a remote area of the largest community. They took the body into a large building, apparently their hospital or medical center. The Ebens used a large examination table to view the body. The Ebens ran a large bluish-green light beam over the body. The Ebens watched a display, that appeared on a large screen that looked like a television screen. The readouts were in the Eben written language and thus our team could not understand it.

However, there was a graphic display, similar to a heart beat graph. The solid line was not wavering. Our doctors understood that meant the same thing that their equipment measured: the heart was not beating. The Ebens administered some liquid through a needle. This was done several times. Eventually, the heart started beating.

But our doctors knew the internal organs of the body were damaged, but couldn’t fully explain that to the Ebens. The Ebens finally made a sign, placing both their hands to the chest and bowing their heads. Our team members knew that meant the body was dead and nothing could be done.

The Ebens showed affection to our Team. During the last work period, the Ebens had a ceremony for the dead Team Member, the same ceremony used when an Eben died. Our team held their own service, attended by the Ebens. The Ebens were extremely curious about our religious service. One Team Member, who was acting as a minister, performed a death service. Our Team was eternally grateful for the Eben’s caring attitude for our dead friend.

Regarding the reason why some Team Members remained, the debriefing reported that the Team Members who remained, did so voluntarily. They fell in love with the culture of the Ebens and the planet. They were not ordered to return. Communication with the remaining crew members lasted until about 1988. No other communication was received from those Team Members. The two – who died on the Planet Serpo – were placed in coffins and buried. Their bodies were returned to Earth.

Each Team Member received a large dose or radiation during their stay on Serpo. Most of the Team Members died later of radiation-related illnesses.

President Bill Clinton wanted to continue the exchange program, but others in his administration thought it would be a mistake and overruled him. It was terminated in 1994 with Ebe #5.

All surviving Team Members were carefully monitored and watched by a special branch of the DIA. The last surviving Team Member died in 2002 in the State of Florida.

Source

Read more from Auricmedia:

[carousel-horizontal-posts-content-slider]

Sirius & The Human History Connection

Ancient egypt has a strong connection towards Sirius and old relics they have found in South-America has relation to Sirius. So could it be, that humankind has a connection to that star? Maybe some ancient civilization came from there and built the pyramids and other old monuments, you decide…

Since ancient times and across multiple civilizations, Sirius, the dog star, has been surrounded with a mysterious lore. Esoteric teachings of all ages have invariably attributed to Sirius a special status and the star’s importance in occult symbolism is an attestation of that fact.

Sirius is located in the constellation Canis Major – also known as the Big Dog – and is therefore known as the “dog star”. It is over twenty times brighter than our sun and is twice as massive. At night time, Sirius is the brightest star in the sky and its blue-white glare never failed to amaze star gazers since the dawn of time. No wonder Sirius has been revered by practically all civilizations. But is there more to Sirius than meets the eye?

Artifacts of ancient civilizations have revealed that Sirius was of a great importance in astronomy, mythology and occultism. Mystery schools consider it to be “sun behind the sun” and, therefore, the true source of our sun’s potency. If our sun’s warmth keeps the physical world alive, Sirius is considered to keep the spiritual world alive. It is the “real light” shining in the East, the spiritual light, where as the sun illuminates the physical world, which is considered to be a grand illusion.

Associating Sirius with the divine and even considering it as the home of humanity’s “great teachers” is not only embedded in the mythology of a few primitive civilizations: It is a widespread belief that has survived (and even intensified) to this day. We will look at the importance of Sirius in ancient times, analyze its prominence in secret societies and we will examine these esoteric concepts as they are translated in popular culture.

In Ancient Egypt, Sirius was regarded as the most important star in the sky. In fact, it was astronomically the foundation of the Egyptians’ entire religious system. It was revered as Sothis and was associated with Isis, the mother goddess of Egyptian mythology. Isis is the female aspect of the trinity formed by herself, Osiris and their son Horus.

Ancient Egyptians held Sirius in such a high regard that most of their deities were associated, in some way or another, with the star. Anubis, the dog-headed god of death, had an obvious connection with the dog star and Thoth-Hermes, the great teacher of humanity, was also esoterically connected with the star.

The Egyptian calendar system was based on the heliacal rising of Sirius that occurred just before the annual flooding of the Nile during summer. The star’s celestial movement was also observed and revered by ancient Greeks, Sumerians, Babylonians and countless other civilizations. The star was therefore considered sacred and its apparition in the sky was accompanied with feasts and celebrations. The dog star heralded the coming of the hot and dry days of July and August, hence the popular term “the dog days of summer”.

Several occult researchers have claimed that the Great Pyramid of Giza was built in perfect alignment with the stars, especially Sirius. The light from these stars were said to be used in ceremonies of Egyptian Mysteries.

“This ancient people (Egyptians) knew that once every year the Parent Sun is in line with the Dog Star. Therefore, the Great Pyramid was so constructed that, at this sacred moment, the light of the Dog Star fell upon the square “Stone of God” at the upper end of the Great Gallery, descending upon the head of the high priest, who received the Super Solar Force and sought through his own perfected Solar Body to transmit to other Initiates this added stimulation for the evolution of their Godhood. This then was the purpose of the “`Stone of God,’ whereon in the Ritual, Osiris sits to bestow upon him (the illuminate) the Atf crown or celestial light.” “North and South of that crown is love,” proclaims an Egyptian hymn. “And thus throughout the teaching of Egypt the visible light was but the shadow of the invisible Light; and in the wisdom of the ancient country the measures of Truth were the years of the Most High.

Recent scientific discoveries relating to the Great Pyramid and its mysterious “air shafts” have lead researchers to further confirm the importance of Sirius within the pyramid.

Star alignment with the Great Pyramid of Giza. Orion (associated with the god Osiris) is aligned with the King’s Chamber while Sirius (associated with the goddess Isis) is aligned with the Queen’s Chamber.

A fascinating aspect of Sirius is the consistency of the symbolism and meanings attached to it. Several great civilizations have indeed associated Sirius with a dog-like figure and viewed the star as either the source or the destination of a mysterious force.

In Chinese and Japanese astronomy, Sirius is known as the “star of the celestial wolf”. Several aboriginal tribes of North America referred to the star in canine terms: the Seri and Tohono O’odham tribes of the southwest describe the Sirius as a “dog that follows mountain sheep”, while the Blackfoot call it “Dog-face”. The Cherokee paired Sirius with Antares as a dog-star guardian of the “Path of Souls”. The Wolf (Skidi) tribe of Nebraska knew it as the “Wolf Star”, while other branches of knew it as the “Coyote Star”. Further north, the Alaskan Inuit of the Bering Strait called it “Moon Dog”. 2

In 1971, the American author Robert Temple published a controversial book entitled The Sirius Mystery where he claimed that the Dogons (an ancient African tribe from Mali) knew details about Sirius that would be impossible to be know without the use of telescopes. According to him, the Dogon understood the binary nature of Sirius, which is, in fact, composed of two stars named Sirius A and Sirius B. This lead Robert Temple to believe that the Dogons had “direct” connections with beings from Sirius. While some might say “you can’t be Sirius” (sorry), a great number of secret societies (who have historically held within their ranks some of the world’s most influential people) and belief systems teach about a mystic connection between Sirius and humanity.

In Dogon mythology, humanity is said to be born from the Nommo, a race of amphibians who were inhabitants of a planet circling Sirius. They are said to have “descended from the sky in a vessel accompanied by fire and thunder” and imparted to humans profound knowledge. This lead Robert Temple to theorize that the Nommos were extraterrestrial inhabitants of Sirius who travelled to earth at some point in the distant past to teach ancient civilizations (such as the Egyptians and Dogons) about the Sirius star system as well as our own solar system. These civilizations would then record the Nommos’ teachings in their religions and make them a central focus of their Mysteries.

The Dogon’s mythology system is strikingly similar to the ones of other civilizations such as the Sumerians, Egyptians, Israelites and Babylonians as it includes the archetypal myth of a “great teacher from above”. Depending on the civilization, this great teacher is known as eith Enoch, Thoth or Hermes Trismegistus and is said to have taught humanity theurgic sciences. In occult traditions, it is believed that Thoth-Hermes had taught the people of Atlantis, which, according to legend, became the world’s most advanced civilization before the entire continent was submerged by the Great Deluge (accounts of a flood can be found in the mythologies of countless civilizations).

Survivors from Atlantis travelled by boat to several countries, including Egypt, where they imparted their advanced knowledge. Occultists believe that the inexplicable resemblances between distant civilizations (such as the Mayas and the Egyptians) can be explained by their common contact with Atlanteans.

“Was the religious, philosophic, and scientific knowledge possessed by the priestcraft of antiquity secured from Atlantis, whose submergence obliterated every vestige of its part in the drama of world progress? Atlantean sun worship has been perpetuated in the ritualism and ceremonialism of both Christianity and pagandom. Both the cross and the serpent were Atlantean emblems of divine wisdom. The divine (Atlantean) progenitors of the Mayas and Quichés of Central America coexisted within the green and azure radiance of Gucumatz, the “plumed” serpent. The six sky-born sages came into manifestation as centers of light bound together or synthesized by the seventh – and chief – of their order, the “feathered” snake.

The title of “winged” or “plumed” snake was applied to Quetzalcoatl, or Kukulcan, the Central American initiate. The center of the Atlantean Wisdom-Religion was presumably a great pyramidal temple standing on the brow of a plateau rising in the midst of the City of the Golden Gates. From here the Initiate-Priests of the Sacred Feather went forth, carrying the keys of Universal Wisdom to the uttermost parts of the earth.

From the Atlanteans the world has received not only the heritage of arts and crafts, philosophies and sciences, ethics and religions, but also the heritage of hate, strife, and perversion. The Atlanteans instigated the first war; and it has been said that all subsequent wars were fought in a fruitless effort to justify the first one and right the wrong which it caused. Before Atlantis sank, its spiritually illumined Initiates, who realized that their land was doomed because it had departed from the Path of Light, withdrew from the ill-fated continent. Carrying with them the sacred and secret doctrine, these Atlanteans established themselves in Egypt, where they became its first “divine” rulers. Nearly all the great cosmologic myths forming the foundation of the various sacred books of the world are based upon the Atlantean Mystery rituals.”

Is Thoth-Hermes-Trismegistus the equivalent of the Dogon’s Nommos, who are believed to originate from Sirius? Ancient texts concerning Hermes describe him as a teacher of mysteries who “came from the stars”. Furthermore, Thoth-Hermes was directly connected with Sirius in Egyptian mythology.

“The dog-star: the star worshipped in Egypt and reverenced by the Occultists; by the former because its heliacal rising with the Sun was a sign of the beneficient inundation of the Nile, and by the latter because it is mysteriously associated with Toth-Hermes, god of wisdom, and Mercury, in another form. Thus Sothis-Sirius had, and still has, a mystic and direct influence over the whole living heaven, and is connected with almost every god and goddess. It was “Isis in the heaven” and called Isis-Sothis, for Isis was “in the constellation of the dog”, as is declared on her monuments. Being connected with the Pyramid, Sirius was, therefore, connected with the initiations which took place in it.”

“The Trismegistic treatise ‘The Virgin of the World’ from Egypt refers to ‘the Black Rite’, connected with the ‘black’ Osiris, as the highest degree of secret initiation possible in the ancient Egyptian religion – it is the ultimate secret of the mysteries of Isis. This treatise says Hermes came to earth to teach men civilization and then again ‘mounted to the stars’, going back to his home and leaving behind the mystery religion of Egypt with its celestial secrets which were some day to be decoded.”

Interpreting the mythology of ancient cultures is not an exact science and connections are inherently difficult to prove. However, the symbolic link between Sirius and occult knowledge has constantly appeared throughout History and has seamlessly traveled through the ages. In fact, it is as revered today as it was millenniums ago. Modern secret societies such as the Freemasons, the Rosicrucians and the Golden Dawn (which are considered to be Hermetic Orders due to the fact their teachings are based on those of Hermes Trismegistus) all attribute to Sirius the utmost importance. An educated look at their symbolism provides a glimpse at the profound connection between Sirius and occult philosophy.

To claim that Sirius is “important” to Hermetic Orders would be a gross understatement. The dog star is nothing less than the central focus of the teachings and symbolism of secret societies. The ultimate proof of this fact: many secret societies are actually named after the star.

The seventeenth numbered major trump is called Les Étoiles, (French for The Star), and portrays a young girl kneeling with one foot in water and the other on and, her body somewhat suggesting the swastika [more like Aquarius – N.I. Ed]. She has two urns, the contents of which she pours upon the land and sea. Above the girl’s head are eight stars, one of which is exceptionally large and bright. Count de Gébelin considers the great star to be Sothis or Sirius; the other seven are the sacred planets of the ancients. He believes the female figure to be Isis in the act of causing the inundations of the Nile which accompanied the rising of the Dog Star. The unclothed figure of Isis may well signify that Nature does not receive her garment of verdure until the rising of the Nile waters releases the germinal life of plants and flowers.

In Masonic lodges, Sirius is known as the “Blazing Star” and a simple look at its prominence in Masonic symbolism reveals its utmost importance. The Masonic author William Hutchinson wrote about Sirius: “It is the first and most exalted object that demands our attention in the Lodge.” The same way the light of Sirius made its way into the Great Pyramid during initiations, it is symbolically present in Masonic lodges.

“The Ancient Astronomers saw all the great Symbols of Masonry in the Stars. Sirius glitters in our lodges as the Blazing Star.”

“(The Blazing Star) originally represented SIRIUS, or the Dog-star, the forerunner of the inundation of the Nile; the God ANUBIS, companion of ISIS in her search for the body of OSIRIS, her brother and husband. Then it became the image of HORUS, the son of OSIRIS, himself symbolized also by the Sun, the author of the Seasons, and the God of Time; Son of ISIS, who was the universal nature, himself the primitive matter, inexhaustible source of Life, spark of uncreated fire, universal seed of all beings. It was HERMES, also, the Master of Learning, whose name in Greek is that of the God Mercury.”

In Freemasonry, it is taught that the Blazing Star is a symbol of deity, of omnipresence (the Creator is present everywhere) and of omniscience (the Creator sees and knows all). Sirius is therefore the “sacred place” all Masons must ascend to: It is the source of divine power and the destination of divine individuals. This concept is often represented in Masonic art.

To achieve perfection, the initiate must successfully understand and internalize the dual nature of the world (good and evil; masculine and feminine; black and white, etc.) through alchemical metamorphosis. This concept is symbolically represented by the union of Osiris and Isis (the male and female principles) to give birth to Horus, the star-child, the Christ-like figure, the perfected man of Freemasonry – who is equated with the Blazing Star.

“The sun and moon … represent the two grand principles … the male and the female … both shed their light upon their offspring, the blazing star, or Horus.”

The Egyptian hieroglyph representing Sirius has been esoterically interpreted to be a representation of this cosmic trinity.

The hieroglyph representing Sirius contains three elements: a “phallic” obelisk (representing Osiris), a “womb-like” dome (representing Isis) and a star (representing Horus).

This concept is so crucial for Freemasons, that it was embedded in some of the most important structures in the world.

The Washington Monument, an Egyptian obelisk representing the male principle, is directly connected with the dome of the Capitol, representing the female principle. Together they produce Horus an unseen energy represented by Sirius.

As stated by Albert Pike above, the Egyptian god Horus and the star Sirius are often associated. In Masonic symbolism, the eye of Horus (or the All-Seeing Eye) is often depicted surrounded by the glittering of light of Sirius.

A Masonic tracing board depicting the sun above the left pillar (representing the masculine), the moon above the right pillar (representing feminine) and Sirius above the middle pillar, representing the “perfected man” or Horus, the son of Isis and Osiris.

The Eye of Horus inside a triangle (symbolizing deity) surrounded by the glow of Sirius, the Blazing Star

The light behind the All-Seeing Eye on the American dollar bill is not from the sun, but from Sirius. The Great Pyramid of Giza was built in alignment with Sirius and is therefore shown shining right above the Pyramid. A radiant tribute to Sirius is therefore in the pockets of millions of citizens.

Considered to be the “female version” of Freemasonry (although men can join), the Order of the Eastern Star (OES) is directly named after Sirius, the “Star rising from the East”. A “general public” explanation of the origins of the Order’s name claims it originated from the “Star of the East” that lead the Three Magi to Jesus. A look into the occult meaning of the Order’s symbolism however makes it clear that the OES is a reference to Sirius, the most important star of Freemasonry, its parent organization.

Helena Blavatsky and Alice Bailey, the two main figures associated with Theosophy, have both considered Sirius to be a source esoteric power. Blavatsky stated that the star Sirius exerts a mystic and direct influence over the entire living heaven and is linked with every great religion of antiquity.

Alice Bailey sees the Dog Star as the true “Great White Lodge” and believes it to be the home of the “Spiritual Hierarchy”. For this reason she considers Sirius as the “star of initiation”.

“This is the great star of initiation because our Hierarchy (an expression of the second aspect of divinity) is under the supervision or spiritual magnetic control of the Hierarchy of Sirius. These are the major controlling influences whereby the cosmic Christ works upon the Christ principle in the solar system, in the planet, in man and in the lower forms of life expression. It is esoterically called the “brilliant star of sensitivity.”

Not unlike most many esoteric writers, Bailey considers Sirius to have a great impact on human life.

“All that can be done here in dealing with this profound subject is to enumerate briefly some of the cosmic influences which definitely affect our earth, and produce results in the consciousness of men everywhere, and which, during the process of initiation, bring about certain specific phenomena.

First and foremost is the energy or force emanating from the sun Sirius. If it might be so expressed, the energy of thought, or mind force, in its totality, reaches the solar system from a distant cosmic centre via Sirius. Sirius acts as the transmitter, or the focalising centre, whence emanate those influences which produce self-consciousness in man.”

In 1907, Aleister Crowley started his own occult order called the A.A. – short for Argentium Astrum, which can be translated to ‘The Order of the Silver Star’. The ‘Silver Star’ was, of course, a reference to Sirius. Even if Crowley almost always referred to the dog star in veiled terms, the whole of his magickal philosophy, from his development as a young Freemason through to his final years as the Head of the O.T.O, is wholly in accordance with the Sirian influence, which was identified and expressed by other writers of his era. His alleged contact with his Holy Guardian Angel that later led to the channelling of ‘Liber AL: The Book of the Law’ is believed to have originated from Sirius.

If Crowley used code words to describe Sirius, his protégé Kenneth Grant has explicitly and extensively written about the dog star. Throughout his numerous books, he often described Sirius as being a powerful center of magickal magnetic power. His belief that the star holds the central key to unlocking the mysteries of the Egyptian and Typhonian traditions has strengthened over time and became a central focus of his research. One of Grant’s most important and controversial thesis was his discovery of the “Sirius/Set current”, which is an extra-terrestrial dimension connecting Sirius, the Earth and Set, the Eyptian god of Chaos – who was later associated with Satan.

“Set is the initiator, the Opener of mans’ consciousness to the rays of the Undying God typified by Sirius – the Sun in the South.”

“Sirius, or Set, was the original “headless one” – the light of the lower region (the south) who was known (in Egypt) as An (the dog), hence Set-An (Satan), Lord of the infernal regions, the place of heat, later interpreted in a moral sense as “hell”.”

Although each occult philosophy describes Sirius in a slightly different matter, it is still consistently regarded as the “sun behind the sun”, the true source of occult power. It is perceived as the cradle of human knowledge and the belief of the existence of a strong connection between the star and planet Earth never seems to become outdated. Is there a true link between Sirius and Earth? Is the dog star an esoteric symbol representing something happening in the spiritual realm? It is both? One thing is for sure, the cult of Sirius is not a “thing of the past” and is very alive today. An in-depth look at our popular culture, which is heavily influenced by occult symbolism, reveals numerous references to Sirius.

Direct references to Sirius in popular culture are too many to enumerate (e.g. see the name and the logo of the most important satellite radio in the world). A more interesting aspect of popular culture to analyze are the coded references to Sirius. Important movies have indeed made veiled yet profound references to the dog star (apparently intended to those “in the know”), where the star plays the role it was always given by the Mysteries: as an initiator and a divine teacher. Here are some examples.

In Disney’s Pinocchio, based on a story written by Freemason Carlo Collodi, Gepetto prays to the brightest star in the sky to have a “real boy”. The Blue Fairy (her color is a reference to Sirius’ light-blue glow) then descends from the heavens to give life to Pinocchio. Throughout the marionette’s quest to become a boy (an allegory for esoteric initiation), the Blue Fairy guides Pinocchio towards the “right path”. Sirius is therefore represented as a source of life, a guide and a teacher.

The theme song of the movie Pinocchio is also an ode to Sirius:

When you wish upon a star, makes no difference who you are
Anything your heart desires will come to you

If your heart is in your dreams, no request is too extreme
When you wish upon a star as dreamers do

(Fate is kind, she brings to those who love
The sweet fulfillment of their secret longing)

Like a bolt out of the blue, fate steps in and sees you thru
When you wish upon a star, your dreams come true

In Harry Potter, the character named Sirius Black is most likely a reference to Sirius B. (the “darker” star of Sirius’ binary system). He is Harry Potter’s godfather, which makes Sirius, once again, a teacher and a guide. The wizard can turn into a big black dog, another link with the “dog star”.

In the Truman Show, a spotlight – used to imitate the light of a star in Truman’s fake world – falls from the sky and nearly hits him. The label on the spotlight identifies it as Sirius. Truman’s encounter with Sirius gives him a glimpse of “true knowledge” and prompts his quest for truth. Sirius is therefore the “star of initiation”. It caused Truman to realize the limitations of the his studio world (our material world) and lead him to freedom (spiritual emancipation).

From the dawn of civilization to modern times, from remote tribes of Africa to the great capitals of the modern world, Sirius was – and still is – seen as a life-giver. Despite the disparity between cultures and epochs, the same mysterious attributes are given to the dog star, which can lead us to ask: how can all theses definitions synchronize so perfectly? Is there a common source to these myths about Sirius? The dog star is invariably associated with divinity and is regarded as a source of knowledge and power. These connections are particularly evident when one examines the teachings and the symbolism of secret societies, who have always taught about a mystical link with this particular celestial body. Is there a secret link between human evolution and Sirius? Unlocking this secret would mean unlocking one of humanity’s greatest mysteries.

Source

Read more from Auricmedia:

[carousel-horizontal-posts-content-slider]

Alien Abductions

Lots of info and we have posted about MILABS and such before, but here’s something new:

Antonio Villas Boas was a Brazilian farmer claimed to have been abducted by extraterrestrials in 1957. His claims were among the first alien abduction stories to receive world wide attention.

On October 16, 1957, 23-year-old Boas was plowing his farm with a tractor at night to avoid the hot temperatures of the day. He saw what he described as a “red star” in the night sky. This “star” approached him, growing in size, until he recognized it as an egg-shaped craft with a red light at its front and a rotating cupola on top. The craft landed in the field on three “legs”. Boas then decided to run from the scene.

He first attempted to leave on his tractor but its lights and engine died so he decided to run on foot. However, he was seized by a five-foot humanoid wearing grey coveralls and a helmet. Its eyes were small and blue. It made noises like barks or yelps of a small dog. Suddenly, three similar beings joined the first humanoid in restraining Boas, dragging him inside their craft.

Inside the craft, Boas was stripped naked then covered from head-to-toe with a strange gel. He was then led into a large semicircular room, through a doorway that had strange red symbols written over it. He was later able to recall them [right]. Inside this room, the humanoid beings took samples of Boas’ blood from his chin. He was then taken to a third room while some kind of gas was pumped into the room, making Boas become violently ill.

Boas claims he was soon joined in the room by a female humanoid. She was very attractive, and naked, the same height as the other beings, had a small, pointed chin and large, blue catlike eyes. The hair on her head was long and platinum blonde but Boas noticed her underarm and pubic hair were bright red. Boas said he was strongly attracted to the woman, and the two had sexual intercourse. During this act, Boas noted that the female did not kiss him but instead nipped him on the chin.

After having intercourse, the female humanoid smiled and rubbed her belly while gesturing upwards. Boas understood this to mean that she was going to raise their child in “up there” in space. Boas said that he felt angered after the encounter. He felt as though he had been used and was little more than “a good stallion” for the humanoids.

He was then given his clothing back and taken on a tour of the ship. He attempted to steal a small clock-like object as a souvenir his encounter, but was caught by the humanoids. He was then escorted off the ship and watched as it took off. When he returned home, Boas discovered that four hours had passed.

Following his abduction, Boas suffered from nausea, weakness, headaches and lesions on the skin. Dr. Olavo Fontes of National School of Medicine of Brazil examined the farmer and concluded that he had been exposed to a large dose of radiation from some source and was now suffering from mild radiation sickness.

Antonio Villas Boas later became a lawyer, married and had four children. He died in 1992, and stuck to the story of his alleged abduction for his entire life.

The aliens who abducted Boas were 5 feet tall, had small eyes and wore grey coveralls and a helmet. The female humanoid had human features except her eyes were blue and shaped like a cat. She also had a pointed chin. These clearly are not the features of the “zeta.” In fact, Boas never asked or was told where these beings came from.

But one other abduction four years later planted the seed which would grow to become legend and which would pin down the origin of the best known aliens.

1961: New Hampshire

The story of Betty and Barney Hill is perhaps the most famous abduction story. It was made famous by an article in Life Magazine and later by a film. But much of the legend surrounding the abduction has been distorted or edited to make a better story. The real facts were revealed in an interview conducted with Betty Hill some years after her husband had passed away.

According to Betty, the couple had been in Montreal and were returning to their New Hampshire home on Route 3. Betty was the first to notice a bright star in the evening sky and mused that perhaps it was a new planet or a satellite. As they continued to drive the bright object appeared to move closer, prompting Betty to taunt her husband and joke that the object was following them. Betty waved her arms and shouted “Hello. Here we are!” as if to get its attention.

As the object moved closer, the couple became more curious. Barney stopped the car and Betty got a pair of binoculars to see what it was. She observed several different colored lights blinking and gave the binoculars to Barney.

Almost immediately Barney saw a row of windows and what appeared to be “people” standing inside the object and looking down at him and Betty. One in particular seemed to be staring right at him and somehow communicating that he should not move and stay there. Barney would later recall how he felt vulnerable, like a trapped animal, and insisted that they get back inside the car and drive away.

As they drove past Indian Head, Barney took a wrong turn and ended up on a small dirt road. Suddenly his headlights revealed several people blocking his path. The car died and the group of “people” surrounded the vehicle and helped Betty and Barney through the wooded area to their spaceship.

During the abduction, Barney was mostly in a trance like state. Betty claims that she initially was in the same kind of trance but that she was able to come out of it and regain her full consciousness. She asked, “Where are you taking us?” and was reassured that they would not be harmed.

Once inside the spaceship, Betty and Barney were both subjected to a physical examination in different rooms. Blood, tissue and hair was taken and their clothes were removed. Betty reported that there were 11 aliens. One was the translator (she called him “the leader”), another performed the examination and nine others (“the crew”) assisted them. She described them as having human like faces with slightly larger eyes, no hair and dressed in what looked like military uniforms.

Much of what Betty recalled in her interview was after she had been regressed in hypnosis. Initially her sessions were tape recorded but she was tol she would not remember them. Then, in the final session, she was allowed to hear her own account of what happened and to remember all the details.

At one point, when Betty’s examination was finished, she was allowed to converse with the translator. During her conversation they were interrupted by the examiner when Barney’s false teeth were discovered. The examiner immediately wanted to see if Betty’s teeth also could be removed. Satisfied that they were real, Betty continued her conversation with the translator. It was then that she was shown a star map.

Betty first described the map as being a 3D image with circles and lines. Some of the lines were thick and she was told that these were popular routes that the aliens took between different sun systems. Broken lines, she was told, were expeditions to new worlds.

At one point the translator asks Betty, “Do you know where your sun is on this map?” Betty did not and so the translator did not attempt to explain where they were from. However, much later, in a hypnosis session, Betty was told that she would recall the map and that she should allow herself to draw it. Betty did draw the star map [above] which was then examined by astronomers and determined to depict the star system Zeta Reticuli.

Betty had drawn several small stars on the map that were initially unknown but were only later discovered by astronomers using high powered telescopes. This seemed to be the supporting data needed to validate Betty’s account of the abduction and began the belief that alien life originated from that star system.

Betty and Barney were eventually returned to their car and arrived home several hours past their anticipated arrival time. This was one of the first descriptions of “missing time” following an abduction. The couple suffered nightmares and insomnia and eventually sought help for their problems, resulting eventually in their now famous hypnosis sessions. After they were frequently interviewed by both scientists and the military.

They later learned that an object had been tracked by near by Pease Air Base on the same night as their abduction. This all made their experience a landmark case in both belief in alien life forms and of human abductions.

But Betty never considered this to be an abduction. When asked, she would say, “No. It wasn’t an abduction. It was a meeting.” And when shown images of the typical “Zeta” with big eyes, pear shaped head and grey skin, Betty would say, “No. That’s not what they looked like.” She insisted that they were more human-like in appearance with eyes only slightly larger and more widely spaced.

Despite the fact that Betty Hill rejects the image of the big-eyed Zetas as being the beings that abducted her, the common belief is that these beings are one and the same. In fact, every time I tried to find reference to the origin of the Grey aliens there was a reference to the Betty and Barney Hill case and Betty’s starmap of Zeta Reticuli.

Moving a decade ahead, the next famous case takes us to Mississippi. This case is notable because the two victims of the abduction were severely traumatized and highly unlikely to have faked the event.

1973: Pascagoula, Mississippi

The strange case of nineteen-year-old Calvin Parker, and forty-two-year-old Charles Hickson actually began a day before their famous encounter. On October 10, 1973, fifteen different people, including two policemen reported seeing a large, silver UFO slowly fly over a housing project in St. Tammany Parish, New Orleans, Louisiana.

Only a scant 24 hours later, Hickson and Parker would have the scare of their lives; a frightening encounter with an eerie UFO.

The two men were both from the town of Gautier, Mississippi, and were doing some fishing in the Pascagoula River on a dark night about 9:00 P.M. They suddenly heard a type of buzzing behind them.

Both men turned around to see the source of the sound, and were amazed to see a glowing, egg-shaped object with bluish lighting on its front side.

The unusual craft was hovering just a few feet above the ground, and about 30 feet from the shore of the river. To their unbelief, a door opened in the object, and three strange beings began to float just above the water straight toward them. Though the beings had legs, they did not use them, they simply floated across the river.

Parker and Hickson would later describe the beings as “about five feet tall, had bullet-shaped heads without necks, slits for mouths, and where their noses or ears would be, they had thin, conical objects sticking out, like carrots from a snowman’s head. They had no eyes, grey, wrinkled skin, round feet, and claw-like hands.”

Hickson, frozen in fear and unbelief, was grabbed by two of these creatures, and the third one took Parker, who fainted from fright. Hickson would later relate that when the beings put their arms under his body to support him, he felt numb all over. He was then floated into a a brightly-lit room inside of the UFO. Inside this room, he floated, along with an eye-like device which examined him all over.

After his ordeal, Hickson was left floating, while the beings left the room, probably to examine Parker. Approximately 20 minutes after the ordeal had begun, it was over, and Hickson was floated back outside of the strange craft. Parker was crying, and praying on the ground. Only a moment or two later, the craft rose straight up into the air and disappeared.

As the two men began to regain their composure, they were uncertain as to what they should do. Reluctant to report their harrowing experience, they felt obligated to tell someone. Despite fearing ridicule, they telephoned Kessler Air Force Base in Biloxi. Kessler referred their problem to their local sheriff’s office.

Afraid of what reaction they might get from law enforcement, they opted instead to drive to their local newspaper. Finding the office closed, they decided to take their bizarre story to the sheriff after all. Naturally the sheriff felt the two men’s story was some kind of hoax, and to get to the truth, he put Hickson and Parker into a room which was wired for sound, hoping that they would slip up, and reveal why they were perpetuating such a strange tale.

Soon news of the event began to surface. The local press released the story first; quickly followed by the wire services. Within a few days, the Pascagoula incident was major news all over the USA. The Aerial Phenomena Research Organization (APRO), sent University of California professor James Harder to investigate; Dr. J. Allen Hynek, representing the US Air Force, also arrived to look into the story. Harder and Hynek interviewed Hickson and Parker together. Harder hypnotized Hickson, but he became so frightened that the session had to be aborted.

The two abductees were encouraged to take a lie-detector test, which they both passed. Harder and Hynek, both highly respected in their professions, believed the two men’s story.

At a later date, Hynek stated; “There was definitely something here that was not terrestrial”.

In what may be a related incident, a couple of weeks after this chilling account, Coast Guardsmen and fishermen had an encounter with an underwater metallic object.

This strange object had an amber light on it, and the Guard chased it in the Pascagoula River. The object was close enough to touch, but each time it was prodded with a large boat hook, it would turn off its light, move a distance away, and turn its light back on. This unusual encounter lasted about 40 minutes before the craft disappeared.

The Pascagoula encounter is one of the most unusual accounts of all UFO reports. Though the sighting and abduction involved only two witnesses, there were several other sightings of unusual flying objects on the same night. The two men have held to their story, though no earthly explanation has been offered for the strange events of the night of October, 11, 1973.

The last case is one which many people will be familiar with from the movie, Fire In The Sky, which involves Travis Walton, a young man who was working with six other loggers in an Arizona forest.

1975: Arizona

The seven man crew had just finished their work and were crammed into a pick-up truck, heading home on a remote logging road. It was early November and the sun light was gone, but the crew noticed a very bright light in the woods. They stopped to observe what appeared to be a flattened disc hovering near the road. One of the men, Travis, got out of the truck to get a closer look.

While staring up at the object, an intense blue light suddenly illuminated Travis, jolting him back as if he had been electrocuted. This put the rest of the crew in a panic and they quickly fled in the truck. After a brief discussion, the men decided to go back and get Travis, but he was gone. In shock, they drove to town and reported the incident to the local police.

At first, police suspected the story and thought that the men had either murdered Travis or that he had somehow had an accident that the loggers were trying to cover up. The crew was subjected to lie detector tests, but their stories were consistent and appeared truthful. Extensive searches of the area where the disc was seen revealed no evidence or trace of Travis.

Travis later recalled what happened to him. He says he was unconscious for an unknown amount of time, then awoke in what he first thought was a hospital. He thought, “Oh, My God, the hospital, they brought me to the hospital.” He noticed that the atmosphere was very humid and hot. He felt uncomfortable and saw that he was still dressed in his work clothes. “I wonder why the nurse didn’t at least take my jacket off?”

Regaining his awareness, Travis felt some kind of restraint around his waist. He could see some people moving in the distance and was eventually able to focus on them. Instead of doctors and nurses, Travis saw what he described as “horrible creatures.”

Three beings with humanoid features were staring at him with unusually large, brown pupils, the size of quarters. They were a little under 5 ft. in height, thin and had “marshmallow looking” skin. Their small hands were delicate and without nails. Totally bald, their heads were disproportionately large for their little bodies. Frightened by the sight, Travis pushed one of the beings with his hand and was surprised that it was very light weight. “It felt spongy and soft,” he would later relate.

He quickly got free of the restraint and was on his feet. “Keep back, damn you!”

Travis later recalled his fascination with the alien’s “incredible eyes”. The irises were twice the size of a normal human’s eye, nearly an inch in diameter. The iris was so large that even parts of the pupils were hidden by the lids, giving the eyes a certain catlike appearance. There was very little of the white part of the eye showing. They had no lashes and no eyebrows. Their little mouths never moved.

After his aggressive stance the aliens left the room through an open door. “I have to get out of here,” he thought.

Travis left the small room and found himself in an empty, curved hallway. He soon found a circular room with a domed roof, and three rectangular doorways which were shut. The room was empty except for one chair facing away from him. As he moved closer towards the center of this circular room he noticed that the room appeared darker until he was able to see stars. He noticed there were what appeared to be controls near the empty chair.

Afraid that someone was looking for him, Travis tried to leave the circular room. The doors would not open for him but suddenly one did, and Travis was confronted by a 6 foot tall, muscular built human being. He quickly approached the man, asking him where he was and what was going on. But the man remained silent. The man took Travis out of the room, down the hallway to a door which opened, allowing him to leave the craft he was in. He suddenly found that he was inside yet another huge room which contained many other disc shaped craft.

Eventually he was led to another room in which there were two men and a woman. These three had similar characteristics to the first human he had seen. All four of them had a “family like” similarity. Travis again tried to initiate a conversation, but they were silent. “Would somebody please tell me where I am? What in hell is going on? What is this place?”

The woman and one of the men took Travis by the arm and led him to a table. The woman had an object that resembled an oxygen mask, yet no tubes were attached to it, only a small black golfball sized sphere. Soon he was falling asleep. “Consciousness returned to me on the night I awoke to find myself on the cold pavement west of Heber, Arizona. I was lying on my stomach, my head on my right forearm. Cold air brought me instantly awake. I looked up in time to see a light turn off on the bottom of a curved, gleaming hull. As I raised my head up, a white light caught my eye just before it blinked off. Either a light had been turned off or a hatch had closed, cutting off the light from inside. I only caught a glimpse as I raised my head; I could not be sure which it was.”

Travis called for help and was eventually given medical treatment. He was visibly in shock and eager to relate his story. Most shocking to Travis was when he learned that he had been gone for five days.

Neither Travis nor any of his crew have ever retracted their story of his abduction. It remains one of the most reliable accounts of an alien abduction, yet, as we have seen, it does not describe his abductors as having the typical Grey, or “Zeta” appearance.

Aside from the Mississippi abduction case, almost all of the abductions we have described involve aliens with a humanoid face and large, round eyes. This appears to be the standard model prior to the publication of Whitley Streiber’s book, Communion, in which he describes the now stereotypical pear-shaped head and huge black, almond shaped eyes. Now commonly knows as “Zetas”, it is ironic that these beings got their name from the famous starmap drawn by Betty Hill — yet Betty was quite emphatic that her abductors did NOT look like the Greys portrayed by Streiber.

The human mind likes to use symbols to represent concepts. Often these symbols become more real than the objects they try to represent. We see this in children’s art when they are asked to draw a house, or a dog, or even a person. A certain archetypal shape or form is used to generalize a concept that can be complex and varied. These symbols have a cultural foundation that can change over time, becoming more standardized with each successive generation.

A good example is Santa Claus. The original concept has changed much from its initial representation. Today we might all agree that this figure has certain characteristics that form a familiar motif.

The same can also be said for our cultural imagery of Jesus — even George Washington and Abraham Lincoln have been morphed into homogenous cultural icons that deviate from their true appearance. Could the same thing be happening with the many and varied types of extraterrestrials who visit our inhabited planet for research and experimentation?

Some have suggested that our concept of the Grey originated in Aleister Crowley’s LAM or in Munch’s painting The Scream. These images have been copied and morphed by science fiction in popular series like Twighlight Zone and Outer Limits and shape our expectations of what an alien being could and should look like.

But while it is convenient to imagine the Grey’s familiar features, the real encounters with extraterrestrials could be much more frightening and thus blocked or altered in our recollection of abduction events.

Consider this creature, called the “tomato head” whose body was photographed in Laredo, Texas following the examination of a crashed disc.

The Laredo, Texas UFO Crash is a case in which at least two U.S. military aircraft allegedly chased a 90-foot diameter silver disc-shaped UFO across Texas before watching the object crash approximately 30 miles south-southwest of Laredo, Texas on July 7, 1948. U.S. servicemen were reportedly dispatched from a nearby military base to cordon off the UFO crash site until a special U.S. retrieval team arrived to examine the wreckage and carry it away to a military base in San Antonio, Texas. Supposedly, the badly burned body of a non-human entity was recovered from the crash site.

Equally frightening but perhaps visually appealing, the phenomenon of female, human-like aliens pops up in many abduction stories. Typically, the female is introduced to the male abductee by a short being with large eyes and the abductee is encouraged (or forced) to have sex with her. This has initiated a rash of stories about hybrids.

The most unusual of these abduction stories happened in 1992 to a man named Peter Khoury.

Early on July 23, 1993, Peter Khoury had driven his wife to work, then returned home and went back to bed for a short while. Suddenly, he bolted wide awake and sat up. There “were two humanoid females sitting on the bed, both entirely naked,” says Peter.

“These two women looked human in nearly every way. They had well proportioned adult bodies. One looked somewhat Asian, with straight dark shoulder-length hair and dark eyes. The other looked “perhaps Scandinavian-like”, with light-coloured (“maybe bluish”) eyes and long blond hair that fell half-way down her back.”

Her hair was especially significant for Peter. “I had never seen a hair style like that. It was curled something like Farrah Fawcett, but to an extreme… It just looked really exotic in a way.”

Peter noted that “these women were not exactly human. Their faces were somewhat odd — not unattractive, but too chiselled, with very high cheekbones and eyes that were two or three times larger than normal.”

Peter took a special interest in the blonde. He perceived that her face was too long, “I have never seen a human looking like that.”

“The blonde, who was sitting in a kneeling position on the bed, seemed to be in charge”, and Peter felt that she was communicating somehow with the dark-haired woman, telepathetically “who was sitting with her legs partly folded under her. There was something stiff, almost blank, in the expressions of the women.”

Though stunned by the sudden appearance of the women in his bedroom, “the blonde reached out with both her hands and cupped the back of my head, drawing my face toward her chest.”

“She was pretty strong,” Peter said. “She pulled me over and my mouth was basically on her nipple. And I bit.”

Peter doesn’t know why he bit the woman, but even though he felt a small piece of her nipple come away in his teeth, she did not cry out.

Peter said the Blonde Human-looking Extraterrestrial looked at the Asian Human-looking Extraterrestrial… and the Blonde-looking ET, looked at him, with similar “contemplative” shock or confusion.

Peter said that he involuntarily swallowed the small nipple fragment and it got caught in his throat. He went into a coughing fit. Then “suddenly, the two women simply disappeared.”

Some time during Peter’s contact with these Human-looking Extraterrestrials, he was apparently abducted. When he realized the women were gone, he tried to clear his throat by drinking water. It didn’t work. Then he then had “an urge to go to the bathroom.”

It was in the bathroom that he realized “his penis felt very painful.” Standing in the bathroom, he then decided to “pull back the foreskin and found two thin blond strands of hair wrapped tightly around.”

He struggled to unravel the pieces of hair as the pain became an intense burning sensation. Finally he managed to removed the two pieces of hair and immediately put them in a small sealable plastic bag.

“The reason I did that was because I knew that there was no way, no way at all, that a hair that size and wrapped around the way it was should have been there… [T]hinking of these women, the thing in my throat, the hair, something bizarre had just happened.”

The nipple fragment in Peter’s throat stayed there for three days. He coughed constantly. He tried clearing his throat with water, bread, anything he could think of, but nothing helped. On the third day, the feeling in his throat just went away.

DNA examination of Human-looking Extraterrestrials

The pieces of hair, carefully stored away since the encounter, became the subject of the first openly-reported scientific DNA test on a possible abduction-related sample.

The blond hairs were extremely thin and almost clear in colour. It was determined that the hair was not chemically treated, because if it had been, little or no mitochondrial DNA could have been recovered. However, using the PCR (polymerase chain reaction) process, good quality DNA was recovered.

For comparison, samples were also taken of Peter’s hair and that of his wife Vivian. DNA was successfully extracted from Peter’s hair, but no usable DNA was recovered from Vivian’s hair, possibly because of chemical treatment.

After thorough testing of the hair samples, the scientists of the Anomaly Physical Evidence Group arrived at a startling conclusion. The thin blond hair, which appeared to have come from a light-skinned caucasian-like looking woman, could not have come from a normal human of that racial type. Instead, though apparently ‘human’, the hair showed five distinctive DNA markers that are characteristic of a rare sub-group of the Chinese Mongoloid racial type.

A detailed survey of the literature on variations in mitochondrial DNA, comprising tens of thousands of samples, showed only four other people on record with all five of the distinctive markers in the blond hair. All four were Chinese, with black hair.

The identity of the women and the circumstances remains an enigma.

While these abduction stories are certainly interesting, they do little to shed light on the ubiquitous Grey. Instead, the abduction accounts reveal the many other forms of alien life that are observing and interacting with our own species. But still, the Greys have captured the hearts and minds of a majority of believers in extraterrestrial beings and we will explore this in our next installment.

We will see that, since Strieber’s book, Communion, the Grey has become the most common form of alien reported in abductions and sightings. They have also been the subject of many conspiracy theories, including the famous “war” between the US military and a colony of Greys that inhabited an underground base in Dulce, New Mexico.

Some believe that the Greys made a deal with the governments of the world, exchanging their advanced technology for the right to abduct and experiment upon human citizens. We’ll explore why they need to do this.

But we will also learn that the Greys are able to communicate with common people and that they play a key role in alerting the population about catastrophic events such as the next planetary pole shift.

First, I will stop referring to the grey skinned, short alien as a “Zeta”. The name was derived from the starmap shown to Betty Hill during her abduction which was later believed to show the star system Zeta Reticuli. Betty has vehemently denied that her encounter was with this type of being.

Almost everything that we know about the Greys comes from people who have been abducted by them, or with their help. Some of this information is from hypnosis therapy, but a good deal of it is from actual memories.

Although there have been over 50 different kinds of aliens reported and cataloged in abduction scenarios, the Greys have been the most common since about 1980. Greys have been witnessed working with almost all of the other species. They are usually the beings that do the actual abduction, moving their victims to locations where the other types of aliens perform tests and conduct interviews.

Greys are about 4 to 4 1/2 feet tall, have no hair, unusually large heads (especially the cranium) and pointed jaws. Their mouths are very small and seldom move. Their noses are either extremely small by human comparison or completely missing, with two small holes showing. But perhaps the signature feature of Greys are their two large, almond shaped, black eyes.

People always remark that the body of Greys is extremely thin. They appear to have no striated muscles on their arms or legs. Their necks are so thin that it is often remarked that they shouldn’t support such a large head, yet they do. Their arms are longer than humans, ending below their knees, and they have hands with only four fingers of differing lengths.

The physical descriptions of Greys is always consistent when recalled by abductees. They also report that Greys are capable of limited telepathic communication — mostly reassuring their victims that “Everything will be fine”. They seem able to put humans into a trance by staring at them and it is often reported that “they read my soul”, referring to their ability to scan the mind of their victims.

You will notice that I am using the word “victims” here, since the abductees are most often taken against their will, traumatized by painful examinations and surgical procedures, and left with mental and physical damage. Indeed, their reassurance that everything will be “fine” is the first of many deceptions.

Have YOU been abducted?

You might think this is a foolish question but it’s not. A recent survey conducted by the Roper Organization asked American subjects certain questions designed to reveal abductees. Their results showed that, back in 1998, 1 of every 50 subjects had experienced an alien abduction. Typically, abductions are on-going and often begin in childhood.

According to Dr. Karla Turner, who has worked with over 400 abduction cases and has written the book “Into the Fringe”, the abduction phenomena includes some of the following details:

Aliens, especially Greys, can alter our perceptions of our surroundings. They can create a kind of “virtual reality” in our mind and can appear to us any number of guises and shapes. Perhaps the mental “scanning” is used to select imagery to calm the victims and substitute memories of the abduction. They can be present with us in an invisible state and can make themselves only partially visible by this same ability.

Abductees receive marks on their bodies. Scoops of flesh are mysteriously missing and straight-line scars sometimes appear on victims’ bodies. Other marks include single punctures, multiple punctures, large bruises, three-and four fingered claw marks, and trangles of every possible sort.

Female abductees often suffer serious gynecological problems after their alien encounters, and sometimes these problems lead to cysts, tumors, cancer of the breast and uterus, and to hysterectomies.

Abductees report being scoffed at, jeered at, and threatened by their alien captors and unknown fluids are injected into some abductees.

Abductees report being taken to underground facilities where they see grotesque hybrid creatures, nurseries of hybrid humanoid fetuses, and vats of colored liquid filled with parts of bodies. Other abductees report seeing other humans in these facilities being drained of blood, mutilated, flayed, dismembered, and stacked like cords of wood. Some abductees have been threatened that they, too, will end up in this condition if they don’t co-operate with their alien captors.

Aliens have forced their human abductees to have sexual intercourse with aliens and even with other abductees while groups of aliens observe these performances. In such encounters, the aliens have sometimes disguised themselves in order to gain the cooperation of the abductee, appearing in such forms as Jesus, Blessed Mary, the Pope, certain celebrities, and even the dead spouses of the abductees. The Grey’s ability to scan our minds allows them to assess our vulnerabilities and customize the abduction experience.

Aliens make predictions of an imminent period of global chaos and destruction. They say that a certain number of humans will be “rescued” from the planet in order to continue the species, either on another planet or back on earth after the destruction is over. Many abductees report they don’t believe their alien captors and foresee instead a much more sinister use of the “rescued” humans.

Many alien prophesies to contactees of the 50’s and even today have failed to come true or appear to be outright lies. Many contactees and abductees today are again delivering warnings of coming earth changes and disasters along with promises of help from aliens. They feel “choosen” to deliver these messages to mankind. Again the Grey’s know their vulnerable egos can compel their cooperation. The prophesies often create false hope and dependancy on their abductors whom they know little about.

“I’ve come away from this experience convinced of one thing: if there aren’t demons out there, there might as well be, because these guys are indistinguishable from demons. Indistinguishable. To see them, to look into their eyes, is to be less — forever…”

OK. That’s pretty bad stuff — and very frightening. But it gets worse. So let’s get all the bad stuff out in the open before we explore the good side of Greys. The following is a well known conspiracy theory about a secret base where humans (military) and Greys work together. Apparently the Greys have the upper hand as you will see in this eye-witness account of what happened when their secret underground dwelling was accidentally disturbed.

Phil Schneider, one of three people to survive the 1979 fire fight between the large Greys, US intelligence and military at the Dulce underground base, was found dead January 1996, due to what appears to be an execution style murder. He was found dead in his apartment with a piano wire wrapped around his neck. According to sources, it appeared that he repeatedly suffered torture before he was finally killed. Seven months prior to his death , Schneider did a lecture on the forces he had discovered at Dulce.

Back in 1954, under the Eisenhower administration, the federal government decided to circumvent the Constitution of the United States and form a treaty with alien entities. It was called the 1954 Grenada Treaty, which basically made the agreement that the aliens involved could take a few cows and test their implanting techniques on a few human beings, but that they had to give details about the people involved. Slowly, the aliens altered the bargain until they decided they wouldn’t abide by it at all. Back in 1979, this was the reality, and the fire-fight at Dulce occurred quite by accident.

“I was involved in building an addition to the deep underground military base at Dulce, which is probably the deepest base. It goes down seven levels and over 2.5 miles deep. At that particular time, we had drilled four distinct holes in the desert, and we were going to link them together and blow out large sections at a time. My job was to go down the holes and check the rock samples, and recommend the explosive to deal with the particular rock. As I was headed down there, we found ourselves amidst a large cavern that was full of outer-space aliens, otherwise known as large Greys. I shot two of them. At that time, there were 30 people down there. About 40 more came down after this started, and all of them got killed. We had surprised a whole underground base of existing aliens. Later, we found out that they had been living on our planet for a long time, perhaps a million years. This could explain a lot of what is behind the theory of ancient astronauts.

“Anyway, I got shot in the chest with one of their weapons, which was a box on their body, that blew a hole in me and gave me a nasty dose of cobalt radiation. I have had cancer because of that.

“I didn’t get really interested in UFO technology until I started work at Area 51, north of Las Vegas. After about two years recuperating after the 1979 incident, I went back to work for Morrison and Knudson, EG&G and other companies. At Area 51, they were testing all kinds of peculiar spacecraft. How many people here are familiar with Bob Lazar’s story? He was a physicist working at Area 51 trying to decipher the propulsion factor in some of these craft.

Dulce Base — under Mt. Archuleta, Dulce, New Mexico. Located close to the Colorado border and situated on the Jicarella Apache Indian Reservation. The town of Dulce is located off U.S. Route 64 population 900-1,700. A small town with one motel and a gas station. The base is located 2.5 miles northwest of Dulce and almost overlooks the town. Joint CIA-Alien base. 95 miles northwest of Los Alamos. Biogenetics Laboratory including but not limited to: Atomic Manipulation, cloning, studies of the human aura, advanced mind control applications, animal/human crossbreeding, visual and audio human chip implantation, abduction and feeding off of humans including children.

The Second Largest Reptilian and Grey Base in North America. The Central Hub.

*1st Level – contains the garage for Street Maintenance.

*2nd Level- contains the garage for trains, shuttles, tunnel-boring machines and UFO maintenance.

*3rd Level – the first 3 levels contain government offices.

*4th Level – Human Aura Research as well as aspects of Dream Manipulation, Hypnosis, and Telepathy. They can lower your heartbeat with Delta Waves and introduce data and programmed reactions into your mind (for those implanted with brain chips). Most people already are, they just don’t know it.

*5th Level – witnesses have described huge vats with amber liquid with parts of human bodies being stirred inside. Rows and rows of cages holding men, women and children — some believe to be used as food. Perhaps thousands.

*6th Level — privately called “Nightmare Hall.” It contains the genetic labs. Here are where the crossbreeding experiments of human/animal are done on fish, seals, birds, and mice that are vastly altered from their original forms. There are multi-armed and multi-legged humans and several cages and vats of humanoid bat-like creatures up to 7 feet tall.

*7th level – Row after row of 1,000s of humans in cold storage including children.

We have no way of knowing if the accounts of Grey activity at Dulce, New Mexico are true. Even the local people are a bit paranoid about what lies under the nearby mountains. Strange lights are often seen and some ranchers have reported seeing steam coming from air vents in the valleys. It’s almost sure that something is under the earth — but whatever it is must be very secret.

Nigel Kerner has written books describing the Greys as a race of biologic robots, created long ago by some superior civilization that they outlived. Although they are self-aware, Greys are like the Tin Man in the Wizzard of Oz — only instead of a heart, Greys need our souls. Kerner describes the abduction phenomenon in terms of a “Harvest” where potential human candidates are examined and nurtured for that moment when they will have their spirit essence transferred to a waiting Grey.

This theory has some interesting support from social scientists who open our eyes to cultural trends that can only be described as pure “evil.” The widespread introduction of materialism, free pornography and secularism seem to have no other reward but to destroy personal integrity and morality. Poverty also enslaves the population and destroys the family structure. All these trends diminish our spiritual strength making our souls vulnerable and ripe for the harvest. And all these cultural shifts could well be the fruit of abductions and implanted ideologies.

As crazy as these theories sound, the abduction phenomenon is itself crazy, but very real. We should not easily dismiss the association of Greys with the underworld, deception and evil.

“By way of deception thou shall do war.”

After the horrific stories of what humans have endured, and continue to endure in abductions, it seems an uphill battle to portray the Greys as benevolent and altruistic. Yet that is what many people believe. Their argument deserves consideration but requires a serious upgrade in our concept of good intentions and wise intervention.

Let’s get off planet Earth for a moment and consider the unimaginable vastness of the universe and its possibilities. Countless inhabited planets have evolved with intelligent life capable of technologies and philosophies that are thousands, millions or even billions of years ahead of what we understand. In this scenario we, humans, are part of the mix. We too are aliens.

While an extraterrestrial species visiting our planet must have the prerequisite understanding of the “big picture”, we don’t yet have this. In fact, we are still debating whether there is life anywhere else. Our experience with other species is limited to our interactions with the human, animal, plant and marine life on Earth, which we have routinely exploited.

Although diverse, the universe appears to have laws and patterns. Undoubtedly, intelligent beings have a pattern of evolution that can be recognized by beings who are familiar with, and have studied, a variety of inhabited worlds. The challenges faced by homo sapiens sapiens are likely not unique and extraterrestrial observers can assess our progress and pitfalls with some objectivity.

One of the “laws” of nature is that progress is the result of trial and error. Error is important — it is the great teacher. Once burnt, twice as shy. And so the concept of the Prime Directive, as introduced by Roddenberry’s Star Trek series, is valid.

This is perhaps the reason Greys do not stop wars, plagues, over population, pollution or famines. Like children, we must learn our lessons the hard way. Their apparent indifference does not justify our perception of evil intent.

One of the reasons that the prime directive was instituted was to prevent evolving civilizations from obtaining technologies that outpaced their culture. Giving young children handguns is a recipe for a catastrophe. Our own tribal and warfare culture is experiencing this with the recent discovery of atomic fission.

What is true on Earth is also true in the universe. Unless a civilization has reached some type of peaceful wisdom or moral spirituality, interplanetary travel will bring with it those same unresolved competitive and exploitive traits. We should expect to see these same traits in some of our encounters with extraterrestrial visitors. But again, this pattern should be known and some aliens will likely try to prevent our exploitation.

I guess I am trying to paint a picture of “good” and “bad” encounters that are possible and likely have happened to us in our history. To some aliens we are seen as interesting and potentially good creatures, worthy of respect. To others we are seen as cattle. The nature of the abduction experience can thus be varied.

Greys seem to be both good and bad. This has led some to believe that they are at conflict with themselves. Abductees speak of “service to self” Greys as the bad ones and “service to others” as the good Greys. This apparent split in ideology came about in the 1980s. It is believed that the “service to self” Greys had either threatened or offered technology to the governments and military in return for their unhindered molestation of humanity and that certain “service to others” Greys revolted, forming their own camp.

The split in ideologies with Greys happened after Dr. Karla Turner’s documentation of the horrific alien abductions. Her descriptions led one to believe that the Greys were custodians or shepherds of human beings, allowing other malevolent aliens to have their way with us. Indeed Greys do appear to be the stewards of the planet. They have apparently been here a long time and have messed with us continuously.

Source

Read more from Auricmedia:

[carousel-horizontal-posts-content-slider]

Transcending the matrix

If you haven’t check out this great info from Montalk.net now it’s time to check out. It explains nicely the agenda of aliens and the whole battle of good and evil in our universe:

There is far more to this world than taught in our schools, shown in the media, or proclaimed by the church and state. Most of mankind lives in a hypnotic trance, taking to be reality what is instead a twisted simulacrum of reality, a collective dream in which values are inverted, lies are taken as truth, and tyranny is accepted as security. They enjoy their ignorance and cling tightly to the misery that gives them identity.

Fortunately, some are born with spiritual immune systems that sooner or later give rejection to the illusory worldview grafted upon them from birth through social conditioning. They begin sensing that something is amiss, and start looking for answers. Inner knowledge and anomalous outer experiences show them a side of reality others are oblivious to, and so begins their journey of awakening. Each step of the journey is made by following the heart instead of following the crowd and by choosing knowledge over ignorance.

Knowledge is the key to unlocking our potential. It gives us the self-​determination, responsibility, and power necessary to cast off the chains of covert oppression. Knowledge is therefore the greatest protector, for it also gives us foresight to impeccably handle the challenges of life and, most importantly, to sidestep the traps on the path to awakening. The more you know of higher truths and apply what you know, the more you begin operating under higher laws that transcend the limitations of the lower.

Here you will find articles and resources that push the boundaries of fringe knowledge. Specific subjects include:

  • alternative science, from orgonomy to quantum physics
  • current events and the New World Order
  • the role of extraterrestrial and hyperdimensional aliens
  • how you are being farmed for your spiritual energies
  • the Matrix and its agents
  • how most people are asleep, what it takes to wake up
  • possible cataclysmic futures and what they entail
  • nonlinear nature of time and reality
  • meaning of deja vu’s and synchronicities
  • the reality shift into fourth density

For a more detailed outline of ideas at montalk.net, read Key Concepts. Take only what resonates with your inner sense of knowing and correlates with your observations and experience – leave the rest. Enjoy the site!

Book Cover

Fringe Knowledge
for Beginners

by Montalk

» Read More

» PDF Download

Source

Read more from Auricmedia:

[carousel-horizontal-posts-content-slider]

Nazi regime’s closely guarded state secrets

Info about Nazi connections with aliens:

After World War II and the subsequent occupation of Germany, Allied military commanders were stunned to discover the penetrating depth of the Nazi regime’s closely guarded state secrets.

The world’s best intelligence organization was not the least of these revelations. Also discovered were massive and meticulous research file on secret societies, metaphysics, genetics, alternative energy, and other scientific pursuits that boggled the imagination of the Allied command.

Even more spectacular was an entire web of underground rocket and flying saucer factories with an accompanying free-energy technology that still defies ordinary beliefs.

Missing U-boat fleets possessing the most advanced submarine technology in the world left many wondering if the Nazis had escaped with yet more secrets or even with Hitler himself.

Behind all of these mysteries was an even deeper element: a secret order known to initiates as the Order of the Black Sun, an organization so feared that it is now illegal to even print their symbols and insignia in modern Germany.

It’s roots stem from The Vril Society that began around the same time as the Thule Society, when Karl Haushofer founded the “Bruder des Lichts”, which means Brothers of the Light, sometimes referred to as the Luminous Lodge.

Whereas the Thule Society ended up focusing primarily upon materialistic and political agendas, the Vril Society put its attention on the “Other Side.” This group was eventually renamed the Vril-Gesellschaft as it rose in prominence and united three major societies:

– The Lords of the Black Stone, (Teutonic Order)
– The Black Knights, of the Thule Society
– The Black Sun, the elite branch of the SS

When the German secret societies came into being after World War One, the world’s leading authorities on archeology and linguistics, especially regarding ancient Sumer and Babylon, were primarily German.

A local medium named Maria Orisc began getting messages in an unknown language and couldn’t transcribe them, so began meeting with key members of these societies, along with other mediums.

The messages supposedly came from the star sytem of Aldebaran, an orange giant located about 65 light years away in the zodiac constellation of Taurus, which they believed has two planets which form the ’Sumeran Empire’.

In the Sumeran empire were said to exist two classes of people – the Aryan or original “pure” race, and a subservient race which had devolved, or developed in a negative fashion, as a result of mutation from climatic changes likely due to nuclear fallout. From Peter Moon’s book The Black Sun:

“A half billion years ago, the Aryans (known as the Elohim or Elder Race) began to colonize our solar system as Aldebaran’s became uninhabitable. Marduk, existing in what is today the asteroid belt , was the first to be colonized, then Mars. When they came to Earth, these Aryans were known as the Sumerians.”

Here is a more detailed summary of messages the Vril medium had received over the years and which formed the basis for all further actions by the Vril-Gesellschaft, compiled by author Jan van Helsing. This material is not science fiction, but represents truly what was going on in the Inner Core of Thule and Vril. It should be emphasized to the reader that even if you don’t believe a word of this, it’s irrelevant. They believed it and they built at least two very complicated secret societies around it – and these societies became quite powerful and influential:

The solar system Aldebaran has a sun around which revolve two inhabited planets that form the empire SUMERAN. The population of the Aldebaran system is divided into the original “pure” race of people (Aryans) and several other human races that had devolved by genetic mutation from the parent population because of climatic changes brought about by nuclear war upon the planets.

The more the races intermixed, the lower the spiritual development of these people collectively sank, which led to the situation that when the sun Aldebaran began expanding they could no longer maintain the space travel technology of their forefathers and could not leave the planets by their own means.

The genetically degraded races, totally dependent upon the master race, had to be evacuated and were brought to other inhabitable planets. They colonized our solar system, starting with the planet Mallona (also called Maldek, Marduk or Phaeton among Russians) that existed at that time between Mars and Jupiter, now occupied by the asteroid belt.

Despite their physical and cultural differences, all the races respected one another and did not interfere with each other, neither the so-called genetically “pure” people nor the mutated hybrid races. Each respected that the others just made their own developments [in contrast to what happens on Earth].

Members of the Vril Society believed that Aldebaranians landed on Earth following global cataclysms, when the planet became slowly habitable again in the region of Mesopotamia. Re-establishing civilization they formed the dominant ruling nobility of the Sumerians and various other early societies, governing through an elite bloodline and segregated caste system; interracial inter-breeding (mixing blood) was strictly taboo.

The mediums were said to have had also received precise information about the civilizations on the inhabited planets situated around the sun Aldebaran and a ‘one way’ trip was scheduled to depart towards the Pleiades to re-unite.

According to volkisch (folk) beliefs, Aryans had created a high civilization which existed eons ago and was destroyed by – and here the mythology is hazy – either the melting of the ice at the end of the last ice age (12,000 years ago), or the onset of the ice age.

The original home of the Aryans was Thule, at the northernmost reaches of the Earth. That warm country was flooded and iced over, with the advanced race finding underground sanctuary in massive subterranean caverns.

The melting occurred during the final years of the Pleistocene, from approximately 110,000 to 12,000 years ago. During this period, there were several changes between glacier advance and retreat.

The maximum extent of glaciation within this last glacial period was approximately 22,000 years ago, when sea levels were 400 feet lower world-wide.

The “weather branch” of the Nazi Ahnenerbe (archeological research) headed by Dr. Hans Scultetus, was concentrating on weather forecasts resting on the world-ice cosmology. The Ahnenerbe’s forecasts took place over many millenia.

Scultetus was interested in the big picture, in knowing how the weather would change over the long term. He wanted to know how the weather on Earth would change when the Sun goddess, to use the volkisch analogy, shifted her attention and her golden rays from Earth to that other planet which deserved it more – Mars.

The Nazis believed that the ice at the poles represents the Earth’s original state, not its wintry death. The Fire and Ice theory held that it was the Flood, not the ice, that signified the Earth’s Last Days. It was an age of evil, and the New Age to be brought in would restore the golden age.

In the meantime, if the Nazis couldn’t prevail, they would take their blood to Mars, which, according to volkisch belief, was the home of mankind before Earth. Mars was a kind of Thule taken to planetary extremes.

The name Thule, or ‘Ultima Thule’, refers to the capital of the legendary polar country Hyperborea, which also reputedly stood at the portal of the ‘Hollow Earth’. Traditionally, the Hyperboreans were in contact with extraterrestrials or ‘alien cultures’, and participated in interbreeding.

In common with the legendary inhabitants of Atlantis, the Hyperboreans engaged in war with neighboring civilizations. This escalated into the use of atomic weapons, resulting in a pyrrhic victory for the Hyperboreans, who, as well as defeating their enemies, virtually destroyed themselves in the process.

The surviving Hyperboreans were soon faced with the prospect of mutated and otherwise radiation damaged offspring. Showing remarkable resolve, those who had not sustained any apparent genetic damage, banded together and effectively removed themselves from the gene pool by relocating underground, a variety of self imposed quarantine.

On the surface, a branch of the descendants of this seminal ‘Mother Aryan race’ were the proto-Indo-Europeans/Iranians who, like the ripples on a pond, spread out, colonizing various northern areas of the planet after the Deluge, spreading their agricultural civilization and universally recognized symbol (卐)
Scots, (original) Basques, Scandinavians, (original) Guanches, (original) Berbers, Icelanders, (original) Ainu of Japan, (original) Iranian/Indian ruling class, (original) Chinese of the Gobi desert, (original) Tibetans, Caucasoid Pharaohs of Egypt, proto-Greeks, certain native American, Mesoamerican, and South American tribes; the nobility that established and governed all of these civilizations were of Aryan origin.

These disparate nationalities share linguistic patterns, have mythological similarities, and poses at least one common genetic trait; a large percentage of RH-negative blood types. According to the beliefs of the Thule society, a blood characteristic of the Hyperboreans and their extraterrestrial associates.

Other races and peoples who posses a rhesus monkey positive blood type (over 80% of the world population) were considered to have gradually become racially impure, as rhesus monkey positive blood (RH+) was thought to be contaminated by generations of contact with the simian-hybridized strands of human DNA.

Much like the Nazi party’s use of race as a political tool to promote their right-wing ideology, so too does modern post-WW2 governments – through academia and media – use the issue of race as a political tool to further establish their globalist Marxist agenda.

It is not socially acceptable to attempt to explain human anomalies that do not fit the prevailing “out-of-Africa” model, such as origins of RH negative blood-type.

Many indoctrinated anthropologists, elected politicians, working celebrities, and other unqualified media “news” personalities unanimously insist that there is no such thing as race. The hostility and intolerance shown towards opposing theories backed by scientific evidence is truly ironic.

Unfounded accusations of racism have become common as the prevailing Darwinian inspired theory is constantly being challenged by the growing mountain of conflicting scientific evidence, especially in the evolving field of genetics.

It is now scientifically irrefutable fact that the “human species” has been found to contain a substantial quantity of DNA (at least 20%) from other hominid populations not classified as Homo sapien; such as Neanderthal, Denisovan, African archaic, Homo erectus, and now possibly even “Hobbit” (Homo floresiensis).

If not given drugs to prevent infant death, the pregnant body of a rhesus negative mother will attack, try to reject, and even kill her own offspring if it is by a rhesus positive man.

The Domestic dog (Canis lupus familiaris) is a sub-species of the gray wolf (Canis lupus), and they produce hybrids.

There are numerous other examples of where two separate species (for example with different numbers of chromosomes) can also produce viable offspring, yet are considered separate species. That said, humanity has been shown to be, genetically speaking, a hybrid species that did not all share the same hunter-gatherer ancestry in Africa.

Recent sequencing of ancient genomes suggests that interbreeding went on between the members of several ancient human-like groups more than 30,000 years ago, including an as-yet unknown human ancestor. “there were many hominid populations,” says Mark Thomas, evolutionary geneticist at University College London.

Recent genetic studies are touting shocking headlines about how ancient humans ‘rampantly interbred’ and indulged in inter-species interracial sex with multiple mystery sub-races in a “Lord Of The Rings”-style world of different creatures, including mystery DNA – neither human nor Neanderthal, not yet identified.

After WW2, the Aryan utopia of a Thule paradise was completely abolished, replaced by an egalitarian utopia promoting a mythical sub-Saharan cradle of civilization, promoted globally with funding by the UN. The “out of Africa” hypothesis backed by the united nations was universally adopted, often times enthusiastically celebrated, and treated as religious dogma in Universities that currently enjoy public federal or state funding and tax exempt status.

It is correctly said that history is always written by the winners, but history is not the only field to have been politically influenced by the victors of the second world war. Many ‘conspiracy theorists’ claim that there is ongoing technology suppression in the field of free-energy, and that much of the UFO phenomenon, specifically the area of propulsion, is not really as “unidentified” as it is made out to be. An example is the physics behind Die Glocke (German for “The Bell”), a top secret Nazi scientific technological device, secret weapon, or Wunderwaffe.

The NAZI Bell is described as being a device made out of a hard, heavy metal approximately nine feet wide and 12 to 15 feet high, having a shape similar to that of a large bell.

This device ostensibly contained two counter-rotating cylinders which would be filled with a mercury-like substance, said to be violet in color, code-named “Xerum 525” and cautiously stored in a thermos flask a meter high encased in lead.

This Die Glocke was further described as emitting strong radiation when activated, an effect that supposedly led to the death of several unnamed NAZI scientists and various plant and animal test subjects.

The ruins of a concrete framework, dubbed “The Henge”, in the vicinity of the Wenceslas mine (50°37′43″N 16°29′40″E) may have once served as a test rig for an experiment in “anti-gravity propulsion” generated with Die Glocke.

Claims have been made by some that the device was considered so important to Hitler that he ordered 60 scientists killed that worked on the project just to guard the technology. Others have speculated that The Nazi Bell was moved, along with other advanced saucer-type craft, to the US as part of a deal made with SS General Hans Kammler, or possibly even ended up in Nazi-friendly South American country like Argentina.

In the 1930’s, Nazis exploring the southern extremities of the globe set up a base (called base-211) in Antarctica. You may have heard of Operation Highjump and how Admiral Byrd had an altercation with entrenched German forces that overpowered them with amazing flying craft. A map from the Third Reich (obtained by Russian forces during WW2) has recently surfaced detailing not only the direct passageway used by German U-boats to access this subterranean domain, but also a complete map of both hemispheres of the inner realm of Agartha!

After the Soviet collapse in 1991, the KGB released previously classified files that cast light on the mysterious US led Naval expedition to Antarctica in 1947.

The intelligence report, gathered from Soviet KGB spies embedded in the US, revealed that the US Navy had sent the military expedition led by Admiral Byrd to find and destroy a hidden Nazi base.

On the way, they encountered and were defeated by a German saucer force that destroyed several ships and planes, forcing the US to retreat and implement a media cover-up lasting up until today.

Officially called “The United States Navy Antarctic Development Program,” the naval component of Operation Highjump was comprised of 4700 military personnel, an aircraft carrier (the USS Philippine Sea among the largest of all carriers of the time), and a number of naval support ships and aircraft.

The Naval expedition was headed by famed polar explore Admiral Richard Byrd, who had been ordered:

“to consolidate and extend American sovereignty over the largest practical area of the Antarctic continent. To establish Little America”

Byrd’s expedition ended after only 8 weeks with “many fatalities” according to initial news reports based on interviews with crew members who spoke to the press while passing through Chilean ports.

Rather than deny the heavy casualty reports, Admiral Byrd revealed in an interview that they had encountered a new enemy that “could fly from pole to pole at incredible speeds.”

Admiral Byrd’s statements were published in the Chilean Press but never publicly confirmed by US authorities. Indeed Byrd did not speak again to the Press about Operation Highjump, leaving it for researchers to speculate for decades over what really happened, and why Byrd was silenced.

Indeed, Operation Highjump had suffered “many casualties” as stated in initial press reports from Chile, which may have ended up exposing the first known historical incident involving a battle between US naval forces and an unknown UFO force stationed near Antarctica.

It is a historical fact that Nazi Germany devoted significant resources to the exploration of Antarctica, and established a prewar presence there with its first mission in the Antarctic summer of 1938/1939.

According to a statement by Grand Admiral Donitz in 1943, “the German submarine fleet is proud of having built for the Führer, in another part of the world, a Shangri-La land, an impregnable fortress.”

If the fortress was in Antarctica, was it built by the Nazis, or discovered there? After the defeat of Nazi Germany, according various sources, elite Nazi scientists and leaders escaped to this impregnable fortress by Uboats, two of which experienced difficulties and surrendered in Argentina.

Vril: The Power of the Coming Race

In 1871 Sir Edward Bulwer-Lytton published a novel entitled Vril: The Power Of The Coming Race about a subterranean civilization able to utilise a powerful force or earth energy called ‘Vril’. This energy could be used for good or ill, to heal or to destroy (similar to Prana, Chi, Orgone).

The novel was a huge success in its time, and is credited with giving rise to the Science Fiction Genre. However, it is rarely read today, Lytton’s prose style being incompatible with modern taste.

This can be seen from an annual competition, run by a Californian University, known as ‘The Bulwer-Lytton Fiction Contest’. The one condition of entry is ‘to compose the opening sentence to the worst of all possible novels’.

Joke-worthy as the book may be now, its influence at the time cannot be downplayed. And it was Bulwer-Lytton’s professed interest in all things occult that led to speculation that this work of fiction was really based on fact, i.e. that Vril is a real force or energy.

The Theosophists developed this idea attracting interest from such notables as Sir George Bernard Shaw. Vril became the centre of secret societies devoted to its study, the most remarkable arising in pre second-world-war Germany.

The medium Maria Orsic was leader of the ‘Vrilerinnen’, the beautiful young ladies of the Vril Gesellschaft. Characteristically they all wore their hair in long horsetails, contrary to the popular short bobbed fashion of their day, claiming their long hair acted as cosmic antennas that helped facilitate their contact with beings from other worlds.

According to the legend of the German Vril society, a fateful meeting was held in 1919 at an old hunting lodge near Berchtesgaden, where Maria Orsic presented to a small group assembled from the Thule, Vril and Black Sun Societies, telepathic messages she claimed to have received from an extraterrestrial civilization existing in the distant Aldebaran solar system, sixty-eight light years away, in the Constellation of Taurus. One set of Maria’s channeled transmissions was found to be in a secret German Templar script unknown to her.

Researcher Wendelle Stevens tells us that, rather than a militant gesture of aid to aggressive Nazis, the Aldebarans perceived an economic disparity in Earth cultures that fueled perpetual wars and conflict.

To alleviate this disparity the Aldebarans reasoned that by offering ‘free-energy’ technologies, used to create affordable mass transportation devices, a new innovative generation of industries, promoting prosperity and greater peaceful interaction between nations might result; thus diminishing violent wars.

Clearly such a plan resonated with members of both the Thule and Vril Societies and their dream for a clean and free technology based on this ‘alternative science’ harnessing Vril energy.

Here is a short summary of messages the Vril medium had received over the years and which formed the basis for all further actions by the Vril-Gesellschaft, compiled by author Jan van Helsing. This material is not science fiction, but represents truly what was going on in the Inner Core of Thule and Vril. It should be emphasized to the reader that even if you don’t believe a word of this, it’s irrelevant. They believed it and they built at least two very complicated secret societies around it – and these societies became quite powerful and influential:

The solar system Aldebaran has a sun around which revolve two inhabited planets that form the empire SUMERAN. The population of the Aldebaran system is divided into the original “pure” race of people (Aryans) and several other human races that had devolved by genetic mutation from the parent population because of climatic changes brought about by nuclear war upon the planets.

The more the races intermixed, the lower the spiritual development of these people collectively sank, which led to the situation that when the sun Aldebaran began expanding they could no longer maintain the space travel technology of their forefathers and could not leave the planets by their own means. The genetically degraded races, totally dependent upon the master race, had to be evacuated and were brought to other inhabitable planets. They colonized our solar system, starting with the planet Mallona (also called Maldek, Marduk or Phaeton among Russians) that existed at that time between Mars and Jupiter, now occupied by the asteroid belt.
Despite their physical and cultural differences, all the races respected one another and did not interfere with each other, neither the so-called genetically “pure” people nor the mutated hybrid races. Each respected that the others just made their own developments [in contrast to what happens on Earth].

Members of the Vril Society believed that Aldebaranians landed on Earth following global cataclysms, when the planet became slowly habitable again in the region of Mesopotamia. Re-establishing civilization they formed the dominant ruling nobility of the Sumerians and various other early societies, governing through an elite bloodline and segregated caste system; interracial inter-breeding (mixing blood) was strictly taboo.

The mediums were said to have had also received precise information about the civilizations on the inhabited planets situated around the sun Aldebaran and a ‘one way’ trip was scheduled to depart towards the Pleiades to re-unite.

Despite their distrust of men, the women of Vril eventually did join with the Thule Gesellschaft and DHvSS in order to construct an inter-dimensional channeled flight disc known as the JenseitsFlugMaschine (JFM).

But unlike the other two groups the Vril Gesellschaft were an inner circle of women who were also fighting against their times and culture.

With substantial financial backing, the odd disc shaped machines were successfully constructed in Munich and secretly tested for several years. Thule wanted to develop both a production combat craft and a functional Raumschiff (Spaceship).

The Vril, by comparison, only wanted to develop Raumschiffe (Spaceship) to reach Aldebaran in the Taurus Constellation 64 light years from earth. Had the Vril maidens retained control of the projects born from the channeled information they received, subsequent events may have been very different.

Unfortunately they got tangled up with the militarized political branch of the Thule and other nationalist occult groups, all bent on revenge against the rest of Europe for the humiliation of defeat of World War I. When the Nazi party came to power in Germany, Maria and the Sisters had no real choice but to go along for the ride.

The Nazis successful development of functioning disc craft during the war is now well documented. Virgil Armstrong, former CIA operative and former Green Beret, said the German flying machines during World War II could land and take off vertically and fly at right angles. They reached 3000 km / h and were armed with cannons which could penetrate a shield 10 cm thick.

In early 1943, the Nazis embarked on the design of a cigar-shaped spaceship that was to be built in the workshops of Zeppelin. It was the ”Andromeda” Apparatus and was designed to transport several spacecraft in a plate form for interstellar flights.

When they occupied Germany, in early 1945, the British and the Americans discovered, among other things, the secret files of the SS, photos Haunebu II and the Vril 1 as well as the Andromeda. In March 1946, President Truman gave the orders to collect the Nazi material and to classify the technology as Top Secret. German scientists working undercover, were given false papers and sent to the U.S. as part of the framework of “Operation Paperclip”.

Meanwhile Maria Orsitsch and the Vril Circle mysteriously disappeared, never to be heard from again, fueling speculation among some writers that Maria may have in fact escaped, as she claimed, to Aldebaran. A recently published “Letter of Departure” to the Young Vrilerinnen (jungen Vrilerinnen), dated March 11, 1945, mentions the “Odin Departure” (Odin-Ausflug). It refers to a temporary evacuation location with Maria, and the final departure to Aldebaran.

The letter ends: “niemand bleibt hier” (no one is staying here) and is signed “With Cheerful Courage” (Mit frischem Mut) by Godrun.

In Norse mythology Gudrun was the sister of Gunnar, both children of Giuki – king of the Nibelungs. Sigrun (another Vril Maiden) was one of the nine daughters of Odin.

Regardless of how much of this story is factual, and how much is modern myth, why is there nothing about this in school textbooks, encyclopedias, or reported in the media?

Particularly in Germany, where there is freedom of the press and they declare that they only teach the truth.

Surely it is reasonable to discuss the real truth now, after 70 years, openly without being arrested or publically labeled a “racist”.

During the time that I. G. Farben supported Hitler, their partner Standard Oil (Rockefeller) organized the people against the Nazis. Likewise, Ford Motor Company made armaments for the U.S. Army, but produced, while in Germany, military vehicles for the Nazis. Ford and Opel (subsidiary of GM that is controlled by JP Morgan) were the two largest car manufacturers in Germany for Hitler. No matter the winner, globalist multinational corporations were instigating and profiting from all sides.

What’s more, in 1946 the Rockefeller foundation paid $139,000 USD for the exclusive rights to the official ‘public version’ report of the History of the Second World War, which concealed all the help provided by American bankers in financing and arming the Nazi war machine.

They also made sure to keep from the public the truth behind Admiral Byrd’s mission to Antarctica immediately following WW2, a secret that has lasted as long as the cover-up concerning the events at Roswell.

It was also silent about the mystical and occult ideology behind the Nazi regime, including the Vril inspired free-energy technology, which was rumored to have been later perfected at the infamous Area 51, near the site of the Roswell incident. The major donor was the Rockefeller’s Standard Oil.

Source

Read more from Auricmedia:

[carousel-horizontal-posts-content-slider]

Alien presence and Dulce base combat

Good info about alien precense on Earth…:

Located almost two miles beneath Archuleta Mesa on the Jicarilla Apache Indian Reservation near Dulce, New Mexico was an installation classified so secret, its existence would be one of the most protected realities in the world. There was the Earth’s first main joint United States Government/Alien biogenetics laboratory. Others existed in Colorado , Nevada , and Arizona , not to mention in a number of other locations like Afghanistan and Russia – but Dulce (is)/was the largest…

In an era when the officers in charge of the major military units were still part of the generation that looked on young women – potential mothers – as a treasure to be protected, to learn that thousands of young females were being abducted, and even created (cloned, etc.) for use as sex slaves by aliens was simply too much for such men to allow to continue.

The turning point came when National Security Adviser Dr. Zbigniew Brzezinski met with President Jimmy Carter in the White House on June 14, 1977, with a number of other “intelligence operatives and leaders”, to bring the President up to speed on a number of top secret programs, including “Project Aquarius”, and the work being done at Dulce, Area 51, and other secret bases. Brzezinski, a member of the power elite that backed the “Grey” cause, never guessed that the President would be so shocked that he would soon turn to trusted military advisors in the military intelligence community for options of how to stop what had been going on.

The National Security Agency (NSA) had been secretly fighting the alien cause, and the humans that worked for or with the aliens, since it was established in the mid-1950s’. Project Aquarius was originally established in 1953, by order of President Eisenhower, under control of NSC and MJ 12. In 1966, the Project’s name had been changed from Project Gleem to Project Aquarius, and portions of it went into DEEP COVER, hidden even from the CIA and the NSC. At that point, the NSA had opened “Department X” (to identify and study all alien or enemy operations that could be a threat to the United States or the Human Race in general), and “Department Z” (to “react” and “neutralize” any sort of threat to the United States or the Human Race).

Under secret Presidential Order, signed by President Jimmy Carter, the NSA’s Department Z, the newly established DELTA FORCE, and a specially hand-picked group of Air Force SOC, Navy SEAL, and Army Rangers were organized for a mission so secret that not even command officers were told what it was about until the night of the attack. The only ‘Attack Team’ leaders who knew what this would be about were the men involved in the NSA Department Z, who had been involved with fighting aliens for years. The commanding officer of the attack was none other than Captain Mark Richards, the son of the infamous “Dutchman”, Major Ellis Loyd Richards, who had been the commander of International Security (IS) since Admiral Chester W. Nimitz died in 1966…

By 1978, the NSA Department X was warning the human commanders of new programs starting at Dulce that were so frightening that even seasoned men of war were shocked. Thousands of young human females were being “created” in test tubes to be sex slaves for the aliens. But these clones were proving to be less than satisfying for the aliens’, because they didn’t “suffer” the same way that once free victims did. They could be engineered to provide better sexual tools for some of the stranger life forms, but they were proving to be nearly “mindless”, and thus couldn’t react with the “fear” that normal young women could. For that reason, while the clone program would continue, it had been decided that the abduction program would be stepped up – with the forced “short-term” attacks to increase by 1980 to over 100,000 a year, and the facility to be enlarged for “long-term” victims (who would stay there for as long as they lived) with numbers over 75,000.

The labs at Dulce started cloning human females by a process perfected in the world’s largest and most advanced bio-genetic facility, Los Alamos . The elite humans who manipulated the worlds’ governments from the shadows would soon have a disposable slave-race, for medical culling of body parts and their own perverted pleasures. Like the alien Greys, the U.S. (secret) Government secretly kidnaped and impregnated young females, then removed the hybrid fetus after a three-month time period, before accelerating their growth in laboratories. Biogenetic (DNA Manipulation) programming was then instilled – many being implanted with all sorts of devices, some that allowed them to be controlled at a distance through RF (Radio Frequency) transmissions…

From: EDH Archives: Dulce Interviews; WC-289487346–80…

“Level 7 is worse… It was like a whore house for pervert ETs’. Human females were brought there for ‘experiments’, but you can’t convince me that most of it wasn’t just sadistic pleasure for the Greys. They wouldn’t just impregnate the girls, they would sexually torture them for hours. Sure there were the scientific procedures, but there were also orgies where a few pretty human females would be given to a large number of Greys for nothing less than a brutal gang-rape. And this was constant. Hundreds of Greys, and other species that seemed to be friends to the Greys, would come and go every week, for no other clear reason than to take sexual pleasure with the provided human females.”

When the truth was evident that sub-humans and other creatures were being produced from abducted human females, impregnated against their will, a secret resistance group formed within the military and intelligence agencies of the U.S. Government that did not approve of the deals that had been made with the ‘Off-worlders’. Many of these brave humans would be assassinated, or “died under mysterious circumstance,” or would be silenced in other ways. But in 1979, they would manage a victory that would cost the Greys, and the humans that backed the Greys, dearly…

The Air Force Intelligence Officer that reportedly was the man who met with the Aliens at Holloman (Air Force Base) in 1964, was the legendary ‘Dutchman,’ Ellis Loyd Richards, Jr. – the same man who would reportedly order the attack on Dulce in 1979, and whose son, Captain Mark Richards, would lead the human attack on the facility.

The Richards names come up time and time again when one looks into any of the mentioned Top Secret Projects that Military Intelligence, or the Eyes-Only, Tops Secret agency known as International Security, were involved in from World War II through the Cold War years…

The in-house political argument that developed within MAJESTIC TWELVE in the late 1970s, when the military/intelligence men objected to the deals with some of the Aliens on the side for the selfish gain of such groups as the Illuminati of thousands or the “Club of Rome” at the expense of thousands of innocents, if not all of mankind, helped to cause the rift that would lead to the military action taken against the Dulce facility in 1979…

(Later on in the DULCE BATTLE report, it is written…)

“It would be ONE OF the reptoids who taught several of the men involved in the attack on Dulce a number of the informative points that would first cause them to look more deeply into what was being done at the facility, and then helped them better understand the enemy, and how to defeat them. Indeed, it would be this Reptoid who communicated the factual basis for a number of the plots being organized against humanity by a number of off-world sources, and (some of them) had proven their willingness to aid the human cause in the Battle for Central Asia in 1976, and in the August 1979 space defense of Earth against alien invaders. It was also (they) who warned of the danger that such life forms as bacteria represented to both aliens and humans…

In 1979, there were 37 alien species represented at the Dulce facility. Only 6 of those had their own space or dimensional traveling ability, while the others were guests of the Greys. All of those species that had come as guests of the Greys were there for genetic and reproductive experiments with humans – and 8 of those were also interested in humans as A SOURCE OF FOOD. Of those interested in reproductive experiments, 25 could enjoy direct intercourse with human females (although several needed the female to be placed on special hormone treatments ahead of time), and the facility apparently got the reputation for being a sexual pleasure spot for the quadrant.

Of course, not all the Reptoid-type creatures are friendly towards humans. According to Lear and others, the U.S. government may have made a ‘pact’ with a non-human race as early as 1933. According to some this ‘race’ is not human yet claims to have had it’s origin on Earth… Some sources allege that this predatory race is of a neo-saurian nature. This has led others to suggest that the dinosaurs which ruled the surface of the Earth in prehistoric times may not have become entirely extinct as is commonly believed, but that certain of the more intelligent and biped-hominoid mutations of that race developed a form of intellectual thought equal to, or surpassing (in some respects – especially with their ‘collective mind’ matrix – Branton) that of the human race…

The theory then suggests that some of this race went into space, only to return to find that their founders on their home planet had not survived (on the surface, that is, however there are several reports of reptilian humanoids being encountered in deep underground natural cavern systems all over the world… and in time, the space-based reptiloids learned of these. – Branton)

There were a number of facts quickly put forward; for instance one branch or mutation of the supposedly extinct sauroid race, Stenonychosaurus, was according to paleontologists remarkably hominoid in appearance, being 3 ½ to 4 ½ feet in height with possibly greyish-green skin and three digit clawed hands and a partially-opposable ‘thumb’. The opposable thumb and intellectual capacity are the only thing preventing members of the animal kingdom from challenging the human race as the masters of planet Earth. For instance, the ape kingdom possesses opposable thumbs yet it does not possess the intellectual capacity to use them as humans do. The dolphins possess intellects nearing that of humans but do not possess opposable thumbs or even limbs necessary to build, etc.

The cranial capacity of Stenonychosaurus was nearly twice the size of that of human beings, indicating a large and possibly advanced though not necessarily benevolent intellect.

According to researchers such as Brad Steiger, Val Valerian, TAL LeVesque and others, this may actually be the same type of entity or entities most commonly described in ‘UFO’ encounters, as well as the same type of creatures depicted in early 1992 in the nationally viewed CBS presentation “INTRUDERS.”

According to Lear, the government may have established a ‘treaty’ with this (reptilian) race, which they later learned to their horror was extremely malevolent in nature and were merely using the ‘treaties’ as a means to buy time while they methodically established certain controls upon the human race, with the ultimate goal of an absolute domination…

The fact that a base like Dulce might house dozens of ‘types’ and ‘races’ of ETs’ would never be admitted by most humans, and would be reduced to the stuff of legends if ever turned over to the general public. The years of work to cover up the alien threat had worked very well by 1979, and normal people would not admit seeing an alien for fear of being called crazy.

The types and races at Dulce at the time of the attack are still in question, and many races have not wanted to admit their taking part in what took place there in 1979…

Many victims find their abductors to be nothing less than brutal beasts. The casebooks of researchers are filled with incidents in which malice and hostility played a significant role in the abduction. Unfortunately, most of the victims who suffer these more vile attacks do not get the chance to make any report to any human authority about the event – as they vanish, and become another statistic in the growing number of “missing persons” across the country.

By the early 1970s, the number of these missing persons – most of all, young white women – were going up. While the abductions of humans by superhuman forces of varying descriptions appeared to obey the same mechanisms worldwide, it was clear that young white women were the most frequent victims, and that there was little support for abductees should they survive…

In the more controlled environment of Dulce, researchers had no… disclosure problems (concerning stem cell and cloning research). The fertilized eggs of hundreds of healthy young human females could be ‘harvested’ constantly, for unlimited embryo and stem-cell research, ‘killing’ uncounted human embryos in the search for everything from cures to alien skin infections caused by Earth germs, to how to better create a sub-human slave race of cloned worker creatures.

Such research also moved into other dangerous fields, such as ‘enhancing’ humans into becoming creatures that would serve other alien needs. One of the more shocking of these that the ‘attackers’ would find in huge holding pens were the human females who had been ‘enhanced’ to become reproductive ‘cows’, as the need for human milk and reproductive systems had grown. Hundreds of young women had been ‘altered’, to become little more than cows…

‘Free will’ is always dangerous to a fascist society, or a police state! ‘Free will’ is what allowed a group of men to take the moral high-ground, and attack the Dulce Facility…

The attack plan centering on crippling the main generator, then doing as much damage as possible — while freeing as many victims as possible — started to take shape in the Fall of 1979, after the August space battle between forces of the USAF Space Command and an alien invasion force, with none other than Brigadier General Aderholt (USAF) brought in to head the organization that would be formed for the invasion of the Dulce Facility.

Funded by Texas businessman Ross Perot, CIA/DIA frontman Edwin Wilson, and a massive black ops’ fund long hidden (by Major E.L. Richards Jr.) the plan moved forward quickly within a small community of intelligence officers and their backers…

Brigadier General Harry C. Aderholt would pull a team together in September and October of 1979 that would have made any commanding officer proud, and perhaps shot fear into any enemy who had any idea of what was being put together. Colonel Roger H.C. Donlon, stationed at Fort Levanwvrth at the time, would head one combat team, drawing heavily from the newly formed DELTA FORCE, Navy SEALS, and USAF Special Operations Command (AFSOC). Flight teams were organized by astronaut scientist Karl Gordon Henize, and included the best of the best in combat and test pilots, with special operations training – or who could be counted on to keep their silence, including Captain Mark Richards, who was recovering from his command roll of Dragon Squadron in the battle that had taken place in August.
While exact numbers of the human force involved is still so protected that there seems to be no firm record of the exact count, there were never more than a few hundred who knew anything about the operation. The center of the operation was clearly found in USAF Space Command, and the Director of I.S., Major Ellis L. Richards Jr.

The President (of the U.S.), the Secretary General of the United Nations, and the Chairman of the JCS were never informed of the pending operation, and it should be noted that the humans and aliens involved in the attack took part in the action without orders or clearances from higher authorities.

Those who fought against the aliens did so against the will of the human elite. (Many of whom may even be reptilian shape-shifters in human form, according to some sources, like David Icke and others… – Branton)

One of the men who was hit the hardest (by the horrifying stories emerging from out of the Dulce underground base) was William Randolph Leathers. Born in St. Louis Missouri . A graduate of Yale in 1941, he served in the O.S.S. as a Captain during World War II, teaching map reading in Aberdeen , Maryland for much of the war. One of the members of the top secret task force that hit the secret German military facility in Afghanistan in 1945, he had been a close friend of The Dutchman from that time, moving to Greenbrae, in Marin County, California, in 1967 to be part of the headquarters team for I.S. (his cover was as an employee with the John Hancock Life Insurance Co.) Captain Leathers had lost his wife in 1971, and identified with several of the husbands and fathers of victims (he had four children of his own) for his own reasons (Captain Leathers died on October 22, 2001, at age 83). It would be Leathers who worked with NRO satellite photos, U2 and SR-71 photos, and military maps of the area until all of the major portals to the Dulce Complex were spotted and marked. He would lead one of the assault teams himself.

Having turned 60 in 1978, Captain Leathers would be the oldest member of the assault team, to take an active roll in the attack.

Most of the troops would come from three sources: The Delta Force, USAF-SOC, and the NSA Department “Z”.

The U.S. Army’s 1st Special Forces Operational Detachment-Delta (SFOD-D) would be one of two of the U.S. government’s principle units tasked with counter terrorist operations outside the United States (the other being Naval Special Warfare Development Group, better known as SEAL team 6). Delta Force was created by U.S. Army colonel Charles Beckwith in November 19th 1977 in direct response to numerous, well-publicized terrorist incidents that occurred in the 1970s. From its beginnings, Delta was heavily influenced by the British SAS, a philosophical result of Colonel Beckwith’s year-long (1962-1963) exchange tour with that unit…

The Delta Force at Bragg was already considered the best special operation training facility in the world. After the assault on Dulce, the CQB indoor training range would be given the ominous nick-name, “The House of Horrors”, in memory of what could not be remembered.

Most important; the Delta Force had their own fleet of helicopters (the aviation platoon). Painted in civilian colors and fake registration numbers, the helicopters could deploy with Delta operators and mount gun pods to provide air support as well as transportation, while not being easy to spot as ‘military’ units from the ground. It was decided that these air units, after delivering Delta Operators to several locations for forced entry into the facility, would come in with the NSA “Z-Team” as air support in the assault on the main landing port.

The Air Force Special Operation Command (AFSOC) would be in charge of taking and holding the main ‘landing port’. The job of AFSOC “operators” was to quickly turn a given patch of hostile terrain into a fully functional airfield. Sometimes this meant a stealthy attack by motorcycle and ATV. Other times it meant cleaning out hostile forces by whatever means was necessary. In years to come, an AFSOC Special Tactics (ST) combat controller might have used a Special Operations Forces Laser Marker (SOFLAM) to create a spot where a laser-guided bomb could aim and neutralize the enemy; but in 1979 they had to do that with manpower…
Performing a diversified job required a diversified range of combat hardware. Air Force ST operators carried a variety of small arms, including the M9 9mm pistol with sound suppresser, the Remington 870 12-ga. shotgun, the M203 stand-alone 40mm grenade launcher, the M4A1 SOPMOD (Special Operations Peculiar Modification) 5.56mm carbine, and the M249 5.56 SAW (Squad Automatic Weapon). By making extensive tactical use of night vision gear, AFSOC’s airborne capabilities were provided by the 16th Special Operations Wing, which is based at Hurlburt Field, Florida, and by units of Special Operations Groups at RAF Mildenhall, England. These wings had been the long-time vision of Major Ellis L. Richards, Jr., and others like him, and the Dulce Battle would be the first time they were used fully in combat.

But because of the special problems of entry into the Dulce facility, normal helicopter attack would not work. As well trained as they were, to attempt a landing into the hanger area of the facility would have been suicidal.

The Dulce landing ports were set up to accept the “lightcraft” and other Mass Accelerator Beam (MAB) Riders used by the Greys to transport from planet to orbital pick-up points. These craft generated magneto-hydrodynamic thrust, driven by microwaves and pulsed lasers, to accelerate the classic “flying saucers” up to altitudes of 50 kilometers and accelerations that easily allowed orbital velocities. This made the human-style of heavy-lift chemical rockets an expensive folly, and allowed the aliens Earth-to-orbit travel at will for a relatively low cost.

It also gave the human forces a way into the facility.

Because an infrastructure of orbiting stations were used to reflect energy from a solar-power station hidden on the Dark Side of the Moon, there were a number of ways to track such a ship. The lightcraft focused the microwave energy to create an “air spike” that deflected oncoming air – that could be tracked. And electrodes on the vehicle’s rim that ionized air and formed part of the thrust-generating system could be seen by real-time cameras (and even the human eye at close ranges). Thus, it was planned that one of the attack teams would enter the facility when the main port’s doors were open for an incoming lightcraft.

This was not going to be an easy stunt. Sensors around the area set off an alarm if anything got too close to the doors, not to mention warn the operators of any air or space vehicle that got too close. The mouth was too small for anything larger than a good sized helicopter, but helicopters would be too slow to reach the doors before the base defensive systems went off. And once inside the port area, any attack force would be likely overwhelmed by the base defenders – unless, whatever craft was used could carry a number of heavy automatic weapons, and land a large number of attackers at one time.

The Greys were quite content that no such craft existed in the human military inventory. And not even the Reptoids had a craft that could be used under all of the required conditions, that wouldn’t be spotted long before it could reach the port.

What they hadn’t counted on was one, single, experimental aircraft, that was still so secret that it had never been entered on any inventory list.

Manufactured by the Bell corporation, the X-22 was a ‘research’ craft, with some interesting abilities. The first successful V/STOL VSS (Variable Stability System) aircraft, this strange mix of wings, jets, and huge ducted props might not have been pretty, but it was perfect for the mission needs of the Dulce Attack Force…
Because of the lack of time, the only man involved who also had the skill to fly the X-22 under such combat conditions was Captain Mark Richards. Thus he was chosen to lead Combat Assault Team (CAT) Three, that would be responsible for attacking the main landing port – and hold it long enough for other teams to land in conventional helicopters and for the evacuation of CAT’s and victims when the attack was concluded.

According to records, Captain Richards had no more than 12 hours flying the X-22 before he took it into combat.

While the attack teams were being organized and trained, the attack itself was being planned by the men responsible for the situation. Objectives and alternative were picked, including a nuclear option in case the manned attack failed. Astronaut David Griggs was chosen to go with CAT-3 to make an attempt to ‘loot’ one of the alien space ships, while astronaut Ronald Ervin McNair went in as Richards’ co-pilot and “laser weapons expert” (the fact that he was a blackbelt in Karate also came in highly helpful before the event was over). Astronaut Lieutenant Colonel Ellison S. Onizuka (USAF) and Colonel Stuart Allen Roosa (USAF) also went in as members of CAT-3 to gather information, and hopefully escape with alien ships or equipment, with Colonel Roosa commanding the Material Acquisition Team (MAT). None of their efforts could be of value, of course, unless the attack plan worked.

To make sure of success, the full information gathering ability of several top-secret departments within the NSA was turned loose on Dulce. Facts were gathered from sources far and wide, including everything from sightings listed in newspapers to interviews with people who helped to build the facility.

John V. Chambers, a Kentfield, CA resident…spent his working life in management and finance of large engineering construction projects…It would be Chambers, who had been involved with the Bechtel work at Dulce and other top secret government projects, who would be contacted by the forces that intended to attack Dulce, and became convinced to aid them in their effort…
It would be Mr. Chambers who would mention a number of weak points in the Dulce systems that would allow an attack to have a much better chance of success…It was Chambers who pointed out major weak points for the aliens…It seemed taht the aliens had reason to worry about a number of the germs found outside the facility, and that some of the alien species were highly vulnerable to a number of human-passed diseases…”
The germs and bacteria that are everywhere on the planet, that humans and other mammals have (for the most part) developed ways to cope with, can offer great threat to aliens and their life forms. Earth dust, or bacteria blowing on the winds, can be deadly to a life form that has no resistance to such things. What humans refer to as ‘hay fever’ can be just as deadly to a creature that is having a difficult time ‘breathing’ in the Earth’s oxygen rich atmosphere.

It was quickly realized that if the filters used to make Earth’s ‘air’ more acceptable for the aliens could be disabled, many of the enemy would soon be sick and unable to continue to fight, and a large number might simply die on the spot!

Again, for lack of time, Lieutenant Colonel Onizuka took on the extra duty of leading a secondary team inside the main landing port once CAT-3 had secured the area – to disable the central air filter exchange that was next to the landing area. He created the title of Filter Assault Team (FAT) for his group, with his customary smile.
As the intelligence gathering expanded, a number of shocking facts were uncovered. In 1947, the Dutchman had been involved with Admiral Byrd in the attack of the last Nazi base at the South Pole.
Now he and others would come to better understand the connections that elite humans had developed with aliens, from the days of the Nazi efforts to modern times. This included helping the aliens to build secret bases all over the Earth (including the base at the South Pole, and the facility at Dulce), aiding in the abduction of young women for alien research and pleasure needs, and the addition of more pollution to the planets atmosphere to bring on global warming and make the Earth more friendly to alien life forms.

One of the most shocking finds was the extent of the alien underground base-and-transportation network. While tube-trains had been expected, the vast bases that had been created came as a shock to even the best informed officers…

The reason such bases became more important now was that the human forces had to quickly find out where every base was that might react to an attack on Dulce, and how long it would take before they might send rescue forces. Another question was, how would they react in general? Might they attack humanity in some more deadly fashion than simply abducting a few thousand females a year? In the end it became clear that because of divisions in alien intentions, there was little organization between groups. Like a number of competing collages at a ruin, for the most part they were only interested in their own little outpost and research…
As for the rank-in-file men who took part in the mission, most of the names will be avoided to protect those men who are still alive (as of 2001, there aren’t many still living), and those who are still involved as military operatives in one service or another. Men of the USAFSOC and Delta Force are some of the best trained warriors anywhere on the planet, and were more than ready for the challenge – even if nothing could have made them ready for what they would find once they got into the facility. There are a few general things to know about such men.
If one’s self-esteem was fragile and required constant positive reinforcement, then a career in any of the organizations was definitely not for that person. Consider a typical Delta Force training exercise held in The Shooting House, where manikin terrorists held a real live “volunteer” hostage. The goal: Destroy the terrorists without harming the hostage, who happened to be a Delta Force trainee. Of course, for special missions, the ‘terrorist’ manikin could be replaced by a ‘Grey’ alien one.

Command Sgt. Major Eric L. Haney had been there for the formation of the elite group in 1978, being there for some of the first missions and the grueling training… “Within the next ten minutes, the door would be blown in and four of my classmates would assault the room using the close-quarter battle techniques we had learned. Bullets would rain throughout the room and someone would be firing live rounds within inches of my head. If they missed a single terrorist or hit me by mistake, the team would fail this phase of training… I sincerely wanted them to pass the exam,” Haney would write in his 2001 book, Inside Delta Force: The Story of America’s Elite Counter-terrorist Unit (Delacorte Press).

Of course, one got to participate in this practice session only if one successfully completed torturous training that culminated in a rugged 40-mile hike across the steep mountains of North Carolina , a 50-pound rucksack and a machine gun strapped on your back. Haney’s description of that 18-hour test of his physical and mental stamina was one of many excellent narrative highlights in his account.

Haney, an Army Ranger when he was handpicked to try out for the elite unit, was one of 12 men out of 163 who made it to the level of Delta Force Operator. The new Delta Force members then “disappeared” from the more visible military units. “We operated like guerrillas. Or terrorists. Because the reality was, in order to become experts at counter-terrorism, we had to first become expert terrorists,” he wrote.

While Haney did not mention the Dulce mission, he did include the failed attempt to rescue Americans held hostage in Tehran in which eight American military personnel died. Other missions included some of the world’s toughest places, such as faction-torn Beirut in 1981 to guard the U.S. Embassy; quelling rebel insurgencies in Central America, including fighting Cuban guerrillas in Grenada; and protecting ambassadors, presidents, CEOs, celebrity prisoners and the offspring of all of the above. This was not accomplished without killing people, a task that Haney described in chilling detail.

Like most of the men involved in the Dulce attack, Haney was the kind of guy you wanted on your side in a street fight: skilled, intelligent and disciplined, but distrustful of the motives of some authority figures, especially career-climbing colonels and D.C., bureaucrats…

With Beckwith, Leathers and Donlon leading the three land-force CATs, the SOC men would be attacking under the command of a man most had never fought beside, but whom most had heard about…

Now, for the mission against Dulce, they were under the command of the Dutchman’s son, who was something of a legend in his own right in the black ops circle. Two things were beyond question: the younger Richards had proven himself in combat, and he had never asked his men to do anything he wasn’t ready to do, or left any behind. While his missions had almost always been so top secret that nobody knew details, the rumors and trail of evidence was more than clear to any in the know. The only problem for the command chain was his reputation for being something of a loose cannon when it came to following orders that he didn’t think were in the best interest of his men or the mission – A fact that just made him more popular with his men.

In a typical command move on his part, as he sat in the X-22 with his troops ready to take off on what looked to many to be their last mission, he recited the prayer/poem; “I Am A Commando” to his men – their motto more than his –

“As my brother Commandos before me, I am proud to step into history as a member of the Air Force Special Operations Command.

“I will walk with pride with my head held high, my heart and attitude will show my allegiance to God, country and comrades. When unable to walk another step, I will walk another mile. With freedom my goal, I will step into destiny with pride and the Air Force Special Operations Command.”

As he powered up the X-22, and gave the order for the helicopters to follow, he pushed the strange tilt-rotor aircraft to its flight limits in a wild high speed bank over the runway to impress the troops still on the ground – and set the tone for the mission. Over the earphones and speakers came first his voice, then the voice of the team members with him in the X-22, singing the Air Force hymn; “Up and Away, Into the Wild Blue Yonder…”

“We couldn’t very well let that bunch smash open the Gates of Hell without the rest of us being right behind them,” said one USAF helicopter pilot.

Timing was everything, with the X-22 taking the first wave of CAT-3 racing over the desert at over 250 miles-per-hour with the bottom of it’s rotor tubes missing the rocks by less than twenty feet at times. They had to hit the main landing port as an expected ship landed, as CAT-1 and CAT-2 came in on cargo tube trains several levels underground. CAT-4 was going to hit with a SEAL team coming through a water intake as the main group hit a small support hatch that would allow them to open another hatch to allow the SEAL team in. Everything, however, revolved around the success of CAT-3’s attack in the main landing port, as they had to remove the main security control room and the ‘sonics’ weaponry systems that were controlled from there.

The X-22 came in as planned, racing over the badlands at over 200 mph while less than 20 feet off the sand. Five miles behind her was the main assault force being flown in heavy Air Force helicopters. The timing had to be perfect, hanging on the timely arrival of a large disk-like vehicle that was a known and expected cargo shuttle from space.

As observed, the main landing port “blanketing” holographic projectors were turned off, and the entry ‘blast doors’ were opened for the landing shuttle. Witnesses said that Richards’ brought the X-22 so tightly that it’s landing gear missed touching the top of the moving disk by only inches, lowering his roaring craft with the disk until he had cleared the upper support girder-system. Then the X-22 shot around the side of the shuttle, using it to block any attack by the main gun mounts of the landing port. The X-22 fired its Hellfire rockets to smash two gun blisters on the closer side of the port, as it landed on the roof of the main port control facility.

The attack was textbook, with the CAT-3 forces blowing an entry into the control tower and taking full control of that facility within 55 seconds of the X-22 breaching the port. Hovering, the X-22 continued to use its rockets and guns to rake any enemy weapons in the port area, silencing them before the Air Force started to enter the open port doors.

It was Ted Cochran of San Rafael, CA, who had been an Air Force helicopter rescue commander in the HH-43 Huskies based in Saigon in the height of the Vietnam conflict. Licensed since the age of 18 as a pilot, Cochran also served with the Air Force in Europe, where he had participated in the recovery of the lost thermonuclear weapon in Palomares , Spain . On one of his last helicopter missions before his legal retirement from the USAF, he was part of the recovery force for the Apollo 9 Mission after the first moon landing in 1969.

Returning to California , he got a master’s degree in communications from Stanford University in 1972, and became a well-known film maker. A sailor, outdoorsman and aviator, Cochran combined his spirited passions into a career that allowed him to share his adventures with film audiences. His best known film was Island of the Bounty, about an international sailing expedition that traced the 1789 route of the famed HMS Bounty mutineers to Pitcairn Island in the South Pacific…

At age 39, Cochran was in his prime and had been more than willing to accept the request for his help as a helicopter pilot in some event like the Dulce Mission. The fact that he was a long-time friend of the Richards’ family seemed to have something to do with his involvement as well. Indeed, it was rumored that he had taught the Dutchman how to fly the big HH-43 Huskies, and had flown in black ops’ missions with the Dutchman’s son several times before. He was one of the first names to be considered as a pilot.

It was Cochran who led the USAF AFSOC helicopters in, bringing his bird in fast and putting her down on the main floor of the chamber, where the troops would have the cover of a nearby disk as they ran for the nearby passenger entry hatch.

Seeing that the landing disk was now trying to escape, Richards landed on its edge and kicked the props of the X-22 into full down draft, nearly flipping the disk. Fighting to regain control of the X-22, he was forced to make a hard landing on a nearby pad, sending four more rockets into the shuttle forcing it to crash onto the two parked triangle-craft that were known to be fighter-type vehicles.

Although the men of CAT-3 were now taking heavy weapons fire from a number of directions in the landing port, they had disabled the main weapons pods, and the sonic systems for the whole facility, allowing the other teams to attack from different directions and locations. Holographic image systems were shut off, so that entry ports, airshafts, and other systems that were normally hidden now became fully exposed.

An alien security team had managed to close the main doors into the central HUB, and the first two men who attempted to get explosives close enough to damage the huge blast doors were cut down by enemy fire. Taking heavy damage, the X-22 rolled forward, and from less than 40 yards fired her remaining rockets. The resulting explosion blew the doors open, and wiped out any aliens on the other side for a hundred feet.

Forced to feather the now burning engines of the X-22, Richards took command of one of CAT-3’s attack teams, and led the attack through the still smoking entry into the main central HUB, as other teams attacked from other directions.

The multi-leveled facility at Dulce, with its central HUB controlled by an extensive base security force, proved far more extensive and complex than the human attackers had been ready to cope with in the original plan. Information sources like Thomas (Castello) had clearance levels that did not allow them to know the full scope of the operation. His ULTRA-7 clearance granted him knowledge of seven (known) sub-levels – there were more. Most of the aliens supposedly were on levels 5, 6 and 7 – but there were more. There also was a more vast network of shuttle connections under the ground than expected, extending into a global network that had not been reported – providing escape routes and entry ports for rapidly deployed additional security forces that had not been expected.

In a report filed in early 1980, believed by a number of CIA sources to have been written by Brigadier General Aderholt, the author states:

“What those young men did was nothing less than the stuff of legend. Against overwhelming numbers and technology, they fought from Level 1 (containing the garages and hangers) down into the bowels of the enemy base. Portions of the combat took, and held, the Level 2 ports where tunnel shuttles and disc maintenance areas would have allowed enemy reinforcements to enter, while the main force charged forward towards Level 6, and ‘Nightmare Hall,’ to rescue the thousands of human victims kept there.”

They were not ready for what they found in Level 6. Reports spoke of multi-armed and multi-legged humans and cages (and vats) of humanoid bat-like creatures as tall as 7-feet. The aliens had learned a great deal about genetics, things both useful and frightening. And most of it had been learned at the cost of human suffering and lives.

Captain Leathers’ flight reached Level 7 first, blowing the main HUB entrance open and neutralizing the security force there with extreme prejudice in less than 45 second. On entering the security station, they realized the extent of the facility for the first time, finding systems for watching, and controlling, over 30,000 captives on that one level(alone), and the control and security systems for moving the captives to “testing facilities” and “pleasure centers” in over 62 different locations – where another 4,600 captives were currently kept.

Captain Leathers’ report to I.S. would mention the moment:

“I looked out over holographic images of scenes of horror that are impossible to express in words, and a zoo of human being in various states of health and mental condition. Seeing images of young women being tortured at that very moment, all I could think of were my own daughters for several moments. Then I collected my wits, and gave the order to move forward to release as many of the victims as we could.”

While the original mission plan had called for the teams to attack, smash as much of the enemy facility as they could, and withdraw in less than half an hour, the introduction of so many human victims added a new dimension to the problems at hand. While none of the officers in charge will admit to who made the order, recorded radio communications, and eyewitness reports, seem to suggest that Aderholt allowed the young Richards to change the
mission demands as the numbers of “savable” victims became more apparent.

Captain Leathers’ I.S. report reads:

“It wasn’t like we had choices. We couldn’t leave those poor girls behind alive. We knew that any that we didn’t evacuate, we were going to have to terminate. Our problem was simply numbers. Thousands of aliens trying to kill us. Thousands of human females screaming for help. Thousands more so far gone that we knew we would have to leave them behind. Thousands of enemy troops starting to arrive on the subway trains. We just weren’t set up for a mass evacuation. The subtube back to New York , and one to Mexico, seemed to still be open, so we started loading girls into tube trains and shooting them off as soon as we knew our forces were in control of the stations at the other ends. We blew two air shafts wide open, so a couple squads could get girls out that way into the fresh air where hopefully our people could pick them up. CAT-4 took a real beating as they fought to keep alien reinforcements from entering the main subtube stations. There is no doubt in my mind that we stayed in the facility too long, but at the time it was very hard to leave those poor young women behind. You knew that everyone you failed to send out in front of you was going to die, and soon.”

Exactly one hour after the X-22 had first attacked the main port entry, Aderholt ordered a full recall. David Griggs and R.E. McNair had by then managed to get two alien craft airborne – one disk-craft and one of the highly advanced triangle fighter-craft – and were running for Area 51. Roosa’s men also had managed to get a huge disk-shuttle moving, in which over 3,600 human females had been loaded and were now being taken to a safe base.

The human attack teams were now withdrawing behind walls of smoke and set explosions. One of the frightening bits of equipment that the MAT men had found, but been forced to leave behind, was a type of “Cell-Electrostatic-Disruption” (CED) device – a weapon that could be set to disrupt the cells of a living creature at a subatomic level, thus killing everything living in an area while not doing much harm to any structures or equipment. To make sure there would be no survivors left in the facility, that device was set by the MAT technicians to go off shortly after the full withdrawal of the attack teams.

Lieutenant Colonel E.S. Onizuka, who had led the Filter Attack Team, managed to repair the X-22’s battle damage before taking command of a captured alien triangle fighter-craft. As the wounded Richards fought a running retreat with the last of the rescued females and the survivors of CAT-4 and CAT-3, Ontzuka provided cover fire from the alien fighter-craft. This gave Richards the time to reach and restart the X-22 as Colonel Donlon loaded the last victim as he and two of his men fought off attacking alien shock troops.

Nearly overwhelmed, the human fighters in the X-22 would have likely not made it into the air if at that moment several battlecraft hadn’t darted into the port facility and started to lay down a brutal fire pattern against the other aliens.

While one can only guess at the reasons for this sudden aid, it has long been reported that the Dutchman, and his son, had highly questionable off-world contacts. From eyewitness accounts of the battlecraft, one had the symbols on its wings of what human experts in the field suggest marked the craft as belonging to something like a ‘prince’ of a ‘royal house’. Whatever the case, the Reptile battlecraft fought on the side of the humans (indeed, two of their craft were lost in the battle), and gave the X-22 and Ontzuka’s fighter-craft and the last two helicopters the chance to escape.

Seventy-two minutes, 14 seconds, after the attack had started, the X-22 and the Reptile battlecraft with princely markings cleared the landing port’s blast doors and dashed for safety. Explosions from dozens of set bombs started to blow up enemy craft as they took off, and thirty-five seconds after they cleared the doors, the CED went off, causing every life-form – alien and human – left inside the facility, to demolecularize on a subatomic level. Only a few in the heavily shielded lowest shelter levels survived.

The human female survivors were taken to several top secret military bases where they were “deprogramed” and “rehabilitated” so that they could be slowly farmed back into society with no memory of what they had suffered.

As the mysterious “Commander X” stated:

“…From my own intelligence work within the military, I can say WITH ALL CERTAINTY that one of the main reasons the public has been kept in total darkness about the reality of UFOs and ‘aliens’, is that the truth of the matter actually exists TOO CLOSE TO HOME TO DO ANYTHING ABOUT. How could a spokesman for the Pentagon dare admit that five or ten thousand feet underground EXISTS AN ENTIRE WORLD THAT IS ‘FOREIGN’ TO A BELIEF STRUCTURE WE HAVE HAD FOR CENTURIES? How could, for example, our fastest bomber be any challenge to those aerial invaders when we can only guess about the routes they take to the surface; eluding radar as they fly so low, headed back to their underground lair? …the ‘Greys’ or the ‘EBEs’ have established a fortress, spreading out to other parts of the U.S. via means of a vast underground tunnel system THAT HAS VIRTUALLY EXISTED BEFORE RECORDED HISTORY…”

All of the men involved in any of the attack teams were either ‘mindwiped’ or sworn to secrecy on pain of death, or terminated (…by higher-level insiders following the battle, self-serving politicians and ‘elite’ who had nothing to do with initiating the attack, but who had everything to do with suppressing any information concerning it after the fact. – Branton). Because the officers in charge were seen as heros by many of the political right-wing that took control in Washington in 1981, most were protected by the changing political elite. Many of those who had either openly backed the alien cause, or had profited from it in one way or another, were forced to pull back from their position for nearly ten years. Only when George Bush Sr. became President were the aliens able to return, and then only in much smaller numbers.

The Battle of Dulce ended the alien hope for using the Earth as a breeding tank for a subspecies, or for their take-over of the planet at any time in the near future. While the Grey’s restarted a breeding program in 1993, and some of the lower levels of the Dulce Facility were reopened by 1998, the numbers are in the tens’ or hundreds rather than the thousands. And USAF Space Command now tracks all alien craft, with the constant threat that Top Secret “Flights” can react and attack an otherworld enemy at any moment, with dramatic results…

Source

Read more from Auricmedia:

[carousel-horizontal-posts-content-slider]

Reptilian Genesis – The Original Super Soldier Creation of the Nephilim

Something new about reptilians…

Reptilians…what exactly is the “genesis” or origin of these bloodthirsty, volatile killing machine creatures?

Are they something that evolved into what they are by sheer happenstance?….or are they something else, something created?…And…if so…by whom and for what purpose?
Reptilian Genesis
I think this interview of mine will connect a lot of the dots for many people and answer many unanswered questions in regards to the big picture of Reptilians…of their origin, design, original purpose, history, agenda and (in detail), even the methods of reproduction. (Probably not what first comes to people’s minds about reproduction, nevertheless, no less interesting).
The information I share is probably nothing you have ever heard before.
Also in this interview is information on “the ancients” that you have probably never heard before.  I will be making a separate blog post on “the ancients”.
I hope you will enjoy listening to this latest program on “Discovering the Truth With Dan Duval”.
Program description:
“What are reptilians? Who are the ancients? Do these groups actually exist? If they do, what are their origins? There is a lot of mystery revolving around these subjects and people all over are looking for answers. In this week’s episode, we will be asking these questions and more. To help us answer them we will be joined by Carolyn Hamlett, a former illumined one that defected from the Luciferian hierarchy. Daniel and Carolyn will be disclosing information on these subjects that has been recovered through the process of Carolyn’s journey of healing. The information will SHOCK you. Don’t miss this ground breaking episode of Discovering the Truth with Dan Duval!

 

Read more from Auricmedia:

[carousel-horizontal-posts-content-slider]

Animated short clips of Donald Marshall info

I found these cool videos made by Youtube user called The Elvish Magic. They explain simply the issues, that Donald Marshall has told in his interviews. So if you don’t have time to check out all the Donald Marshall info you can watch these small videos about the different topics:

Donald Marshall – R.E.M. Consciousness Transfer

Donald Marshall – Cloning: Replication and Duplication

Donald Marshall – The Cloning Floor

Donald Marshall – Project Muffin

Donald Marshall – Clone Types

Donald Marshall – Vril Synopsis

Donald Marshall – Droning Process

Donald Marshall – Atlantis

Donald Marshall – Recorded Consciousness On Microchips

Donald Marshall – The Awakening

Donald Marshall – Project Camelot

Donald Marshall – Nostradamus Prophecies

Donald Marshall – The Pharisees

Donald Marshall – Animated Interviews

Donald Marshall – Justin Bieber

Source

Here’s more Donald Marshall info:

Read more from Auricmedia:

[carousel-horizontal-posts-content-slider]

OUR SECRET GOVERNMENT’S AMID WAR BETWEEN ANUNNAKI PRINCES MARDUK & NANNAR by Sasha Alex Lessin, Ph.D.

Journey about anunnaki and their history continues:

Synopsis: “The U.S. Government has to formally contend with the presence of two Anunnaki camps in conflict with one another, to deal with both.” Prince Nannar-Allah, son of Earth-Commander Enlil-Yahweh runs the camp of Anunnaki already here. Nannar and his czars nowadays run all of Earth’s institutions. Prince Marduk heads the Anunnaki camp of 330 Anunnaki, here from Nibiru since the 1970s. Alexander the Great saw Marduk’s body floating in oil and assumed him dead. But Anunnaki could sometimes revive the dead, keep people in suspended cryogenic-like state or clone them again from their DNA. And the “Marduk” returning could even be one of his descendants who now bears “Marduk” as a title. The Marduk, whoever he really is, intends to depose Nannar and free us from Nannar’s matrix. Marduk brings with him the “Dedicated Human” who, he says, will create “direct democracy” for those of us who survive the Earth changes Nibiru’s nearing will cause.  Marduk’s operatives and agents have infiltrated all Nannar’s organizations and they have been assassinating Nannar’s Earthling assets and Anunnaki agents; that’s why the Nannar’s Anunnaki always travel in pairs now. Marduk covertly instigates actions in the secret groups that rule NATO, Russia, China, Japan, OPEC, the Vatican, Brazil, South Africa, the G8, Iran and North Korea so they create events that drastically reduce our population but do not reveal Marduk’s hidden hand and spoil his PR.

The Anunnaki (people from the planet Nibiru) are Homo sapiens a lot like us.  But they live hundreds of thousands of years. U.S. Government officials who’ve dealt with them since the 1940s say that the Anunnaki are “seven or eight feet tall, looking almost like albinos–almost milky white skin with a sort of sweat on their skin like a film, hair snow-white like white wool, kinky.  Some of them wear their hair shoulder-length, others close-cropped.  Their eyes are red when they are not wearing almost black contact-like lenses.  Nowadays, they always travel in pairs. Their cellular electrical capacitance is much higher than ours, which makes them an energetic envelope of much higher electrical potential than ours. When you are in the presence of one of them you can feel a force of intention emanate from them. [Bordon, 2007: 10, 11, 24].

Anunnaki incoming Anunnaki from Penre,  2011
NInurtaEarthlingSitchin78p106 (1) Inanna-no-label

A.R. Bordon, for many years our representative at monthly meetings of The Link of  Species Concerned with Earth, writes: “The U.S. Government has to formally contend with the presence of two Anunnaki camps in conflict with one another, to deal with both.”  Prince Nannar-Allah, son of Earth-Commander Enlil-Yahweh runs the camp of Anunnaki already here.

Nannar, aka Sin, Moon God, Allah Marduk-RaNannar, aka Sin, Moon God, Allah

 

Nannar and his czars nowadays run all of Earth’s institutions. Prince Marduk** heads the Anunnaki camp of 330 Anunnaki, here from Nibiru since the 1970s.

Marduk’s brother Ningishzidda, disavowed cooperation with Marduk and allied with Nannar.

Marduk intends to depose Nannar and free us from Nannar’s matrix.  Marduk brings with him the “Dedicated Human” who’ll create “direct democracy” for those who survive the Earth changes Nibiru’s nearing will cause.

BACKGROUND

In 2016 BCE, the Anunnaki Chief Scientist, Prince Enki, told his Sumerian scribe Endubscar that the Anunnaki rocketed to Iraq 450,000 years ago from a planet called Nibiru.  Anunnaki enforcers from Nannar’s camp warned Zecharia Sitchin (the scholar who translated what Endubscar wrote) not to reveal the secret ways the Anunnaki here have controlled the world in recent centuries.


Sitchin tabs 

 

 

 

 

 

Sitchin was able to let us know that Enki wrote that the Anunnaki came to Earth for gold to send back (via Mars) to Nibiru to powder into an atmospheric shield.  Miners from Nibiru spent lifetimes mining gold in Africa until, 300,000 years ago, Enki manipulated the miners to mutiny, then won approval from Nibiru to replace the mutineers with a worker race adapted from the Anunnaki genome. Enki, his sister Ninmah and his son Ningishzidda first created short-lived slaves, called Adamites (descendants of Adam, with an “m” for Adam), from their own genome but modified with clay, copper and genes from an intelligent African hominoid, Homo erectus.


Adamite birth

 

 

 

 

Two hundred thousand years ago, Commander Enlil ordered Enki to create more efficient, intelligent and obedient miners.  In response, Enki begat a line of Earthlings called AdaPites (that’s with a P for AdaPa, the boy Enki made with an Adamite girl).


adapa as babe  

 

 

 

 

Fifty thousand years ago Enki and Adapite beauty Batanash begat Noah, who carried Enki’s longevity genes and ruled the Iraqi city of Sharuppak until the Deluge of 13,000 years ago.


Noah birth

 

 

 

 

 

 

Enki saved Noah and many of his subjects from the Deluge.  The Anunnaki then ruled (and still do) though descendants of Noah’s sons, Shem, Ham and Japhet.

The Anunnaki helped flood survivors proliferate and build cities of 50,000 people in the Middle East, Egypt and the Indus Valley.  They built airports, pyramidal powerhouses and temples around the entire Earth.  The Anunnaki ruled the new civilizations as gods.


Marduk rules

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Anunnaki gave us the best and the worst of planet-wide civilization–kings, historians, taxes, temples, priests, bicameral congresses, record-keeping, law codes, library catalogs, furnaces, kilns, wheeled vehicles, paved roads, medicines, cosmogony, cosmology, festivals, beer, food recipes, art, music, music instruments, music notes, dance, textiles, and multicolored apparel.  Sumerian schools taught mathematics, architecture, theology, writing, grammar, botany, zoology, geography. They had (but didn’t show us how to build) a world-wide energy grid, air, submarine and interplanetary transport vehicles and advanced computers.

The Anunnaki taught us hierarchy, misogyny, violence, greed, slavery, debt and war that featured genocide and weapons of mass destruction. In 2024 BCE they ruined their eastern Mediterranean cities with nuclear blasts and fallout storms. Most Anunnaki returned to Nibiru by 311 BCE. But Nannar and his followers of pure Nibiran ancestry stayed.  They secretly run everything on Earth to this very day. They and their half-breeds perpetuate exclusive, hostile nations, economies and religions to war with weapons, ideology and debt to prevent us uniting against them.  Nannar and his minions are still “masters of those in positions of political, military, economic and religious power through whom they could influence the creation of third-party conflicts by manipulation of witting and unwitting minions who wield power within the political/economic/religious/military grid.” [Ibid: 15]

The Anunnaki’s tales of their stay on Earth before they made our ancestors, as well as what our forefathers directly saw imprinted us with the values of the Nibiran hierarchic, male-run, master-slave-enemy mentality. We assumed values of extraction, pollution, monetary monopoly and obsession with gold. Fortunately the genetics team that created us also gave us the capacity and preserved the histories Sitchin and others translated so we can overcome the liabilities the Anunnaki left us.

REAGAN AGREED TO DEFEND NANNAR’S PRESENT SYSTEM OF 10 BOSSES AGAINST MARDUK’S INCOMING ANUNNAKI


Reagan and et

 

 

 

 

In 1979, Nannar’s Anunnaki faction, the one running this planet now, forced U.S. President Reagan and USSR Chairman Gorbachev to develop a world-wide “star wars” defense GRID aimed–not at each other–but at incoming spacecraft of the rival Anunnaki faction led by Prince Marduk. “The grid is completely interactive–from surveillance, counterintelligence to asset disposition, military policy to event response sets based on the assumption there will be an invasion by technologically advanced forces incoming. Everything is geared to disallow beachheads fifth column assets have on the ground.”

Bordon identifies Nannar’s top 10 bosses–the czars–of Earth.  The czars do Nannar’s bidding and run
*”The American/NATO group,
*the Russia/Mafia group,
*the Japan group,
*the China group,
*the OPEC group,
*the Cartel/Triads councils group,
*the supply margin economic/political group in Latin America and Africa headed by Brazil (Latin America) and  South Africa (Africa),
*the seven members of the ecumenical community led by the Roman Pope, *the trigger states, Iran, North Korea as well as
*the G-8.”


AnunnakiCouncilOfTwelveOrgB

 

President Reagan agreed to defend Nannar’s system of 10 czars that already rules Earth against Marduk’s incoming forces.  “The U.S. Government has to formally contend with the presence of two Anunnaki camps in conflict with one another, to deal with both.”

Marduk brings with him his son Nabu, his brother Gibil, a leader called Nuskum, as well as a person Marduk calls “The Dedicated Human” to free us from the matrix in which Nannar enslaved us.

Marduk’s incoming faction offers us instead a “direct democracy” to run the planet instead of Nannar’s power elite.  Marduk’s operatives and agents have infiltrated all Nannar’s organizations listed above and they have been assassinating Nannar’s Earthling assets and Anunnaki agents; that’s why the Nannar’s Anunnaki always travel in pairs now.  Marduk covertly instigates actions within the organizations listed above so they create events that drastically reduce our population but do not reveal Marduk’s hidden hand and spoil his PR. [Ibid: 23-24]

It’s time for us to govern ourselves with compassion, empathy and intelligence rather than continue toadying to the hierarchies, secret control and lies of the both false Anunnaki gods–Marduk and Nannar–and their allies among us.  We’ve had enough genetic racism and know everyday people have just as valuable lights to shine as those with more genes from the Anunnaki royals.  We shall not be the spoils of a war between the Anunnaki factions.  Never again.

* Re Anunnaki woman pictured: Here’s what Wes Penre wrote on his website: “This particular photo has a story behind it, which I need to tell. It was taken by Dr. Bordon in a meeting in Puerto Rico. This particular LPG-C member, whom of course knew about their existence from earlier annual meetings, was surprised to meet four of these beings in the Puerto Rico gathering. Bordon told me that these beings were taller than humans, but not tremendously taller; somewhere between 6 to 7 feet. They look like albinos, with white, kinky hair, which they sometimes wear long and sometimes short (like in Figures 9a and 9b). Their eyes are red when seen in certain light, and the red eyes in this picture is the only thing that has been manipulated, according to LPG-C. The picture was not meant to come in public domain, and certainly not on the Internet; only for circulation between the LPG-C scientists, The eye color was enhanced to emphasize their real eye color, which did not come out well on the original photo.

Although I felt I had established a relationship with the LPG-C, and especially with Dr. A.R. Bordon, I was skeptic at first when I saw the photo, because I did a search on the Internet and could easily find the photo on different websites. Some even suggested it was a photoshop job of the Polish model, Anja Rubic (fig. 10).

The Polish model, Anja Rubic

“I decided to send the alleged Anunnaki female photo to two different photoshop experts. The first one wants to be anonymous, but the second one was Barbara Brown, aka Wiolawa (http://wiolawapress.com), of Native Indian descendent, whom in my opinion has done amazing research into the exopolitical scene, mostly by using Photoshop as a tool. More often than not, she’s been right on! I didn’t mention anything about what I’d been told about this photo.  In both cases they came back with the same answer: this person is not totally human, but a hybrid. Wiolawa even said she seemed to have some kind of “overlay”. Reptilian? We’ll see…Anja Rubic, on the other hand, having quite some similarities in looks with the Anunnaki female, is not the same person. The observant reader can see that if s/he looks carefully, but one may ask if Ms. Rubic may actually be an Anunnaki hybrid as well? I will left that question hanging, and if someone wants to look into that, it may be worth the effort. LPG-C guarantees that this is how the earth-bound females look like, and they tell me they know this from face-to-face encounters, and also by using Extra Neurosensing (ENS) remote viewing.

To complete the story about the photo of the Anunnaki female, it was stolen (and I know this to be fact) from LPG-C by an impostor, who joined the group, pretending to do so with the best of intentions. He joined under the name Roy W. Gordon. The photo was supposedly taken in 2006, and some time in 2008, Roy Gordon stole it (and other sensitive information) and escaped. The photo was later posted on the Internet by the organization that Gordon was/is a member of: S.A.A.L.M. or the ACIO/NSA (National Security Agency), located in Pine Gap, Australia, known for its huge amount of Reptilian sightings[18], and also one of the major bases for Marduk associated Intelligence Agencies. S.A.A.L.M. stands for “Supreme Annunaki Assembly of Lord Marduk”. Fig. 11 below is showing the S.A.A.L.M. version of the Anunnaki female.

** Alexander saw Marduk’s body floating in oil and assumed him dead, but Anunnaki could sometimes revive the dead, keep people in suspended cryogenic-like state or clone them again from their DNA. And the “Marduk” returning  could even be one of his descendants who now bears “Marduk” as a title.

References click here

Anunnaki Chronology Link click-me

Anunnaki Who’s Who

Anunnaki Evidence

Source

Read more from Auricmedia:

[carousel-horizontal-posts-content-slider]